iiil ll'M'.'tip.'l' i^liMJ^M; III i^!;i;!f:ii:::iii- i{PW;liii'ii'v'i!;i;-|vli': il^ 'ir '•'( '(•' 'i ','1 '!''i' i;iji';iiiiV::'::;..r 33d Congress,) HO. OF REPS. (Executivb 1st Session. ) ( Doc. EXPLORATION ■■V RED RIVER OF LOUISIANA, IN THE YEAR 1852i Bt RANDOLPH Be MARCY^ CAPTAIN FIFTH INFANTRY U. S.NiBMY; ASSISTED B7 GEORGE B. McCLELLAN, BREVET CAPTAIN D. S. ENGINEERS. WITH REPORTS ON THE NATURAL H [STORY OP THE COUNTRY, AND NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS. WASHINGTON: A. 0. P. NICHOLSON, PUBLIC PEINTEE. 1854. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF WAR, COMMUNICATING, IN COMPLIANCE WITH A RESOLUTION OF THE SENATE, CAPTAIN MARCY>8 REPORT OF HIS EXPLORATION OF THE RED RIVER. War Department, Washington, November 8, 1853. Sir : In compliance with a resolution of the Senate of the 4th of February, 1853, I have the honor to transmit herewith, for the use of the Senate, a copy of the report of Captain E. B. Marcy of his exploration of the waters of Eed river. Very respectfully, your obedient servant, JEFFN. DAVIS, Secretary of War. AsBURY DicKiNS, Esq., Secretary of the Senate. <3!ft Mrs. H«nnen JeniUngB AprU 26, 933 INTRODUCTION. In submitting the following report of areconnoissance of the country bordering upon upper Red river, it is proper to state that, previous to our departure upon the expedition, we were unable to procure all the instruments adapted to the perform- ance of such services as were required of us. We succeeded in obtaining a sextant, a mountain barometer, an aneroid ba- rometer, an odometer, a prismatic compass, and two Fahren- heit thermometers; but could not procure a chronometer, and, in consequence, were under the necessity of making our observations with a pocket lever watch. The latitudes given are the results of from twelve to fifteen observations of Polaris for the determination of each position. The longitudes were determined by a series of observations upon lunar distances, and are believed to be as accurate as the imperfect character of our instruments would admit. The positions thus deduced have been corrected by frequent and careful observations of courses and distances with the compass and odometer, a record of which will be found in the appendix. The astronomical observations were made by Captain George B. McClellan, of the engineer corps, who, in addition to the duties properly pertaining to his department, performed those of quartermaster and commissary to the command. An interesting collection of reptiles and other specimens, in alco- hol, was also made under his superintendence, and put into the hands of Professors Baird and Girard, of the Smithsonian Institution, whose reports will be found in the appendix. For these and many other important services, as well as for his prompt and efficient co-operation in whatever was necessary for the successful accomplishment of the design of the expe- dition, I take this opportunity of tendering my warmest ac- knowledo;ment. IV INTRODUCTION. Doctor George G. Shumard, of Fort Smith, Arkansas, who faithfully discharged the duties of surgeon to the command, also made important contributions to the department of natu- ral science, by collections of specimens of the rocks, minerals, soils, fossils, shells, and plants, of the different localities which we traversed ; and of these, the plants were placed in the hands of Dr. John Torrey, of New York, the eminent botanist so*well known to the army by his able reports on the collec- tions of Fremont, Emory, and others. The shells were intrusted to Professor 0. B. Adams, of Amherst. His report, as presented, possesses a melancholy interest, as being almost the last scientific effort of this distin- guished conchologist, whose loss science has so recently been called upon to deplore. The specimens of rocks and minerals have been examined by President Hitchcock, of Amherst College, with important results, while copious remarks on the general geology of the country have been supplied by Dr. Shumard, who has also furnished some notes on the conchology of the route. The minerals and soils have been analyzed by Professor C. U. Shepard, who detected among them a new species. Finally, in the hands of Dr. Benjamin F. Shumard, the fossils have yielded several novelties to science. All these reports upon the natural history of the expedition wHl be found de- tailed at length in the appendix. The barometrical observations which are given were taken from both forms of the instruments, and exhibited a remarka- ble agreement until the 8th of June, when we had the mis- fortune to break the mountain barometer, and were obliged subsequently to depend solely upon the aneroid. This I be- lieve to be very reliable, as it has been tested since our return by a careful comparison with several other instruments in possession of Benjamin Pike & Son, New York, and found to be in perfect order. In order to obtain as intimate a knowledge as possible of the country over which we passed, I was necessarily absent from the train a great portion of the time while it was in mo- tion ; and during such periods the command devolved upon INTRODUCTION. Lieutenant UpdegraflPj which, with the constant guard I deemed it necessary to keep over our animals in a country where the Indians manifested a disposition by no means friendly towards us, made his varied duties laborious, and it gives me pleasure to bear testimony to the efficient manner in which he performed them. R. B. MARCY, Captain 5th Infantry. TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER I. Order from headquarters of the army — Failure of former expedi- tions in reaching the source of Red river — Causes of failure — Departure from Washington — Arrival at Fort Belknap — The Little Witchita — Big Witchita — Departure from Cache creek — Copper ore — Indian signs Page 1 CHAPTER n. Witchita mountains — Panther killed — Buffalo traces — Singular and unaccountable rise of water — Buffalo signs — Horse captured — Rains — Arrival at Otter creek — Barometer broken — Character of Witchita mountains — Buffalo killed — High water -.-.--- Page 10 CHAPTER ni. Witchitas — Discouraging account of the country in advance — Pass 100° of longitude — Leave Otter creek — Berries — Elk creek — Pass Witchita mountains — Gypsum bluffs — ^Baffaloes seen — Suydam creek — Comanche signs -------------- Page 17 CHAPTER IV. Buffalo chase — Sweet Water creek — Comanche camps — Prevailing winds — Indians seen — Method of encamping — Wonderful powers of the Delawares — ^Beaver dams — Kioway creek ------ Page 27 CHAPTER V. Reach the source of the north branch of Red river — Bottle buried — Arrived upon the Canadian — Departure for Middle Fork — Indian battle- ground — Prairie-dog towns — Source of Middle Fork — South Fork — Prairie dogs ---------------- Page 37 CHAPTER YI. Arrive at the main South Fork — Panther killed — Bitter water — • Intense thirst — Head spring — Bears abundant — Departure down the river -- jMk' - - - Pao:e 49 f Vm TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER Vn. Antelope and deer — Witchita mountains in sight — Eeach Buffalo creek — ^Valley of Otter creek — Salubrity of climate — Deer-bleat — Horseflies — Scurvy — Witcliita mountains — Pass througb the mount- ains — Buffalo seen ------------- Page 62 CHAPTER VIIL Old Indian Adllages — Beautiful scenery — ^Trap formation — Lost mule — Beaver creek — Prairie guides — Rush creek — Witchita and Waco villages — Mexican prisoners — Talk with the Indians — Cross Timbers — Kickapoos — Strike wagon track — Arrival at Fort Arbuckle. Page "72 CHAPTER IX Prominent features of the Red river^ — Chain of lakes — Cross Um- bers — Arable lands — Establishment of a military post upon Red river recommended — Route of Comanches and Kioways in passing to Mex- ico — Wagon route from Fort Belknap to Santa Fe — Navigation of Red river — Erroneous opinions in regard to Red river — Extensive gypsum range — ^El Llano Estacado - __._- Page 83 CHAPTER X. Indians of the country — Habits of Comanches and Kioways — Simi- larity between them and the Arabs and Tartars — Predatory excursions into Mexico — War implements — Incredulity regarding the customs of the whites — ^Method of saluting strangers — Degraded condition of the women — Aversion to ardent spirits — Prairie Indians contrasted with the Indians of Eastern States — Buffaloes — Probable condition of Indians on the extermination of the buffaloes — Pernicious influence of traders — Superstitions of the natives ----------- Page 93 CHAPTER XI. Piacific railway — Impracticability of crossing the "Llano Estacado" — Route from Fort Smith to Santa Fe — Return route from Dona Ana — Its connexions with the Mississippi and Pacific - - - - Page 109 • TABLE OF CONTENTS. IX appendix: a. Meteorological Observations - - Page 118 APPENDIX B. Tables of Courses and Distances Page 130 APPENDIX C. Mineralogy : Report on the minerals collected. By Pro£ C. U. Shep- ard Page 135 APPENDIX D. Geology: Notes upon tlie specimens of rocks and minerals collected. By- President Edward Hitchcock ------- Page 140 Remarks upon the general geology of the country traversed. By George G. Shumard, M. D. Page 156 APPENDIX K Paleontology : Description of the species of carboniferous and cretaceous fossils collected. By B. F. Shumard, M. D. Page iTS APPENDIX F. Zoology : Mammals. By R. B. Marcy, Captain U. S. A. - - Page 186 Reptiles. By S. F. Baird and C. Girard - - - - Page 188 Fishes. By S. F. Baird and C. Girard Page 216 Shells. By C. B. Adams and G. G. Shumard, M. D. - Page 224 Orthopterous insects. By C. Girard ------ Page 228 Arachnidians. By C. Girard -------- Page 233 Myriapods. By C. Girard Page 243 APPENDIX G. Botany : Description of the plants collected during the expedition. By Dr. John Torrey '-- Page 247 TABLE OF CONTENTS. APPENDIX H. Ethnology : Vocabulary of the Comanches and Witcliitas. By Captain R. B. Marcy ; with some general remarks by Prof. W. W. Tur- ner Page 273 Alphabetical Index -...,.-.- . n ~ Page 279 ILLUSTRATIONS. LANDSCAPES. Plate. Pago, I. Granite boulders - - - - - - - -22 II. MountWebster - - - - .... 21 III. Encampment of 6tb June - - - - - -25 IV. Gypsum Bluffs on north brancb of Red river - - - 23- V. Views of Gypsum Bluffs on Canadian river - - - 39 VI. View near Gypsum Bluffs on Red river - - - - 24 VII. Border of El Llano Estacado .-50 VIII. View near head of the Ke-clie-ab-qui-ho-no - - - 55 IX. View near head of Red river ------ 55 X. Head of Ke che-ah-qui-ho-no, or the main branch of Red river --56 XI. Trap mountain on Cache creek ----- Y3 XII. Witchita village on Rush creek IS GEOLOGICAL SECTIONS.* I. Section showing the order and succession of the strata from Washington county, Arkansas, to Fort Belknap, Texas -. 156 III. Section on Cache creek, near its junction with Red river - 159 IV. Section of strata on north branch of Red river, taken June 2 164 V. Section of Gypsum Bluffs on north branch of Red river, taken June 3-------- 165 VI. Out-crop of finely laminated ferruginous sandstone near north branch of Red river - - - - - -166 VII. Section of the borders of the Llano Estacado, taken June 16 167 VIII. Section of strata near middle branch of Red river, taken June 21 167 IX. Section of bluffs between middle branch of Red river and Dog-town river, taken June 24- - - - -168 * All the geological sections are by Dr. George G. Shumard, surgeon to tha expedition. Xll ILLUSTRATIONS. Ptate. Page. X. Section of strata near the head of Red river, taken June 28 169 XI. Section of cliffs on Cache creek 171 PALEONTOLOGY.* I. Fig. 1 a. Productus cora, D'Orb. - - - - - 1Y6 Fig. 2. Productus costatus, Sow. - - - - - \*1Q Fig. 3. Spirifer, indet. I'ZY Fig. 4. a. h. Terebratula marcyi, Shum. - - - - Vl*l Fig. 5. Productus punctatus, Martin - - - - 1^5 Fig. 6. Archimedipora archimedes, Les. - - - - IVS Fig. 7. Agassizocrinus dactyliformis, Troost - - - 173 TI. Fig. 1. Productus punctatus, Martin . . - - 175 Fig. 2 a. b. Pecten quadricostatus, Sow. - ~ - - 178 Fig. 3 a. h. Terebratula choctawensis, Shum. - - - 181 Fig. 4. a. b. c. Hemiaster elegans, Shum. - - - 184 III. Fig. 1. Ammonites acuto-carinatus, Shum. - - - 183 Fig. 2. Holaster simplex, Shum. - - - - - 184 Fig. 3. Astarte washitensis, Shum. - - - - -180 Fig. 4. Ammonites, indet. - - - - - -184 Fig. 5. Exogyra texana, Roem. - - - - -179 Fig. 6. Pecten quadricostatus, Sow. - - - - 178 IV. Fig. 1. Trigonia crenulata, Lam. ----- 180 Fig. 2., Cardium multistriatum, Shum. - - - - 181 Fig. 3. Eulima subfusiformis, Shum. - - - -. 182 Fig. 4. Globiconcha elevata, Shum. - - - - 182 Fig. 5. Ammonites marcianus, Shum. - - - - 183 Fig. 6. Pileopsis ; not mentioned in the text - - - Fig. 7. Holectypus planatus, Roem. - - - - 185 Fig. 8. Terebratula subtilita, Hall 176 V. Fig. 1 a. b. Exogyra texana, Roem. . . - - 179 Fig. 2. Ostreasubovata, Shum. 179 * Owing to the impossibility of communicating wth Dr. Shumard during the printing and engraving of the present report, I have been unable to fill up the gaps in the above list of figures made up from the references in the article on palaeontology. This want of supervision on the part of the author will also ex- plain the existence of sundry discrepancies between text and plates. K. B. M. ILLUSTRATIONS. Xlll Plate. Pago. V. Fig. 3. Globiconclia (Tylostoma) tumida, Shum. - - 182 VI. Fig. 1. Panopgea texana, Shum. - - - - -181 Fig. 2. Inoceramus confertim-annulatus, Roem. - - 180 Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Natica, indet. (cast) ; not mentioned in tlie text - Fig. 5. Gryphsea pitcheri, Morton •• - - - 179 ZOOLOGY. I. Crotalus confluentus, Say - - - - - -188 II. Eutsenia proxima, B. &G. - - - ^ - -191 III. Eutaenia marciana, B. & G. - - - - - 192 IV. Heterodon nasicus, B. & G. - - - - - 193 V. Pituophis mcclellanii, B. & G. 196 VI. Scotophis Icetus, B. & G. 198 VII. OpMbolus sayi, B. & G. - - - - - - 199 VIII. Ophibolus gentilis, B. & G. 200 IX. Leptophis majalis, B. & G. - - - - - 203 X. Figs. 1-4. Cnemidophorus gularis, B. and having a strong resinous odor. We have now reached the eastern extremity of the Witchita chain of mountains, and shall to-morrow morning cross the main creek below the village, and strike our course for Fort Arbuckle, this being the nearest military post, and in our course for Fort Smith. The more we have seen of the country about these mountains, the more pleased we have been with it. Indeed, I have never visited any country that, in my opinion, possessed greater natural local advantages for agriculture than this. Bounteous nature seems here to have strewed her favors with a lavish hand, and to have held out every inducement for civilized man to occupy it. The numerous tributaries of Cache creek 74 LOSS OF A MULE. ' flowing from granite fountains, and winding, like net-work, in every direction through the valleys in the mountains — with the advantages of good timber, soil, and grass, the pure, elastic, and delicious climate, with a bracing atmosphere — all unite in presenting rare inducements to the husbandman. It would only be necessary for our practical farmers to visit this locality : they could not be otherwise than pleased with it. And were it not for the fact that the greater part of the most desirable lands he east of the 100th meridian of longitude, and within the limits of that vast territory ceded by our government to the Choctaws, it would be purchased and settled by our citizens in a very few years. As it is now situated, far beyond the limits of the settlements, and directly within the range of the Comanches, it is of no use to the Choctaws themselves, as they do not venture among the prairie tribes, and do not even know the character of this part of their own territory. They have a superabundance of fertile lands bordering upon the Red and Canadian rivers, near the white settlements of Texas and Arkansas, and they prefer occupying those to going further out. They have thrown aside their primitive habits, in a great degree, and abandoned the precarious and uncertain life of the hunter, for the more quiet avocation of the husband- man. They look upon the wild Indian in much the same light as we do, and do not go among them ; indeed, there is but little in common with them and the wild Indians.* In consequence of losing one of our mules last night, we were de- tained later than usual this morning. Two of the Delawares went out at day-light in search of it, but returned in about two hours, not ha^vang been able to strike the track. We had, up to this time, been so fortunate as to lose no animals. I was, therefore, particularly desirous that the lost mule should be recovered, and intimated as much to our inter- preter, John Bushman, who had not joined in the first search. At the same time, I asked him what he thought were the chances of success. He replied, in his laconic and non-committal style, " I think maybe so find um — maybe not." I directed him to make an eifort, and not give over the search as long as there remained the least prospect of * The lands included within the Choctaw reservation, which are not occupied or made use of by them, are embraced within the 97th and 100th degrees of west longitude, and are bounded upon the north and south by the Canadian and Red rivers, being about one hundi'ed and eighty miles in length by fifty in width, and constituting an aggregate of about nine thousand square miles of valuable and productive lands, or one thousand square miles more than the State of Massa- chusetts. PERSEVERANCE OF THE GUIDES. 75 success. "We then packed our wagons and started on towards Fort Arbuckle, crossing tlie creek below the old village, where it was forty yards wide and ten inches deep, with a rapid current flowing over a bed of gravel. Upon the east bank of the creek we passed over a broad and level piece of bottom-land, covered with a dense crop of wild rice, and other rich grasses. We then left the valley in a course north of east, over the ridge dividing Cache from Beaver creek, until we reached a branch of the latter, upon which we encamped. The timber here is large and abundant ; the water fresh, but standing in pools ; and the soil good. I have crossed this same stream at four different places below here, and have invariably found the soil of a similar character and the timber large, consisting of pecan, elm, hackberry, oak, cotton-wood, and walnut, and generally confined to the borders of the stream. Our most excellent and indefatigable hunter, John Bushman, re- turned this evening with the lost mule, having tracked him for twenty miles from where he left us. He had also killed a buffalo during the day, and brought us a piece of the hump. He states that from the time the mule left us until he overtook him he had continued to travel, without stopping, directly to the north, and at right-angles to the course we had been pursuing. I inquired of him if he did not be- come almost discouraged before he came up with the animal. He said no ; that I had ordered him not to return without him, and that he should have been on the track yet if he had not overtaken him. I have no doubt such would have been the case, for he is a man of eminently determinate and resolute character, with great powers of endurance, and a most acute and vigilant observer, accompanied by prominent organs of locality and sound judgment. These traits of character, with the abundant experience he has had upon the plains, make him one of the very best guides I have ever met with. He never sees a place once without instantly recognising it on seeing it the second time, notwith- standing he may approach it from a different direction ; and the very moment he takes a glance over a district of country he has never seen before, he will almost invariably point out the particular localities (if there are any such) where water can be found, when to others there seems to be nothing to indicate it. Such qualifications render the ser- vices of these people highly important, and almost indispensable in a tour upon the prairies. An incident which was related to me as occurring with one of these guides a few years since, forcibly illustrates their character. The officer having charge of the party to which he was attached, sent him out to 76 INDIANS. examine a trail lie had met with on the prairie, for the purpose of ascer- taining where it would lead to. The guide, after following it as far as he supposed he would be required to do, returned and reported that it led off into the prairies to no particular place, so far as he could dis- cover. He was told that this was not satisfactory, and directed to take the trail again, and to follow it until he gained the required information. He accordingly went out the second time, but did not return that day, nor the next, and the party, after a time, began to be alarmed for his safety, fearing he might have been killed by the Indians, Days and weeks passed by, but still nothing was heard of the guide, until, on arriving at the first border settlement, to their astonishment, he made his appearance among them, and, approaching the commanding oflicer said, " Captain, that trail which you ordered me to follow terminates here." He had, with indomitable and resolute energy, traversed alone several hundced miles of wild and desolate prairie, with nothing but his gun to depend upon for a subsistence, determined this time to carry out the instructions of his employer to the letter. July 21. — "We crossed two small branches this morning at four o'clock, and continued our course over undulating prairies, with smooth and even surfaces, frequently crossing small afiluents of Beaver creek, where we found good running spring water, which can always be relied upon. We had a copious shower this morning, which is the first rain that has fallen in several weeks. There is good timber and grass upon all the branches we have passed to-day, and the soil is highly productive. We have also passed several groves of post-oak timber upon the ridges ; this, however, for the most part, is small, short, and scrubby. July 22. — Making an early start at two o'clock this morning, we ascended the eastern branch of Beaver creek to its source, when we found ourselves upon the ridge dividing this stream from Rush creek. The ridge is covered with timber similar to that of the Cross Timbers, consisting of post-oak and black-jack, [Quercus ferruyinea,) Our road leads for five miles through this timber, when it emerges into a beautiful meadow, where the head of one of the branches of Rush creek takes its rise in large springs, and runs off in a fine bold stream, with a variety of hard timber along its borders. After following down .this about two miles, we suddenly came in sight of several squaws who were collecting the tall grass which grows along the banks of the creek. They no sooner espied us than they jumped upon their horses and were about making off ; most of them, however, stopped at the WITCHITA VILLAGE. 77 command of our interpreter, while one or two galloped away in the direction of the Tillage to give notice of our approach. They proved to be Wacos and Witchitas, and informed us that their villages were about four miles in advance, at the same time inviting us to pay them a visit. We reached the villages (which were situated upon the banks of Rush creek) and encamped about half a mile below them in the valley. Immediately on our arrival we were accosted by a large crowd of men who were anxious to learn where we had been, and whether we had seen any Comanches ; and as we were (I think) the first party of whites who had visited them at this place, they appeared very glad to see us — probably in anticipation of presents. There are two villages here occupied by the Witchitas and Wacos respectively ; they are situated in the rich and fertile valley of the creek, where they have cultivated corn, pumpkins, beans, peas,, and melons. These people have no ploughs, or other agricultural implements, but a small hoe, with which they prepare the ground for the reception of the seed, and do all other necessary work in its cultivation ; yet the pro- lific soil gives them bountiful returns ; and were it not for their im- provident natures, they might, with little labor, have sufficient for the whole year. Instead of this, they only care for the present, and from the time the corn is fit for roasting, are continually eating and feasting until it is gone. They are then obliged to depend upon the precarious results of the chase during the remainder of the year. The village of the Witchitas has forty-two lodges, each containing two families of about ten persons. These lodges are made by erecting a frame-work of poles placed in a circle in the ground, with the tops united in an oval form, and bound together with numerous withes or wattles, the whole nicely thatched with grass ; and when completed, it makes a very commodious and comfortable domicil. The interior arrangements are such, that every person has a bunk, raised from the ground and covered with butFalo hides, forming a couch which is far from being uncomfortable. When seated around their fires in the centre of the lodges, they have an air of domestic happiness about them which I did not expect to find. The lodges are about twenty-five feet in diameter at the base, twenty feet high, and in the distance have very much the appearance of a group of hay-stacks. With the exception of a few families that live upon the Canadian, the whole Witchita nation is concentrated at this place ; their numbers do not exceed five hundred souls. They have during the early settlement of Texas given more trouble to the people upon the northern 78 REPORTED LOSS OF OUR PARTY. borders of that State than any other Indians. They have no regard for truth, will steal, and are wholly unworthy of the least confidence, and their vicious propensities are only kept in check now from fear. Living, as they do, between the white settlements and the prairie tribes, they are at the mercy of both ; they seem to be conscious of this fact, and express a desire to be on terms of friendship with all their neighbors. At my urgent request they presented us with several bushels of green corn this evening, which was very acceptable, as we had seen no vegetables for several months. The Wacos live about a mile above the Witchitas, in a village con- structed precisely like the other. There are twenty lodges in this vil- lage, and about two hundred souls. Their habits and customs are similar to the Witchitas, with whom they frequently intermarry, and are upon the best and most friendly terms. Both of these tribes subsist for a great portion of the year upon buf- falo and deer, and wear the buffalo robes like the Comanches. They also use the bow and arrow for killing game ; some of them, however, are provided with rifles, and are good shots. They have a large stock of horses and mules, many of which are the small Spanish breed with the IMexican brand upon them, and have probably been obtained from the prairie tribes ; while others are large, well-formed animals, and have undoubtedly been stolen from the border white settlers. We learned from the Witchitas, much to our surprise, that a report had been made to the commanding officer at Fort Arbuckle, by a Keechi Indian, to the effect that our whole party had been overpowered and massacred by the Comanches near the head of Red river. This inform- ation must have originated with the Comanches or Kioways, as they are the only tribes inhabiting the country about the sources of the river ; neither the Keechies nor the Witchitas ever venture as far out into the plains as we have been. The account given by the Indian was so circumstantial and minute in every particular, showing a perfect knowledge of all our movements, with our numbers and equipment, that the infermation was evidently communicated by persons who were near us at the time, and observing our movements. This accounts for the fact of their avoiding us upon aU occasions, although we saw them several times, as has been observed, and frequently passed their camps that had been abandoned but a short time, yet they never came to us or communicated with us. They probably regarded us as out upon a hostile expedition, going into their country to chastise them for their depredations, and may have supposed that the report of our having been massacred would deter other parties from following us. MEXICAN PRISONERS. 79 The old cTiief of the Witchitas (To-se-quash) informed us that Pah- hah-en-ka's band of the " Middle Comanches," in consequence of some of their people having been killed near one of the military posts in Texas, were much exasperated, and had burnt up the testimonials of good character given to them by United States authorities. They had always before preserved these papers with great care, and manifested much pride and satisfaction in exhibiting them to strangers. To-se- quash says they are now " very mad," and will fight us whenever they meet us. July 23. — As it rained during the night, and still continues, we did Bot move forward to-day. During the morning I sent for the chiefs of the two villages, for the purpose of endeavoring to persuade them to surrender to me two Mexican prisoners in their possession : one a man about forty years of age, and the other a boy of fifteen. The man stated that he had been with the Witchitas since he was a child, and he was not now disposed to leave them ; that he had become as great a rascal as any of the Indians, (which I gave full credence to,) and should not feel at home anywhere else. It appeared, however, that the boy had only been with them a few months. He states that he was kidnapped by the Kioways from his home near Chihuahua ; that in consequence of their brutal treatment he escaped, and made his way to the Witchita mountains, where a Witchita hunter found him in nearly a famished state, and brought him to this place. He says he has been kindly treated by the Witchitas, but is anxious to leave them and go with us. He appears to be very intelligent, and reads and wHtes in his own language. In a talk with the chiefs, I told them that the American people were now on terms of friendship with the Mexicans, and in a treaty we had obligated ourselves to return to them all prisoners in the hands of In- dians in our territory, and to prevent further depredations being com- mitted upon them ; that the principal chief of the whites (the Presi- dent) would not regard any tribe of Indians as friends who acted in violation of this treaty ; that he confidently hoped and expected all the tribes who were friendly to our people would comply strictly with the requirements of the treaty, and give up all prisoners in their possession. I then requested them to release to me the boy, and told them if they did this I should make them some presents of articles that had been sent out by the President for such of his red children as were his friends. They hesitated for a long time, stating that the boy belonged to a "Waco, and he loved him so much that it was doubtful if he could be persuaded to part with him. Whereupon I told them that if they re- 80 INDIAN THEFTS. leased the boy quietly, I should reward them ; but otherwise I had deter- mined to take him from them by force, and if compelled to resort to this course, should give them nothing in return. This appeared to have the desired eflfect, and they said if I would make the family into which he had been adopted a few presents, in addition to what I had promised them, they would release him. I accordingly distributed the presents, and took possession of the boy. Upon turning him over to us they divested him of the few rags of covering that hung about his person, and reluctantly gave him to us, and he makes his exit from the Witch- ita nation in the same costume in which he entered the world. "We soon had him comfortably clothed, and he is much delighted with the change. Captain McClellan will take him to San Antonio, from which place he will communicate with his relatives. Jidy 24. — We left the Witchita village at 4 o'clock this morning, and intended to have followed the trail which the Indians travel to Fort Arbuckle, but soon discovered that it crossed numerous brooks running through deep gullies impassable for wagons, which made it ne- cessary for us to turn south towards the dividing ridge between Rush creek and Wild Horse creek. We followed this ridge for seven miles, and encamped upon a small affluent of Wild Horse creek. In oar march to-day we passed over an elevated, waiving country, interspersed with groves of oak. Upon each side of the dividing ridge are numerous small spring branches, flowing off to the right and left, and upon these there is an abundance of good timber, with soil of the best quality. We have passed the range of the grama grass, but still find the mezquite and other varieties of wild grasses, upon which our animals continue to thrive, and keep in excellent condition. After we had proceeded some ten miles upon our march this morning, we discovered that our friends the Witchitas had, in the characteristic style of their hospitality, ab- stracted from one of our wagons several articles which they probably supposed would be more useful to them than to us. Unfortunately, we were too far from the village to admit of going back and making them restore the articles. Our Spanish boy states that before he left, they advised him to seize the first opportunity that should ofler to steal one of our horses, and make his escape to them. July 25. — Our wagons were packed, and we were in motion at about 8 o'clock this morning, in a course nearly due east, down the right bank of Wild Horse creek for eight miles, when we entered the Cross-Timbers upon the ridge dividing this stream from Mud creek (an affluent of Red river, which puts in above the Washita.) Our encampment this COMPLETION OP JOURNEY. 81 evening is upon the border of a ravine in the timber, wbere we find good water and grass. In our march to-day, we have passed the heads of several branches running into Wild Horse, Beaver, Rush, and Mud creeks, upon all of which there is an exuberant vegetation, denoting a fertile soil. The timber is abundant, and of a good quality, and the water, issuing from springs, is perennial. I have passed through the Cross-Timbers at five difiei*ent points before this, and have always found them similar in character and composition. Some Kickapoo hunters came into camp this evening, and we could not but remark the striking contrast between them and the Witchitas. They were fine-looking, well dressed young men, with open, frank, and intelligent countenances, and seem .to scorn the idea of begging; while the others, as has been observed, are incessantly begging every article they see, and do not possess the slightest gratitude for favors received. July 26. — At daylight this morning we resumed our march through the Cross -Timbers, keeping the dividing ridge for two miles, when we turned to the left, and passed down near Wild Horse creek ; but we found small streams, with abrujDt banks, crossing our course so frequently^ that we had much difiiculty in making progress. We, however, by hard labor in digging down banks and cutting through dense thickets, succeeded in making eight miles, and encamped upon a small spring branch in the Cross-Timbers. A short distance before we reached our present position we fell into an old Indian trail, where some wagons had passed several years before. We noticed where several small trees had been cut, and where the bark had been scraped off from others by the ends of the axles as they passed along. July 27. — As soon as it was sufficiently light to enable us to see the trail this morning, we started on, keeping the old wagon trace through the timber for eight miles, when it led ijs into a road I bad made the last season, between Fort Arbuckle and Fort Belknap, at a point four- teen miles from the former post. As soon as the men came in sight of this, they gave a prolonged and simultaneous shout of joy ; it seemed to them like greeting an old familiar acquaintance : it was the first place they had recognised in several months, and it brought them near home. The axes and spades were laid by in the wagons, as our labors in road-making terminate here ; and I have no doubt the command are heartily rejoiced upon the occasion, as their duty since we left the Witchita mountains has been very laborious. Two miles after striking 6 82 SAFE RETURN OF THE PARTY. the road we emerged from the Cross-Timbers, and passing over a range of low mountains lying south of Wild Horse Creek valley, encamped nine miles from Fort Arbuckle. July 28. — At one o'clock this morning we were upon the road again, and at daylight marched into Fort Arbuckle, where we found our friends much astonished and delighted at our sudden appearance among them, when they had supposed us all massacred by the Coman- ches. We are much indebted to the kind hospitality of the officers stationed here for the generous supply of vegetables with which they furnished one entire command during our stay with them. After an exclusive diet of meat and bread for several months, we could not have had a more welcome present than the fine fresh vegetables which their gardens afforded. I shall remain here for two or three days to dispose of the stores on our hands, recruit our animals, and get the company in readiness to return to its station at Fort Belknap, under charge of Lieutenant Up- degraif. I feel a sincere regret at parting with the company, as the uniform good conduct of the men during the entire march of about a thousand miles merits my most sincere and heartfelt approbation. I have sel- dom had occasion even to reprimand one of them. All have performed the arduous duties assigned them with the utmost alacrity and good will ; and when (as was sometimes the case) we were obliged to make long marches, and drink the most disgusting water for several days together, instead of murmuring and making complaints, they were cheerful and in good spirits. I owe them, as well as the officers and gentlemen who were with me, my most hearty thanks for their cordial co-operation with me in all the duties assigned to the expedition. It is probably in a great measure owing to this harmonious action on the part of all persons attached to the expedition that it has resulted so fortunately. We have lost no men by death, and, with the exception of the two cases of scurvy, there has been no sickness of consequence. And in- stead of any of our animals dying or straying away, we have had the especial good fortune of adding three horses, which we found upon the plains, to the number we received at the commencement of the march. The animals, and particularly the oxen, many of which were so poor when they left Preston as to be considered almost useless, have all returned in fine condition, and are now much better capable of perform- ing service than when they came into our hands. . PROMINENT FEATURES OF RED RIVER. 83 CHAPTER IX, Prominent features of red river — floods — chain of lakes — cross-tim- bers — arable lands— establishment of a military post upon red river recommended— ^ROUTE OK COMANCHES AND KIOWAYS IN PASSING TO MEXICO WAGON-ROUTE FROM FORT BELKNAP TO SANTA FE NAVIGATION OF RED RIVER ERRONEOUS OPINIONS IN REGARD TO RED RIVER EXTENSIVE GYPSUM RANGE EL LLANO ESTACADO. In a corapreliensive review of tlie physical characteristics of the particular section of Red river which is comprised within the limits of the district assigned to the attention of the expedition, it will not perhaps be considered irrelevant to make a few general observations upon the more prominent features of the country bordering upon this stream, from its confluence with %e Mississippi to its sources. It will be observed, by reference to a map of the country embracing the basin of this river, that in ascending from the mouth, its general direction as high as Fulton, Arkansas, is nearly north and south ; that here it suddenly changes its course and maintains a direction almost due east and west to its sources. One of the first peculiarities which strikes the mind on a survey of the. topography of this extensive district of country, is the general uniformity of its surface: with the exception of the Witchita range no extensive chains of lofty mountains diversify the per- spective, and but few elevated hills rise up to relieve the monotony of the prospect. Another distinguishing feature of this river is, that the country on its upper waters differs in every respect from that in the vicinity of its mouth. The valley is found to comprise two great geo- graphical sections, each having physical characteristics entirely distinct from the other. The main branch of the river from the point where it debouches out of the Staked Plain, flows through an arid prairie country almost entirely destitute of trees, over a broad bed of light and shifting sands, for a distance, measured upon its sinuosities, of some five hundred miles. This country for the most part is subject to peri- odical seasons of drought, which preclude the possibility of cultivation except by means of artificial irrigation. It then enters a country covered with forest-trees of gigantic dimensions, growing upon an alluvial soil of the most pre-eminent fertility, which sustains a very diversified sylva, and afibrds to the planter the most bountiful returns of all the products 84 CROSS-TIMBERS. suited to tHis latitude. On entering this section of tlie river we find that the borders contract, and the water, for a great portion of the year, washes both banks, at a high stage, carrying away the loose alluvium frora one side and depositing it upon the other in such a manner as to produce constant changes in the channel and to render the navigation difficult. This character prevails through the remainder of its course to the Delta of the Mississippi, and throughout this section it is subject to heavy inundations, which often flood the bottoms to such a degree as to produce very serious consequences to the planters, destroying their crops, and, upon subsiding, occasionally leaving a deposite of white sand over the surface, rendering it thenceforth entirely ban-en and worthless. Below the great raft a chain of lakes continues to skirt the river for more than a hundred miles : these are supposed to have been formed in the ancient channels and low grounds of former streams, whose discharge had gradually been obstructed by an embankment formed of the sedi- mentary matter brought down the river from above. These lakes are from five to fifty miles in length, from a quarter to three miles wide, and are filled and fpiptied alternately as the floods in Eed river rise and fall : they serve as reservoirs, which in the inunda- tion of the banks of the river receive a great quantity of water, and, as it subsides, empty their contents gradually, thereby tending to impede the rapid discharge of the floods upon the Delta. Like all rivers of gTcat length which drain a large extent of country, Red river is subjected to periodical seasons of high and low water. The floods occur at veiy ■uniform epochs, but the quantity and elevation of the water, as well as its continuance at a high stage, vary constantly. During the winter the water often remains high for several months, but the heavy rise which has almost invariably been observed during the month of June, often subsides in a very few days. The geographical position of the sources of Eed river being in latitude 34° 42' and longitude 103° 1' 10," and its confluence with the Missis- sippi in latitude about 31° and longitude 91° 50,' it extends over three and a half degrees of latitude and eleven degrees of longitude. The barometrical elevation of its sources above the sea is twenty-four hundred and fifty feet. The estimated distance by the meanderings of the stream from the mouth to Preston, Texas, is sixteen hundred miles, and from this point to the sources of the main branch five hundred more, making the entire length of the river two thousand one hundred miles. On emerging from the timbered lands upon Red river into the great plains, we pass through a strip of forest called the Cross-Timbers. EXTENT OF ARABLE LAND. 85 This extensive belt of woodland, whicli forms one of the most prominent and anomalous features upon the face of the country, is from five to thirty miles wide, and extends from the Arkansas river in a southwesterly direction to the Brazos, some four hundred miles. At six different points where I have passed through it, I have found it characterized by the same peculiarities ; the trees, consisting principally of post-oak and black-jack, standing at such intervals that wagons can without difficulty pass between them in any direction. The soil is thin, sandy, and poorly watered. This forms a boundary-line, dividing the country suited to agriculture from the great prairies, which, for the most part, are arid and destitute of timber. It seems to have been designed as a natural barrier between civilized man and the savage, as, upon the east side, there are numerous spring-brooks flowing over a highly prolific soil, with a superabundance of the best of timber, and an exu- berant vegetation, teeming with the delightful perfume of flowers of the most brilliant hues; here and there interspersed with verdant glades and. small prairies, affording inexhaustible grazing, and the most beautiful natural meadows that can be imagined ; while on the other side com- mence those barren and desolate wastes, where but few small streams g-reet the eye of the traveller, and these are soon swallowed up by the thirsty sands over which they flow. Here but httle woodland is found, except on the immediate borders of the water-courses. From the point where Red river leaves the timbered lands, the entire face of the country, as if by the wand of a magician, suddenly changes its character. The bluffs now approach nearer the river, and the alluvial bottoms, which below here have been exceedingly rich and productive, contract, and do not support that dense and rank vegetation which characterizes the lower portion of the valley. The undergrowth of cane- brakes and vines disappears, and is no more seen throughout the entire extent of the valley. The lands adjacent gradually rise, and exhibit broad and elevated swells of surface, with spacious valleys intervening, and the soil continues to become more and more sterile as we ascend, until we reach the 101st degree of longitude, when from this point, with few exceptions, there is no more arable land. Previous to my departure upon the expedition, I had been led to believe, from the representations of the Indians and others, that after passing Cache creek, no more good timber or land suited to cultivation would be met with upon the waters of Red river ; but in this (as will have been observed) I was greatly in error, as we found much good timber and fertile land above this point. The country drained by the numerous branches of Cache creek alone 86 REMAINS OP CAMPS. is very large, and possesses, in a remarkable degree, all tlie elements necessary for constituting a rich and productive agricultural district. Including tlie valleys embraced within the Witchita mountains, there are, upon a very moderate estimate, at least from seventy- five to eighty thousand acres of tillable lands upon the waters of this stream. In the valley of Otter creek there are also several thousand acres of rich alluvial lands, with timber in abundance ; and upon Elk, Sweetwater, and the other small affluents of the North Fork, much land is found which would rank with our government surveyors as "first rate" in quality. All these would make up an aggregate of at least one hundred and fifty thousand acres of land, upon which cotton, corn, and most other grains could be produced abxmdantly. Could they be persuaded to lay aside their wandering habits and cultivate the soil, the amount of land here alluded to would be more than sufiicient to sustain all the natives inhabiting this section of coun- try ; and the luxuriant and nutritious grasses which everywhere abound throughout the entire extent of the river basin, would furnish an inex- haustible amount of forage and grazing for their numerous animals. The winters here are mild, and it is seldom that the snow covers the ground more than a day or two at a time. There is a constant supply of good running-water upon all the minor tributaries to the North Fork, and sufficient woodland to supply farmers with fuel for a great number of years. The soil in the valley of the main trunk of the river, as well as upon the Salt Fork, is thin and sandy, with very little timber or palatable water ; and the country here possesses but few of the requisites essential to agriculture. The Comanches and Kioways resort in great numbers to the waters of the north fork of Red river, where they find forage for their animals abundant during the winter months. Vestiges of their camps were everywhere observed along the whole course of the valley, from the "Witchita mountains to the sources ; and the numerous remains of the stumps of trees, which had been cut down by them at different periods, indicated that this had been a favorite resort for them during many years. In several places we found camps that had only been deserted but a few days, and some where the fires were still burning. From the great extent of surface upon which the grass was cropped at some of these camping-places, and from the multitude of tracks still remaining, we inferred that they were supplied with immense numbers of animals ; and they are undoubtedly attracted here by the superior quality of the grass, and the great abundance of cotton-wood which is found along NECESSITY OF A NEW POST. 87 the borders of the streams, upon the bark of which they fatten their favorite horses in the winter season. Should the government authorities ever have occasion to communicate with these Indians, I have no doubt that many of them can always be found during the autumn, winter, and spring months along this branch of Red river ; during the summer they leave and travel north in pursuit of the buffalo, generally ranging between the north fork of the Cana- dian and the Arkansas river. We observed but few places upon the main branch of the river where the Indians had made their encampments. We, however, saw trails where they are accustomed to travel, crossing this branch and leading south towards the Brazos ; indeed, a party with about fifty horses and mules had travelled along the bed of the Ke-che-a-qui- ho-no, through the gorge to the head of the river, but a short time pre- vious to our passing. The military posts already established upon the southwestern borders of Texas, with the two occupied by the fifth infantry in the direction of the headwaters of the Brazos, undoubtedly exercise a good influence over the southern Comanches who frequent that section ; but there is a vast tract of country to the north of this, extending across Red river and the Canadian to the Arkansas, where there is no military post until reaching Fort Atkinson, upon the Santa Fe trace. Fort Arbuckle and Fort Scott are near the settlements, and they are now entirely out oi the range of the prairie tribes. The northern and middle Comanches and the Kioways occupy this country, and go and come when and where they choose without the knowledge of any of our military authorities. These Indians probably commit more depredations upon the northern provinces of Mexico than any others. In passing back and forth upon these forays, they were formerly in the habit of taking a route crossing the Brazos and Colorado rivers, in the vicinity of some of the military posts in Western Texas ; but since they have become acquainted with the localities of these posts, I have been informed by the Indians that they were so much harrassed by the troops as to cause them to change their route ; and now they generally pass to the north and west, entirely around this chain of posts. It is a well known fact, that whenever depredations have been com- mitted by the Indians along the western borders of Texas, the perpe- trators have almost invariably come from the north and returned in that direction ; and when pursued, their trace has generally been found to lead towards Red river, in the direction of the western extremity of the Witchita chain of mountains. Such was the fact in the recent instances 88 SITES FOR A MILITARY POST. ■where animals were stolen from the posts upon the Brazos, and I cannot but believe, if there had been a garrison at some point upon Red river in the vicinity of the mountains, that the stolen animals might in a majority of cases have been recovered, and the authors of the depreda- tions -detected. Heretofore the troops stationed upon the Brazos, when sent in pursuit of Indians who had stolen animals, have followed them until their provisions were consumed, and have then been obliged to abandon the trail and turn back before coming near them ; whereas, if they had started out from a post upon Red river, they would probably have been enabled to carry provisions sufficient to have served them until they could have reached the encampments where the freebooters had left their families. A garrison established near the western extremity of the Witchita range of mountains would be in the heart of the Comanche country, and near the point where they cross Red river upon their marauding expeditions into Texas and Mexico. The military authorities stationed here would have an opportunity of becoming acquainted with the chiefs, and with the character and habits of the Indians frequenting this section, and would have greater facilities for gaining their confidence and removing the unfavorable impression which they have heretofore entertained towards Americans. Believing that our government contemplates taking their hunting-grounds from them, they have always been suspicious of the motives of the whites who have visited their country ; so much so, that upon one occasion they massacred a party of twenty men who attempted to survey a tract of land in Western Texas. They desire, therefore, to remain as far as possible away from the white settlements. If troops were quarteied in their country anywhere in the vicinity' of the point I have mentioned, the Indians would by degrees become familiarized to their presence, and in time learn that instead of doing them injustice, the policy of our government towards them is such as would ultimately conduce to their welfare and prosperity. At almost any point throughout the Witchita mountains, all the requisites for building and sustaining a military post are found in great profusion. The quality of the timber, soil, and water, are all far superior to that near the posts upon the Brazos river ; and I firmly believe there is no more salubrious climate in the universe. In my humble judgment, in view of what has been said, a military post established in the vicinity of these mountains, and garrisoned by a force of sufficient strength to command the respect of the Indians, would add more to the efficiency of the army in checking their depre- HEAD OF NAVIGATION. 89 dations than any other position that is now occupied by the troops in Western Texas. This post would be about one hundred and forty miles distant from Fort Ar buckle ; two hundred miles from Fort Washita ; and one hundred and twenty from Fort Belknap ; and being near Eed river, (which it is believed will prove navigable, at a good stage of water, nearly as high as this point,) the troops could probably be fur- nished with supplies at a lower rate than at any of the military posts in this part of the country equi-distant from the seacoast. Should it become necessary to march troops or transport supplies between the military posts upon the headwaters of the Brazos and Santa Fe, a better route cannot be desired for wagons than the one we have followed from Fort Belknap to the confluence of Cache creek, continu- ing up the north fork of Red river to near its source in the Staked Plain, and thence across in a northwesterly direction to the Canadian river, upon the south bank of which will be found a distinctly marked wagon-trace, travelled by California emigrants in the summer of 1849, which leads in a very direct course, over tirm and smooth ground, to Santa Fe. There is a bountiful supply of all that is essential to the comfort of the traveller and his animals upon this route ; and good wood, water, and grass, are found so abundantly along the entire dis- tance, that he need not make a single encampment .without them all. The distance, measiu-ed along the route over which we travelled, from Fort Belknap to the mouth of Cache creek, is one hundred and twenty miles ; from this point to the head of the north fork of Red river is two hundred and thirty-seven miles ; to the Canadian, twenty-five miles ; thence to Santa Fe, two hundred and ninety-five miles ; making the aggregate distance between the termini six hundred and seventy-seven miles. These distances, as far as the Canadian, are measured upon the route over which we travelled in our explorations ; and although its general course is reasonably direct, it is in some places circuitous, and cculd probably be shortened so as to reduce the distance to about six hundred and forty miles. The navigation of Red river with steamers of light draught is practicable at all times to Shreveport ; and about four months of the year they have ascended without difficulty to Fort Towson. During the past season, at a time when the river was at a low stage, a steamer drawing three and a half feet of water had no difiiculty in ascending as high as Preston, near the confluence of the Washita. Several boats had previously reached this point upon the river ; but as there are but few settlements above here, there has as yet been no inducements held out for boats to attempt the navigation of the river 90 CAUSE OP THE JUNE FLOODS. any higher. I am confident, however, from what I have seen of Upper Eed river, that at a medium stage there will be sufficient depth of water for small steamers, such as ply upon some of the ti-ibutaries to the Mississippi, to ascend the river as high as where the two principal branches unite, (about fifty miles above the mouth of Cache creek.) As an evidence of this, on our outward march, at a time when the river was at a high stage, I had occasion for crossing frequently, but could find no place below the point mentioned where the water in the channel was of less depth than five feet ; indeed, I do not think as many ob- structions will be found above Preston as below, for the reason that there is but little woodland bordering upon the upper portion of the river, and consequently but few of those formidable obstacles called snags. At a low stage the water in the river becomes very shallow, and can then be forded at any point. But during high water, the quicksands in the bed of the stream become loose and unstable, and make it hazard- ous to attempt a passage with animals. It was observed throughout that portion of the valley of the river which came under our observation^ that it was bordered upon each side by three distinct terraces or benches running parallel with the course of the stream. The first of these is from three to six feet high, from fifty to two hundred feet wide, and in places subject to overflow. The second, which is from ten to twenty feet above the first, is from two to five hundred feet wide, and is never submerged. The third varies from fifty to three hundred feet in eleva- tion above the second, and forms the elevated line of blufis that terminate the prairie lands adjacent to the valley. In many places between the upper extremity of the Witchita moun- tains and the sources of the river, we found continuous chains of sand-hills, from twenty to fifty feet high, bordering the valley, and denuded of all herbage save a few plum-bushes and grape-vines. Although there is some good soil upon the small afiiuents to the main river, the country generally, immediately bordering it, is barren and sandy. Several erroneous opinions have for many years been entertained in regard to the country upon the headwaters of Red river. For instance, it has generally been supposed, from the circumstance of a heavy rise occurring in the river during the mouth of June, at a time when there is generally no rain in the settlements, and during the dry season upon the plains, that the sources of the river would be found in lofty mountain ranges, where the melting snows would account for the great amount • of water passing through the channel at the season mentioned. But GYPSUM BEDS. 91 sucli is not the fact, as all the principal branches above Cache creek have their origin in the eastern borders of the table-lands of New Mexico, where there are no mountains. We, however, observed frequent and copious rains in the vicinity of the Witchita mountains during the season of the June flood; and I am of the opinion that here is the source whence much of the water is deiived. As the water in the river has a very bitter and disagreeable taste, it has been conjectured that it passed in its course through extensive salt plains ; but this I also found to be an error. "We saw no deposite of chloride of sodium in the vicinity of the river ; the peculiar taste being communicated by ingredients that it receives in flowing for a hundred miles over a gypsum formation. An analysis of this water, under the direction of Dr. Clark of Amherst College, gives the following results, from which it will be seen that the per-centage of salt is small :* Weight of water in fluid ounces - - - - - - 4. Weight of water in fluid grammes 127.800 Weight of chlorine present ------ ,051 Weight of lime .033 Weight of sulphuric acid - - - - - - - .095 Sulphates of soda and magnesia .168 Eegarding the lime as a sulphate, and the residue of sulphuric acid as united with magnesia, and the chlorine as united with the sodium, we have the following results : Weight of sulphate of lime - - - -■- - .080 Weight of sulphate of magnesia - - - - - - .073 Weight of chloride of sodium - .084 Weight of the whole .237 Per-centage of matter in solution ----- 19 This gypsum range forms an immense belt, which extends across the country for some four or five hundred miles. Col. Long speaks of seeing it upon the Arkansas ; and I have myself passed through it at four other different points south of this, embracing a range of some three hundred miles. It is regarded by Dr. Hitchcock as the most extensive deposite of this mineral in North America. I have everywhere found it char- * I have understood, since our return, tliat the Indians have recently discovered a deposite of salt (chloride of sodium) about three miles to the south of our return route, near the western extremity of the Witchita mountains. 92 LLANO ESTACADO. acterized by the same peculiarities, witli the water issuing from it inva- riably bitter and unpalatable. The Arkansas, Canadian, Brazos, Colorado, and Pecos rivers, pass through the formation, and a similar taste is imparted to the waters of all. Several of these also have their soui^es in the same elevated table- lands as Red river, and where they maSe their exit from this plateau their beds are confined to vast sluices or canons, the sides of which rise very abruptly to an enormous height above the surface of the water. The barren mesa, in which these streams take their rise, extends from the Canadian river, in a southerly course, to near the confluence of the Pecos with the Rio Grande, some four hundred miles, between the 3 2d and 3Vth parallels of north latitude. It is in places nearly two hundred miles in width, and is embraced within the 101st and 104th meridians of west longitude. The approximate elevation of this plain above the sea, as determined with the barometer, is two thousand four hundred and fifty feet. It is much elevated above the surrounding country, very- smooth and level, and spreads out in every direction as far as the eye can penetrate, without a tree, shrub, or any other herbage to intercept the vision. The traveller, in passing over it, sees nothing but one vast, dreary, and monotonous waste of barren solitude. It is an ocean of desert prairie, where the voice of man is seldom heard, and where no living being permanently resides. The almost total absence of water causes all animals to shun it : even the Indians do not venture to cross it except at two or three points, where they find a few small ponds of water. I was told in New Mexico that, many years since, the Mexicans marked out a route with stakes across this plain, where they found water ; and hence the name by which it is known throughout Mexico, of " El Llano Estacado," or the " Staked Plain." INDIANS OF THE COUNTRY. 93 CHAPTER!. Indians of the country — habits of the comanches and kioways — similarity between them and the arabs and tartars predatory excursions into mexico war implements incredulity regarding the customs of the whites method oe saluting strangers degraded condition of the women— aversion to ardent spirits prairie indians contrasted with indians of the eastern states buffaloes probable condition of the indians upon the extermination of the buffaloes pernicious influences of traders superstitions of the natives. The country over whicli we passed is frequented by several tribes of Indians, who follow the buffalo, and subsist almost exclusively upon the uncertain products of the chase. The Witchitas, Wacos, Kechies, and Quapaws, all resort to the country about the Witchita mountains, where a few years since they had their thatched villages and corn-fields, but they have recently removed near the white settlements. The Witchitas and Wacos, as before stated, are now living upon Rush creek, while the Kechies and Quapaws are upon Chouteau's creek, an affluent of the Canadian. The Witchitas and Kechies each number about one hundred warriors; the Wacos about eighty; and the Quapaws only about twenty -five. They all use the horse in their hunting and war expedi- tions, and are possessed of a good supply of these animals. The history of the Quapaws, a minute remnant of what was once a large and powerful nation of Indians, called the " Arkansas," but now only num- bering a very few lodges of miserable half starved beggars, is truly melancholy. Father Charlevoix, in his " Historical Journal of a Voyage down the Mississippi," speaks of visiting them, and found them at that time very numerous and warlike. He says of them : " The Arkansas, or Quapaws, are reckoned to be the tallest and best-shaped of all the savages of this continent, and they are called, by way of distinction, * the fine men.' " He describes them as occupying at the time of his visit four villages, one of which was upon the Mississippi, a short dis- tance above the mouth of the Arkansas. They were, according to him, composed of the confederated remnants of several ruined nations. In the time of Du Pratz these Indians had all moved up the Arkan- sas, and were living about twelve miles from the mouth of White river ; they were then quite numerous, and he compliments them by saying 94 SALUBRITY OF THE PLAINS. that they were no less distinguished as warriors than hunters, and that they were the first nation that succeeded in conquering the warlike and numerous Chickasaws, It is related that upon one occasion they en- countered the Chickasaws, who, in consequence of having no powder, considered it most prudent to make a precipitate retreat ; whereupon the Quapaw chief, understanding the cause, determined they should be placed on an equality, and ordered all his warriors to empty their powder- horns into a blanket, and making an equal division of the powder, he gave one-half to his enemies. The battle then commenced, and in a short time terminated with a signal defeat of the Chickasaws, who retreated with a loss of ten killed and five prisoners, while the Quapaws only lost one man. They were also distinguished for their friendship to the early settlers along the Arkansas river, and it is much to be deplored that this once numerous and valorous nation is so fast approaching annihila- tion. The two most numerous and powerful tribes of Indians frequent- ing the coimtry upon Upper Red river are the Comanches and Kioways; the former range from the Witchita mountains to the sources of the river, while the latter occasionally visit the headwaters, but seldom come as far down as the mountains. These tribes have similar habits, but speak different languages. The most numerous and warlike nation is that of the Comanches, who are separated into three distinct local grand divisions, namely : the Northern, Middle, and Southern ; each of these is subdivided into several bands, commanded by separate chiefs. The Northern and Middle Comanches subsist almost entirely upon the flesh of the buflalo ; they are known among the other Indians as " buffalo-eaters," and are generally found at their heels, migrating with them from place to place upon those vast and inhospitable plains of the West, the greater portion of which are incapable of cultivation, and seem destined in the future, as in the past, to be the abode of the wandering savage, possessing as they do, so few attractions to civilized man. This vast district, however, exhibits one characteristic which compensates for many of its asperities: perhaps no part of the habitable globe is more favorable to human existence, so far as the atmosphere is concerned, than this. Free from marshes, stagnant water, great bodies of timber, and all other sources of poisonous malaria, and open to every wind that blows, this immense grassy expanse is purged from impurities of every kind, and the air imparts a force and vigor to the body and mind which repays the occupant in a great measure for his deprivations. Nature, which almost everywhere exhibits some compensation to man for great hardships, has here conferred upon him' health, the first and best of her gifts. It is a fact worthy of remark, that man, in whatever SKILL IN HORSEMANSHIP. 95 situation he may be placed, is influenced in his modes of existence, his physical and moral condition, by the natural resources of climate, soil, and. other circumstances around him, over the operations of which he has no control. Fortunately, such is the flexibility of his nature that he soon learns to adapt himself to the hardest and most untoward circumstances, and, indeed, ultimately becomes not only reconciled to his lot, but persuades himself that his condition is far prefera^jle to that of most others. The example of our western-border settlers is illustrative of this fact, as they continue to remove farther and farther west as the settlements encroach upon them, preferring a life of dangerous adventure and soli- tude to personal security and the comforts and enjoyments of society; and. what was at first necessity to them, becomes in time a source of excitement and pleasure. The nomadic Indian of the prairies demonstrates the position still more forcibly : free as the boundless plains over which he roams, he neither knows nor Avants any luxuries beyond what he finds in the buff'alo or the deer around him. These serve him with food, clothinar. and a covering for his lodge, and he sighs not for the titles and distinc- tion which occupy the thoughts and engage the energies of civilized man. His only ambition consists in being able to cope successfully with his enemy in war, and in managing his steed with unfailing adroit- ness. He is in the saddle from boyhood to old age, and his favorite horse is his constant companion. It is when mounted that the Coman- che exhibits himself to the best advantage : here he is at home, and his skill in various manoeuvres which he makes available in battle — such as throwing himself entirely upon one side of his horse, and discharging his arrows with- great rapidity towards the opposite side from beneath the animal's neck while he is at full speed — is truly astonishing. Many of the women are equally expert, as equestrians, Avith the men. They ride upon the same saddles and in the same manner, with a leg upon each side of the horse. As an example of their skill in horsemanship, two young women of one of the bands of the Northern Comanches, while we were encamped near them, ujDon seeing some antelopes at a distance from their camp, mounted horses, and with lassos in their hands set oflt'at full speed in pursuit of this fleetest inhabitant of the plains. After pursuing them for some distance, and taking all the advantages which their circuitous course permitted, they finally came near them, and, throwing the lasso with unerring precision, secured each an animal and brought it back in ti^mph to the camp. Every warrior has his 96 ATTACHMENT TO THEIR HORSES. war-horse, which is the fleetest that can be obtained, and he prizes him more highly than anything else in his possession, and it is seldom that he can be induced to part with him at any price. He never mounts him except when going into battle, the bufialo chase, or upon state occasions. On his return from an excursion he is met at the door of his lodge by one of his wives, who takes his horse and attends to its wants with the utmost care. The prairie warrior perforins no menial labor ; his only occupation is in war and the chase. His wives, who are but little dearer to him than his horse, perform all the drudgery. He fol- lows the chase, he smokes his pipe, he eats and sleeps ; and thus he passes his time, and in his own estimation he is the most lordly and independent sovereign in the universe. Such are some of the charac- teristics of the prairie Indians ; and I cannot dismiss the subject without remarking that, in addition to the physical similitude between the deserts of Arabia, the steppes of Central Asia, and the prairie mesas of our own country, a very striking resemblance is also observed in the habits and customs of the* respective inhabitants. The Arabs of the desert, the Tartar tribes, and the aboriginal occupants of the prairies, are alike wanderers, having no permanent abiding- places, transporting their lodges wherever they go ; and where these are pitched, there are their homes. They permit no authorities to control them but such as receive the unanimous sanction of the masses, and the rule of their leaders is guided by the counsels of their old men, who, in many cases allaj'' dis- sensions and curb the impetuosity of ambitious young warriors, whose thirst for fame would often involve the nation in protracted wars. Thus their government is patriarchal, guided by matured and fraternal counsels. They are insensible to the wants and comforts of civilization; they know neither poverty nor riches, vice nor virtue, and are alike exempt from the deplorable vicissitudes of fortune. Theirs is a happy state of equality, which knows not the perplexities of ambition nor the crimes of avarice. They never cultivate the soil, but subsist altogether upon game and what they can steal. They are alike the most expert horsemen in the world, and possess the same fond attach- ment for the animal. I once made an effort to purchase a favorite horse from a chief of one of the bands of the Southern Comanches, (Se na-co,) and offered him a large price, but he could not be persuaded to part with him. He said the animal was one of the fleetest in their possession ; and if he were to sell him, it would prove a calamity to his whole band, as it often required all the speed of this animal to insure success in the buffalo chase ; that his loss would be felt by all his FORAYS OF THE INDIANS. 97 people, and he would be regarded as very foolisli : moreover, lie said, (patting his favorite on the neok,) " I love him very much," The only property of these people, with the exception of a few articles belonging to their domestic economy, consists entirely in horses and mules, of which they possess great numbers. These are mostly pillaged from the Mexicans, as is evident from the brand which is found upon them. The most successful horse-thieves among them own from fifty to two hundred animals. In their political and domestic relations there is also a similarity to the Old World nomads. They are governed by a chief, the tenure of whose office is hereditary, so long as his administration meets the ap- probation of his followers. He leads them to war, and presides at their deliberations in council ; but should he disgrace himself by any act of cowardice or mal-administration, they do not hesitate to depose him and place a more com^ietent man in his stead. Their laws are such as are adapted to their peculiar situation, and are sanctioned by the voice of the people. Their execution is vested in the subordinate chiefs, or captains, as they are called, and they are promptly and rigidly enforced. In respect to the rights of property, their code is strictly Spartan. They are perhaps as arrant freebooters as can be found upon the face of the earth ; and they regard stealing from strangers as perfectly legitimate and honorable, and that man who has been most successful in this is the most highly honored by his tribe; indeed, a young man who has not made one or more of these expeditions into Mexico is held in but little repute. In evidence of this, I was told by an old chief of the Northern Comanches, called Is-sa-keep, that he was the father of four sons, who he said were as fine young men as could be found ; that they were a great source of comfort to him in his old age, and could steal more horses than any other young men in his band. As these forays are often attended with much toil and danger, they are called "war expeditions." It not unfrequently happens that but six or eight young men set out upon one of these adventures, and the only outfit they require is a horse, with their war equipments, consisting of the bow and arrows, lance and shield, with occasionally a gun. Thus prepared, they set out upon a journey of a thousand miles or more, through a perfectly wild and desolate country, dependent for subsistence wholly upon such game as they may chance to find. They make their way to the northern provinces of Mexico, where they lie in wait near some hacienda until a favorable opportunity ofiers to sweep down upon a solitary herdsman, and, with the most terrific yells, drive before them all the animals they desire. Wo to the panic-stricken ranchero who 7 98 COMANCHE DRESS. fails to make a precipitate retreat, as they invariably kill sucli men as ofter the slightest impediment to their operations, and take women and children prisonei's, whom they hold in bondage of the most servile character. They are sometimes absent from their tribes two years or more before their success is sufficient to justify their returning with credit to themselves. The use of the bow, which is the favorite arm and constant appendage of the prairie Indian, and which he makes use of exclusively in hunting the buffalo, is taught the boys at a very early age; and by constant and careful practice, they acquire a degree of proficiency in the art that renders them, when grown up to manhood, formidable in war, as well as successful in the chase. Their bows are made of the tough and elastic wood of the ''bois d'arc," or Osage orange [Machira attrantiaca) strength- entd and reinibrced with the sinews of the deer wrapped firmly around, them, and strung with a cord made of the same material. They are not more than one-half the length of the old English long-bow, which was said to have been sixteen hands' breadth in length. The arrows are twenty inches long, of flexible wood, with a triangular point of iron at one end, and two feathers, intersecting each other at right-angles, at the opposite extremity. At short distances the bow, in the hands of the Indian, is effective, and frequently throws the arrow entirely through the huge carcass of the buffalo. In using this instrument, the Indian warrior protects himself from the missiles of his enemy with a shield of circular form, covered with two thicknesses of hard, undressed buffalo- hide, separated by a space of about an inch, which is stuffed with hair : this is fastened to the left arm by two bands, in such a manner as not to interfere with the free use of the hand, and offers such resistance that a rifle-ball will not penetrate it unless it strikes perpendicular to the surface. They also make use of a war-club, made by bending a withe around a hard stone of about two pounds weight, which has been previously prepared with a groove in which the withe fits, and is thereby prevented from slipping off. The handle is about fourteen inches long, and bound with buffalo-hide. The Comanche men are about the medium stature, with bright, copper- colored complexions and intelligent countenances, in many instances with aquiline noses, thin li^DS, black eyes and hair, with but little beard. They never cut the hair, but wear it of very great length, and ornament it upon state occasions with silver and beads. Their dress consists of leggins and moccasins, with a cloth wrapped around the loins. The body is generally naked above the middle, except when covered with the bufialo-robe, which is a constant appendage to their wardrobe. The IDEA OF THEIR OWN SUPERIORITY. 99 women are short, with crooked legs, and are obliged to crop their hair close to their heads. They wear, in addition to the leggins and mocca- sins, a skirt of dressed deer-skin. They also tattoo their faces and breasts, and are far from being as good looking as the men. Notwithstanding that these people are hospitable and kind to stran- gers, and apparently amiable in their dispositions, yet, when a warrior conceives himself iujm-ed, his thirst for revenge knows no satiety. Grave and dignified in his deportment, and priding himself upon his coolness of temper and the control of his passions, yet, when once pro- voked, he, like the majority of his race, is implacable and unrelenting ; an affront is laid up and cherished in his breast, and nothing can efface it from his mind until ample reparation has been made. He has no idea of forgiveness : the insult must be atoned for by blood. With many tribes, quarrels can often be settled by presents to the injui-ed party; but with the Comanches, their law of equity is of such a character that no reconciliation can take place until the reproach is wiped out with the blood of their enemy. They make no use of money except for orna • ments. Like other tribes, they are fond of decking themselves with paint, beads, and feathers ; and the young warrior often spends more time at his toilet than the most conceited coxcomb that can be found in civilized life. Bright red and blue are their favorite colors ; and ver- milion is an important article in the stock of goods of one of their traders. This they always carry about their persons ; and whenever they expect to meet strangers, they always (provided they have time) make their toilet with care, and paint their faces. Some few of their chiefs who have visited their Great Father at Washington, have returned strongly impressed with the numerical power and prosperity of the whites ; but the great majority of them being entirely ignorant of every- thing that relates to us, and the most of them having never even seen a white man, believe the Comanches to be the most powerful nation in existence ; and the relation of facts which conflict with this notion, by their own people, to the masses of the tribes at their prairie firesides, only subjects the narrator to ridicule, and he is set down as one whose brain has been turned by the necromancy of the pale-faces, and is thenceforth regarded as wholly unworthy of confidence. Having upon one occasion a Delaware and a Comanche with me in the capacity of guides, I was much diverted with a conversation which passed between them in my presence, and which was interpreted to me by the Delaware. It appeared that the latter had stated to the other the fact of the sphericity of the earth's surface. This idea being altogether new and incomprehensible to the Comanche, was received with much 100 RECEPTION OF STANGERS. incredulity, and, after gazing a moment intently at the Delaware to ascertain if lie was sincere, he asked if that person took him for a child, or if he looked like an idiot. The Delaware said no ; but that the white people, who knew all about these things, had ascertained such to be the fact ; and added, that the world was not only round, but that it revolved in its orbit around the sun. The Comanche very indignantly replied, that any man of sense could, by looking off upon the prairie, see at a glance that the earth was perfectly level ; and, moreover, that his grandfather had been west to the end of it, where the sun disappeared behind a vertical wall. The Delaware continued, in his simple but impressive manner, to describe to the Comanche the steam-engine, with other objects of interest he had seen among the whites, all of which the Comanche regarded as the product of a fertile imagination, expressly designed to deceive him ; and the only reply that he deigned to make was an occasional exclamation in his own language, the inter- pretation of which the Delaware pronounced to be, "Hush, you fool 1 " I then endeavored to explain to the Delaware the operation of the magnetic telegraph, and, in illustration of its practical utility, stated to him that a message could be sent a distance of one thousand miles, and an answer returned, in the short space of ten minutes' time. He seemed much interested in this, and listened attentively to my remarks^ but made no comments until I requested him to explain it to the Comanche, when he said, "I don't think I tell him that, Captain ; for the truth is, I don't believe it myself." The mode of life of the prairie tribes, owing to their unsettled and wandering habits, is such as to render their condition one of constant danger and apprehension. The security of their numerous animals from the encroachments of their enemies, and their constant liability to attacks, make it imperatively necessary for them to be at all times upon the alert. Their details for herdsmen are made with as much regularity as the guard-details at a military post ; and even in times of the most profound peace, they guard their animals both night and day, while scouts are often patrolling upon the adjoining heights to give notice of the approach of strangers, when their animals 'are hurried to a place of security, and everything made ready for defence. The manner in which they salute a stranger is somewhat peculiar, as my own reception at one of their encampments will show. The chief at this encampment was a very corpulent old man, with exceedingly scanty attire, who, immediately on our approach, declared himself a great friend of the Americans, and persisted in giving me evidence of his sincerity by an embrace, which, to please him, I forced myself to submit to, HOSTILITY TO NEGROES. 101 althoiigli it was far from agreeable to my own feelings. Seizing me in his brawny arms while we were yet in the saddle, and laying his greasy head upon my shoulder, he inflicted upon me a most bruin-like squeeze, which I endured with a degree of patient fortitude worthy of the occasion ; and I was consoling myself upon the completion of the salutation, when the savage again seized me in his arms, and I was doomed to another similar torture, with his head on my other shoulder, while at the same time he rubbed his greasy face against mine in the most affectionate manner; all of which proceeding he gave me to understand was to be regarded as a most distinguished and signal mark of affection for the American people in general, whom, as he expressed it, he loved so much that it almost broke his heart ; and in particular for myself, who, as their representative, can bear testimony to the strength of his attachment. On leaving his camp, the chief shook me heartily by the hand, telling me at the same time that he was not a Comanche, but an American ; and as I did not feel disposed to be outdone in polite- ness by an Indian, I replied, in the same spirit, that there was not a drop of Anglo-Saxon blood in my veins, but that I was wholly and absolutely a Comanche, at which he seemed delighted, duly understanding and appreciating the compliment. These people are hospitable and kind to all with whom they are not at war ; and on the arrival of a stranger at their camps, a lodge is prepared for him, and he is entertained as long as he chooses to remain among them. They are also kind and affec- tionate to each other, and as long as anything comestible remains in the camp, all are permitted to share alike ; but with these exceptions, they are possessed of but few virtues. Polygamy is sanctioned and is very common among them, every man being allowed as many wives as he can support. Within the past few years the Comanches have (for what reason I could not learn) taken an inveterate dislike to the negroes, and have massacred several small parties of those who attempted to escape from the Seminoles and cross the plains for the purpose of joining Wild Cat upon the Rio Grande. Upon inquiring of them the cause of their hostility to the blacks, they replied that it was because they were slaves to the whites ; that they were sorry for them. I suspect, however, that they were actuated by other motives than they cared about acknowledg- ing, and that instead of wishing to better their condition by sending them to another world, where they would be released from the fetters of bondage, they were apprehensive, if they permitted them to pass quietly, that in time Wild Cat's followers upon the Rio Grande would augment to such a degree that he would interfere with their marauding opera- 102 DIET OF THE COMANCHE S. tions along the Mexican borders. During the past year they hare also been hostile towards the Delawares and Shawnees, and have killed several individuals who have been into their country in small parties. The Creek Indians, who exercise a good influence over the prairie tribes, have counselled them to commit no further acts of hostility upon these Indians, and I presume they will take measures to enforce a strict adhe- rence to their wishes in this respect. These people, who are so extremely jealous of their own freedom that they will often commit suicide rather than be taken prisoners, are the more prone to enslave others, and this dominant principle is carried to the greatest extreme so far as regards their women. A beast of burden and a slave to the will of her brutal master, yet, strange as it may appear, the Comanche woman seems con- tented with her lot, and submits to her fate without a murmur. The hai'dships imposed upon the females are most severe and cruel. The distance of rank and consideration which exists between the black slave and his master is not greater than between the Comanche warrior and his wife. Every degrading oflBce that is imposed upon the black by the most tyrannical master, falls, among the Comanches, to the lot of the wretched female. They, in common with other Indians, are not a pro- lific race ; indeed, it is seldom that a woman has more than three or four children. Many of these, owing to unavoidable exposure, die young ; the boys, however, are nurtured with care and treated with great kind- ness by their mothers, while the girls are frequently beaten and abused unmercifully. T have never seen an idiot, or one that was naturally deformed, among them. Of all the Indians I had before encountered, there were none who had not an extreme fondness for spirituous liquors. The prairie tribes that I have seen, say the taste of such liquor is not pleasant ; that it makes fools of them, and that they do not desire it. If there are exceptions to this, I think they may be set down as factitious rather than natural ; the appetite having been created by occasional indulgence in the use of a little at a time. The diet of these people is very simple ; from infancy to old age their only food, with the exception of a few wild plants which they find on the prairies, is fresh meat, of which, in times of plenty, they consume enormous quantities. In common with many other tribes, they can, when necessity demands it, abstain from eating for several days without inconvenience, and they are enabled to make up at one meal the defi- ciency. All of them are extravagantly fond of tobacco, which they use for smoking, mixed with the dried leaves of the sumach, inhahng the smoke into their lungs and giving it out though their nostrils. Their TREATMENT OF PRISONERS. 103 language is verbal and pantomimic. The former consists of a very- limited number of words — some of wliicb are common to all tlie prairie tribes. The latter, which is exceedingly graceful and expressive, is the court language of the plains, and is used and understood with great facility and accuracy by all the tribes from the Gila to the Columbia ; the motions and signs to express ideas being common to all. In con- templating the character of the prairie Indian, and the striking simi- larity between him and the Arab and Tartar, we are not less astonished at the absolute dissimilarity between these and the aboriginal inhabit- ants of the Eastern States. The latter, from the time of the discovery of the country, lived in permanent villages, where they cultivated fielcJs of corn, and possessed strong attachment for their ancestral abodes and sepulchres : they did not use horses, but always made their burning and war expeditions on foot, and sough.t the cover of trees on going into battle ; while the former have no permanent abiding-places, never culti- vate the soil, are always mounted, and never fight a battle except in the open prairie, where they charge boldly up to an enemy, discharge their arrows with great rapidity, and are away before their panic-stricken antagonist can prepare to resist or retaliate. In their treatment of pris- oners of war there was also a very marked difference. The eastern tribes, although they put their prisoners to tortures of the most appall- ing character, seldom, if ever, violate the chastity of the females ; while, on the contrary, the prairie Indians do not put their prisoners to death by prolonged tortures, but invariably compel the females to submit to their lewd embraces. There is at this time a white woman among the Middle Comanches, by the name of Parker, who, with her brother, wi s captured while they were young children, from their father's house in the western part of Texas. This woman has adopted all the habits and peculiarities of the Comanches ; has an Indian husband and children, and cannot be persuaded to leave them. The brother of the woman, who had been ransomed by a trader and brought home to his relatives, was sent back by his mother for the purpose of endeavoring to prevail upon his sister to leave the Indians and return to her family ; but he stated to me that on his arrival she refused to listen to the proposition, saying that her husband, children, and all that she held most dear, were with the Indians, and there she should remain. As the prairie Indians depend almost entirely on the buffalo for a subsistence and for clothing, it becomes a question of much interest, what will be the fate of these people when these animals shall have become extinct ? Formerly, buffa- loes were found in countless herds over almost the entire northern con- tinent of America, from the 28th to the 60th degree of north latitude, 104 ' RANGE OF THE BUFFALO. and from the shores of Lake Champlain to the Rocky mountains. As it is important to colkct and preserve all facts connected with the his- tory of this interesting and useful animal before the species becomes extinct, I trust I shall JDe pardoned for introducing a few quotations from authors, touching their early history, which to me appear highly interesting. In a work published at Amsterdam in 163Y, called "New English Canaan," by Thomas Morton, one of the first settlers of New England, he says : " The Indians have also made description of great keards of well-growne beasts that live about the parts of this lake (Erocoise,) now Lake Champlain, such as the Christian world (until this discovery) hath not bin made acquainted with. These beasts are of the bigness of a cowe, their flesh being very good foode, their hides good leather ; their fleeces very useful, being a kind of woole, as fine almost as the wo§le of the beaver ; and the salvages do make garments thereof. It is tenne yeares since first the relation of these things came to the eares of the English." It is stated by another author, (Purchas,) that as early as in 1613 the adventurers in Virginia discovered a " slow kinde of cattell as higge as kine, which were good meateP The limit of the buffalo range on the north has been given diff'erently by different writers. In a work published in London in 1589, by Hukluyt, it. is stated, that in the island of New Foundland were found '■'■mightie heastes, like to camels in greatness, and their /eeie were cloven." He then says : " I did see them farre off", not able to dlscerne them perfectly, but their steps showed that their feete were cloven, and bigger than the feete of camels. I suppose them to be a kind of buffes, which I read to bee in the countreys adjacent, and very many in the firme land." It is supposed by some that these animals may have been the musk- ox. Ihey were found by Captain Franklin as high as 60° north latitude. Although it is doubtful whether the buff"alo ever ranged beyond the Rocky mountains, yet they have been found as far west as the western slope. They formerly ranged free and uninterrupted over the boundless plains of the West, only guided in their course by that faithful instinct which invariably led them to the freshest and sweetest pastures. Their only enemy then was the Indian, who supplied himself with food and clothing from the immense herds around his door ; but would have looked upon it as sacrilege to destroy more than barely sufficient to supply the wants of his family. Thus this monarch of the plains was allowed free range from one end of the continent to the other. But this happy state of things was not destined to continue ; an enemy ' TRAFFIC AMONG THE INDIAXS. 105 appeared, who made great havoc among them, and in a short time caused a very sensible diminution in their numbers, and much con- tracted the limits of their wanderings. This enemy was the white man, who, in his steady march, causes the original proprietor of the soil to recede before him, and to diminish in numbers almost as rapidly as the buffalo. Thousands of these animals were annually slaughtered for their skins, and often for their tongues alone ; animals whose flesh is suflScient to afford sustenance to a large number of men are sacrificed to furnish a "bon bouche" for the rich epicure. This wholesale slaughter on the part of the white man, with the number consumed by the Indians, who are constantly on their trail, migrating with them as regu- larly as the season comes round, with the ravenous wolves that are always at hand to destroy one of them if wounded, gives the poor beast but little rest or prosjject of permanent existence. It is only eight years since the western borders of Texas abounded with buffaloes; but now they seldom go south of Red river, and their range upon east and west has also very much contracted within the same time ; so that they are at present confined to a narrow belt of country between the outer settle- ments and the base of the Rocky mountains. With this rapid diminu- tion in their numbers, they must in the course of a very 'few years become exterminated. What will then become of the prairie Indian, who, as I have already remarked, relies for subsistence, shelter, and clothing, on the flesh and hide of this animal ? He must either perish with them, increase his marauding depredations on the Mexicans, or learn to cultivate the soil. As the first law of our nature is self pres- ervation, it is not probable that he will sit down and quietly submit to starvation ; he must, therefore, resort to one of the latter alternatives. But as he has no knowledge of agriculture, considers it the business of a slave, and very much beneath the dignity of a warrior, it appears reasonable to suppose that he will turn his attention to the Mexican*, over whom he has held the mastery for many years. Heretofore he has plundered these people to supply himself with animals for his own use and for traffic. A number of Delawares, Shawnees, and Kickapoos, from Missouri and the borders of Arkansas, have for several years past been engaged in a traffic with the prairie Indians, which has had a tendency to defeat the efforts of the military authorities in checking their depreda- tions upon the citizens of the northern provinces of Mexico. These traders, after procuring from the whites an outfit of such articles as are suited to the wants of the prairie Indians, visit all the different bands, and prosecute a very lucrative business. The goods they carry out 106 GIVING OF PRESENTS. consist of a few articles of small value, such as tobacco, paint, knives, calico, wampum, beads, &c., &c., wliicli are of the utmost importance to the Indians, and which, if necessary, they will make great sacrifices to procure; but as they have no commodity for exchange that the traders desire except horses and mules, they must necessarily give these for the goods, and large numbers are annually disposed of in this manner. As 1 have before mentioned, nearly all these animals are pilfered from the Mexicans; and as the number they traffic away must be replaced by new levies upon their victims, of course all that the traders obtain causes a corresponding increase in the amount of depredations. Should the government of the United States feel disposed to make the prairie Indians annual donations of the same description of articles that the traders now supply them with, (which I am most happy to learn is now contemplated,) upon the express condition that they would continue only so long as they adhered strictly to all the requirements of the agents, it would in a measure obviate the necessity of their making long expeditions into Mexico, and would most undoubtedly have the efiect of depreciating the value of the merchandise to such a degree that the traders would no longer find the traffic profitable. The Indians of the plains are accustomed, in their diplomatic intercourse with each other, to exchange presents, and they have no idea of friendship unac- companied by a substantial token in this form : moreover, they measure the strength of the attachment of their friends by the magnitude of the presents they receive ; and I am firmly convinced that a small amount of money annually expended in this way, with a proper and judicious distribution of the presents, would have a very salutary influence in checking the depredations upon the Mexicans. In a talk which I held with a chief of one of the bands of prairie Indians, I stated to him that the President of the United States was their friend, and wished to live in peace with them. He replied that he was much astonished to hear this ; for, judging from the few trifling presents I had made his people, he was of opinion that the "Big Captain" held them in but httle estimation. Trained up, as the prairie Indians have been from infancy, to regard the occupation of a warrior as the most honorable of all others, and having no permanent abiding-places or local attachments, they can without inconvenience move all their families and worldly eflects from one extremity of the bufialo range to the other. With their numerous and hardy horses they travel with great rapidity; and possessing as intimate a knowledge as they do of the localities, it would give them a great advantage over any body of troops who should pursue them into the country. War would not, tlverefore, be as great a calamity to them RELIGIOUS BELIEF. 107 as to other tribes who have permanent habitations. Some have sup- posed that a large body of these Indians could not obtain a sufBcient amount of subsistence to enable them to remain together for any great length of time ; but their numerous horses and mules, which they often make use of for food when game is scarce, would supply them with sub- sistence for a long time. It will be necessary to devise some measures to do away with the inveterate prejudices which the Comanches enter- tain against the habits and customs of the whites, before they will be induced to remain in any fixed abodes or cultivate the soil. In common with most oth.r Indians, they are very superstitious: they believe in dreams, the wearing of amulets, medicine-bags, &c., and the dedication of offerings to secure the favor of invisible agents ; as also in the efficacy of music and dancing for the cure of diseases. They submit with the most imperturbable stoicism and apathy to misfortunes of the most serious character, and, in the presence of strangers, manifest no surprise or curiosity at the exhibition of novelties ; yet this apparent indifference is assumed, and they are in reality very inquisitive people. In every village may be seen small structures, consisting of a frame- work of slight poles, bent into a semi-spherical form, and covered with buffalo-hides. These are called medicine-lodges, and are used as vapor- baths. The patient is seated within the lodge, beside several heated stones, upon which water is thrown, producing a dense hot vapor, which brings on a profuse perspiration, while, at the same time, the shamans, or medicine-men, who profess to have the power of communicating with the unseen world, and of propitiating the malevolence of evil sj)irits, are performing various incantations, accompanied by music, on the outside. Such means are resorted to for healing all diseases ; and I am also informed that their young men are obliged to undergo a regular course of steam-bathing before they are considered worthy of assuming the responsible duties of warriors. The knowledge they possess of their early history is very vague and limited, and does not extend further back than a few generations. They say that their fore- fathers lived precisely as they do, and followed the buffalo : that they came from a country towards the setting sun, where they expect to return after death. They acknowledge the existence and power of a great supernatural agent, who directs and controls all things ; but this power they conceive to be vested in the sun, which they worship and appeal to on all occasions of moment. They also anticipate a future state of existence similar to the present, and invariably bury with the warrior his hunting and war equipments. Thus far no efforts have eVer been made to improve the moral or physical condition of these 108 CHRISTIANIZATION OF THE INDIANS. people ; no missionaries have, to my knowledge, ever visited tliem, and they have no more idea of Christianity than they have of the religion of Mahomet. We find dwelling almost at our doors as barbarous and heathenish a race as exists on the face of the earth ; and while, our benevolent and philanthropic citizens are making such efibrts to ame- liorate the condition of savages in other countries, should we not do something for the benefit of these wild men of the prairies ? Those dingy noblemen of nature, the original proprietors of all that vast do- main included between the shores of the Atlantic and Pacific, have been despoiled, supplanted, and robbed of their just and legitimate heritage, by the avaricious and rapid encroachments of the white man. Numer- ous and powerful nations have already become exterminated by unjusti- fiable wars that he has waged with them, and by the effects of the vices he has introduced and inculcated ; and of those that remain, but few can be found who are not contaminated by the pernicious influences of unprincipled and designing adventurers. It is not at this late day in our power to atone for all the injustice inflicted upon the red men ; but it seems to me that a wise policy would dictate almost the only recom- pense it is now in our power to make — that of introducing among them the light of Christianity and the blessings of civilization, with their attendant benefits of agriculture and the arts. PACIFIC RAILWAY. 109 CHAPTER XI. Pacific railway — impracticabihty of crossing the "llano estacado" — route from fort smith to santa fe — return route from dona ana — its connections with the mississippi and the pacific. The very lively interest that has been manifested in a project of such importance as that of uniting the Atlantic with the Pacific by a single span of railroad over the continent of North America, and the prevail- ing dearth of reliable information regarding a great portion of that vast , territory lying west of the Mississippi, induce me to add a few remarks upon this subject, which I trust M'ill not be wholly devoid of interest or utility at this particular period. Whether this road should be national, and its administration under the direction of the general government, or whether it should be intrusted to individual States or corporate companies, are questions the discussion of which it does not become me to attempt, and upon which I shall not presume to hazard an opinion. I propose, in what I have to say, merely to give a brief detail of such facts connected with this subject as are suggested after an examination of a district of country over which it may be found desirable to construct the road. Although the appropriation made by the last Congress for prelimi- nary surveys, indicates a disposition on the part of our national legisla- ture to give aid in the initiatory steps, and although great benefits would undoubtedly result from bringing our distant possessions in the west into closer proximity with the eastern States, by a means of transit much more expeditious than any which nature offers, thereby facilitating the transmission of troops and munitions of war, the value of the project, in a commercial aspect, appears to be of sufficient magnitude to denote a reasonable guarantee for its speedy execution. The importance, and indeed the necessity, of this road, are very gen- erally admitted. It is the will of a people controlling a great share of the commerce of the world that it should be made ; and possessing, as they do, ample and pecuniary resources, and stimulated by the ambitious but laudable prospect of turning and monopolizing the channel of Asiatic trade, with the almost certain anticipation of profit, it is easy to predict the result. The financial demonstration recently made in New York city, whereby an amount of stock almost sufficient to carry out 110 LLANO EST AC ADO the enterprise was subscribed in one day, is eminently significant of the fact, and affords substantial evidence of the confidence of capitalists in the feasibility of the scheme, and an abundant pledge for its early and successful accomplishment. That the road will be constructed, but few at this time entertain a doubt ; the only question that remains to be determined is, where is the best and most advantageous route ? The several exploring parties that have been sent across the continent in different latitudes, will undoubtedly place the department in posses- sion of all the information required concerning the country over which the limited amount of the appropriation, and time, enabled them to pass ; but as a large portion of the district over which I have travelled will not come within the scope of their reconnoissances, my remarks may serve to throw some light upon the subject, which cannot be obtained from other sources, and thus add to the general stock of information so earnestly sought after at this particular period. The district of country to which my attention has beeir directed is embraced within the 32d and 36th parallels of latitude, and the 95th and lOYth meridians of longitude ; and is bounded upon the north by the Canadian river, and upon the west by the Rio Grande. A great portion of this vast domain, containing nearly thirty -two thousand square miles, was previous to 1849 almost wholly unknown, except to the native occupants. One of the most prominent features which strikes the eye of the beholder on an examination of this section, is the very remarkable uni- formity of its surface, and the almost total absence of those abrupt and rugged primitive mountain ranges which in many other parts of our country offer such formidablti obstacles to the passage of railways. But few mountains are seen throughout this region, and those few are so little elevated that they present but trifling obstructions when compared with many that are found in the eastern States, This section is, however, traversed throughout, nearly its whole length, by the lofty plateau of the "Llano estacado," which, as will be observed upon the map, stretches out from the 32d to the 36th parallel of latitude, and is, in places, two hundred miles wide, without a tree or running stream throughout its entire surface, and presents, in my judgment, an impassable barrier to a wagon road ; and I am fully iihpressed with the belief that a route crossing this desert anywhere between the 33d parallel of latitude and its northern limits will never be selected for a Pacific railway, or, indeed, a road of any description. South of this parallel the plain becomes less elevated above the adjacent country, and finally merges into the lands bordering the Pecos and the head branches of the Colorado. LAGUNA COLORADO. Ill If it be impracticable to construct and find the material for sustain- ing a railway across this desert, the question arises whether a feasible route can be found near the northern or southern borders of it. The road which was made under my supervision from Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Santa Fe, New Mexico, in 1849, (with one exception, where it crosses a spur, which can easily be turned,) skirts the base of the northern border of this plain; and so far as the topography of the coun- try is concerned, I believe that a railroad can be made over it with great facility, as the general surface is smooth, and intersected by no impass- able mountains or deep valleys. On departing from Fort Smith, this road traverses a gently undulating district, sustaining a heavy growth of excellent timber, but occasion- ally interspersed with prairie lands, affording luxuriant grass for eight months in the year, and intersected with numerous small streams flowing over a highly productive soil, thus embracing the elements of a rich and beautiful pastoral and agricultural locality. This char- acter continues for one hundred and eighty miles, to near the 99th meridian of longitude, where the road emerges from the woodlands and enters the great plains, where but little timber is seen except directly along the borders of the water-courses. The soil soon becomes thin and sandy, and, owing to the j^eriodical droughts of the summer season, would require artificial irrigation to make it available for culti- vation. Soon after leaving the woodlands the road takes a ridge which divides the Canadian from the Washita river, and continues upon it to near the sources of the latter stream, a distance of nearly three hundred miles. This ridge lies in a very direct course for Santa Fe, is firm and smooth, and makes one of the best natural roads I have ever travelled over. The ground upon each side is cut up into a succession of deep and precipitous gullies, which have been washed out by the continued action of water in such a manner as to render any other route in the vicinity, but the one directly upon the crest of the " divide," almost impassable. From the head of the Washita the road continues near the valley of the Canadian for a hundred miles further, occasionally crossing small tributaries which furnish the traveller with water at convenient distances; it then bears to the left, and passes over the elevated lauds bordering the Pecos river, skirting the base of the mountains along that stream until it arrives at a place called " Laguna Colorado," a small lake of muddy water, where the road forks, one branch leading to Santa Fe over a road forty miles in length, and the other to Albuquerque, (the point where 112 CROSSING OF BRAZOS AND COLORADO. the route through what is called " Walker's Pass" is said to leave the Rio Grande,) a distance of only twenty miles. The distance from Fort Smith to Santa Fe, as measured with the chain, is eight hundred and twenty miles.* The line of this road continued east from Fort Smith would intersect the Mississippi river in the vicinity of Memphis, Tennessee, and would pass through the country bordering the Arkansas river, which cannot be surpassed for fertility, as the bountiful crops of cotton, corn, and other products grown by the planters, abundantly evince. The route of my return from New Mexico in 1849, which has been travelled by California emigrants every year since that time, leaves the Rio Grande at a point called Doiia Ana, three hundred miles below Santa Fe. On leaving this place, at an elevation of about four thousand feet above the sea, the road for three hundred miles traverses an arid prairie region, where but little wood is found except ujoon three ranges of mountains which stretch out to the north, but do not materially obstruct the passage of the road. They are covered for the most part with pine timber, and abound in springs of wholesome water, making itimperative upon the traveller to pass near them. Upon the route marked down, the defiles have but little elevation above the general surface, and, with the exception of a few miles of broken ground near the " Peak of Gau- d?.lupe," the ascents and descents to all the undulations are gradual and easy. At the southern extremity of the Gaudalupe mountains the sum- mit level of the country between the Rio Grande and the Pecos is at- tained, and from this point the surface declines to the borders of the latter stream by a gradation almost imperceptible. Crossing the Pecos, the road ascends by a grade of about five feet per mile for twenty-five miles, and the traveller here finds himself upon the broad plain of the " Llano estacado," which at this point divides the waters of the Rio Grande fi'om those of the Colorado. The road crosses the southern spur of this plain, where it is seventy miles broad, and as firm and smooth as the best McAdamized road. Thence it crosses the head branches of the Colorado and the main Brazos, and leads off to a ridge which terminates near Fulton, Arkansas, upon the navigable waters of Red river. By leaving this ridge and crossing Red river at Preston, a good * The barometrical altitude of Albuquerque above tide-water is about 5,130 feet, aud of Fort Smith about 600 feet ; making the difference in altitude, or total declination eastward between the two points, 4,530 feet, or an average grade of a little over 5| feet to the mile. BITUMIXOUS COAL. 113 road is found to Fort Smith, upon the navigable portion of the Arkansas, which would be in a very direct course for St. Louis, and traverse one of the most productive sections of the United States. The entire distance from Dona Ana to Fulton is about eight hundred and fifty miles, and to Fort Smith nine hundred and four miles. The road from El Paso connects, at the Sierra Waco, with the one described, and is thirty miles shorter. Dona Ana being elevated four thousand feet above the tide- water level, and Fulton and Fort Smith six hundred and sixty and six hundred respectively, gives an average grade of less than four feet to the mile over either road. These results, of course, can only be regarded as ap- proximate estimates, which will be increased upon the undulatory por- tions of the routes. The surface of the country, however, has a remark- ably uniform dip to the east and south throughout nearly its whole extent, and is, perhaps, better adapted by natvR-e to the reception of a railroad than almost any other which can be found. A glance at a map of the country will show that Red river, from the point of its efflux upon the Delta of the Mississippi to Fulton, has » northerly bearing ; that here it makes a sudden deflection of almost a right- angle to the west, and maintains this course to its origin in the "Llano estacado." The road alluded to, immediately after leaving Fulton, leads to an elevated ridge, dividing the waters that flow into Red river from those of the Sulphur and Trinity, and continues upon it, with but few devia- tions from the direct course for El Paso and Dona Ana, to near the Brazos river, a distance of three hundred and twenty miles. This portion of the route has its locality in a country of surpassing beauty and fertility, and possesses all the requisites for attracting and sustaining a dense farming population. It is diversified with prairies and wood- lands, afi'ording a great variety of excellent timber, and is bountifully watered with numerous spring-brooks, which flow off upon either side of the ridge into the streams before mentioned. The crest of the ridge is exceedingly smooth and level, and is altogether the best natural or arti- ficial road I have ever travelled over for the same distance. After leaving this ridge the road crosses the Brazos near very exten- sive fields of bituminous coal, (the only locality of this mineral, so far as my knowledge extends, that has been discovered within two hundred miles,) which burns readily with a clear flame, is made use of for fuel at Fort Belknap, and is very superior in quality. From the Brazos the road skirts small affluents of that stream and the Colorado for two hundred miles, through a country more undulating 8 114 LLANO ESTACADO. than tliat east of the Brazos; but no mountains are met witli, or ele- vated hills, wliicli cannot be avoided by short detours. Here and there prairies present themselves, but this section is for the most part covered with a growth of trees called mezquite, which stand at such intervals that they present much the appearance of an immense peach orchard. They are from five to ten inches in diameter, their stocks about ten feet in length, and for their durable properties are admirably adapted for railway ties, and would furnish an inexhaustible amount of the very best fuel. The soil upon this section is principally a red argil- laceous loam, similar in appearance to that in the Red river bottoms, which is so highly productive, and extends to near the 102d degree of longitude, or about three degrees further west than the arable soil upon some of the more northerly routes. As this route is included within the 32d and 34th parallels of lati- tude, it would never be^obstructed by snow, as it seldom falls more than two or three inches in depth, and only remains upon the ground a few hours at a time. , The whole surface of the country, from Red river to the Rio Grande, is covered with a dense coating of the most nutritious grass, w^hich remains green for nine months in the year, and enables cattle to subsist the entire winter without any other forage. It will be observed that the route here spoken of skirts the head- waters of the rivers flowing towards the Gulf of Mexico, for several hundred miles after leaving Red river, and that a road cannot be made much further to the north without impinging upon the "Llano estacado." From what I have seen of the country south of this, I have no doubt but that a road could be made in almost any direction, but would be attended with much greater cost than upon the one I have attempted to describe, for the reason that the surface of the country along this route is much more level. After passing the Brazos river, the road, as I have before observed, runs near the sources of the streams, where the valleys are broad and but little depressed below the general surface ; whereas I have remarked that in descending some of these streams, the longitudinal and lateral valleys become deep and abrupt, and where (as would be the case with a Pacific railway) it became necessary to cross these undulations trans- versely, a greater expenditure of labor would be involved in grading than upon the other route. There would also be many more large streams to bridge ; indeed, upon the route I have recommended, there are but two streams (the Brazos and Pecos) of greater width than forty feet, over the entire distance of eight hundred and fifty miles, between Red river and the Rio Grande. ELEVATION OF MOUNTAIN PASSES. 115 As Fulton, El Paso, and San Diego, in California, are nearly in the same direct line, and one which intersects the longitudinal axis of the continent at right-angles, a road connecting these points would form the shortest line of communication to the Pacific in this latitude, and would pass near the valley of the Gila, or its vicinity. The direct line of this road prolonged eastwardly from Fulton would pass through Arkansas, and intersect the Mississippi river a little below Napoleon, opposite the State of Mississippi, and would traverse a section which presents no serious impediment to the passage of a rail- road. This route was surveyed in 1851 by Mr. Sidell, (civil engineer,) under the direction of the Topographical Bureau, and resulted in perfectly establishing the feasibility of the route, and the determination of the fact that the most elevated ground between Lake Providence and Fulton (a distance of two hundred miles) is but one hundred and sixty feet above the flood water-table of the Mississippi, and only one hundred feet above that of Red river. The terminus of the eastern section of this route upon the Del Norte, could be resumed upon the west bank of that stream ; and if the practi- cability of constructing the road down the valley of the Gila can be established, it would give a continuous line to the Colorado river. Although our knowledge of the country west' of the Rio Del Norte is for the most part confined to a few traces that have been pursued by travellers making their way to the Pacific; yet it is believed that suffi- cient reliable data may be deduced from competent authorities to war- rant the expectation of finding a route with admissible grades, as far, at least, as the Colorado. Before reaching the waters that flow into the Pacific, it becomes necessary upon this route, as upon all others in our territory, to surmount the Rocky mountain chain. The elevation of the crest of this great continental vertebral column varies from five to seventeen thousand feet above the tide-level of the ocean, but has a declension towards its south- ern extremity, which greatly favors the project in question. The baro- metrical measurements which have been made, place " Long's Peak" in latitude 40° 36' at the maxipium, and the culmination of a pass or defile in near latitude 32° at the minimum altitude. The elevation of the eastern base of the mountains in latitude 42° is the same as the summit of the range in latitude 32°. The elevations of other passes that have been examined, vaty from seven to eight thou- sand ^"et above tide. If, so far as the economy of railway transportation is concerned, the 116 ROUTE TO THE GULF. attainment, with the locomotive, of twenty feet in altitude, is equivalent to the transit of a mile upon a horizontal plane, we would have (other conditions being equal) a diflference of one hundred miles in horizontal distance in favor of the route under consideration, over one which should pass the mountains at an elevation of seven thousand feet. The difference of elevation of the Rio Del Norte in the vicinity of Dona Ana, and the crest of the mountains in latitude 32° being about one thousand feet, and the distance between the two positions about one hundred miles, 'gives an average grade (which is said to be veiy uni- form) of ten feet per mile in ascending the eastern slope of the mount- ains. From the summit to the mouth of the Gila, a distance of three hundred and eighty miles, the difference in altitude, barometrically de- termined, is four thousand seven hundred and forty-sis feet, which (sup- posing the slope to be uniform) admits of a gradient of about twelve and a half feet to the mile in descending the Pacific side of the mountains. The road upon this side would be much more circuitous in its course than upon the other ; the grades will be increased upon the undulatory portions of the country, and some difficulty may be anticipated in passing the great caiion of the Gila, provided the road is confined exclusively to the limits of our own territory ; but a gentleman of scientific attainments, who has examined this route carefully, is of the opinion that no greater impediments will be met with upon the Gila than are found upon the Hudson river road. From the Colorado to the Pacific (unless some other pass is discovered) the road must penetrate the " Sierra Nevada" chain, through what is called "Warner's Pass." The summit of this defile is situated north of the general course of the road, and the approaches to it, upon both sides, are somewhat tor- tuous. It is about one hundred miles distant from the confluence of the Gila with the Colorado, and about eighty miles from San Diego on the Pacific. The elevation of the Pass above tide-water being three thousand and thirteen feet, and that of the Colorado, at the mouth of the Gila, two hundred and fifty-four feet, we would have an average gradation of twenty-seven and a half feet per mile in the ascent of the eastern slope, and a descent from the Pass of thirty-seven and a half feet to the mile in reaching San Diego. Should it be found desirable, on arriving at the mouth of the Gila, to turn the course of the road, and run it down the valley of the Colorado to the head of the Gulf of California, I am informed by persons who have examined this section that the surface is free from obstructions, ADAIR BAY. 117 and the distance to Adair bay (where four fathoms of water may be re- lied upon at ebb-tide) is about eighty miles. I am, sir, Very respectfully, Your obedient servant, RANDOLPH B. MARCY, * Captain 5th Infantry, U. S. Army. 118 APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 5J '^ S S ■^ 8 e CO ■s . ^ r 5^ C 1 If PI e t W ^^ 02 ^ f^ ^ ^S d o 5^ o 8^ M ^fq ( > ^ S &«^ Ci;) ?S «S 1 ^ Sh < g P^ '^ e ^ 0, !< $i ^ bj) "3 6 ca. 6 fQPSP ~ c " -a •S -a "' 2 "-a QJ OJ > Cti ,2 OJ c c £ £ c c 'rt 'S ^ -C '!5 'ri p^ P4 6C( 2"« ■" ' S = 2 • •g -a IS g . ■^ sc s s H^PhMCC 3 > o : :ffi5 S ,- ID CJ . 00 COtCTO 13 St? 03 02 ESS o o c t; " c . s- 60(3 £. - - ^ 60 M 60^ o o S c »> cS pqHHSHHHH ffimSoQm HH HHHHHtaa mmmmmmmxn'Amm mmaimmmax O CTO CO O Tf ^ C^OO eOOi CD O 00 00 CO t* CO COI^t^«OCX)0000t^CO00I> i> t-* CO t> 00 oo t* O CO I-H05 OfO « -^ 05 COCM CD CJ 05 00 ■* 00 CO 00 t^ t^ CO 00 00 00 t^ CO 00 00 t» t- CO t~ 00 oo t- »0 ^ to Ol >0 lO Tt^ to lOt^OOSOT 00 t^ t^ t^ t^ r^ CO o >o CO »o »ri »o ^ lo lo -^ Tj* 00 oo' oo' oo" Qo' oo' oo' oo' oo' oo' oo' oo' od oo' oo" oo oo" 00 ai Qi Qi a oi oi Qi o. ai ot a IT) CTl .-( -^ t^ (N r- 00 1-H oj CO "^ ^ lO CO t^ r- 1^ 00 00 QO 00 00 35 ea en oicnooooo < APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 119 "" a o =1 E IS. o Wife \S o ■C SB ^■S'a .- o c >: 'n cS MS C J3 C 0) el ■S.H' •fl Pij f>p:l ta — iJ P^<^ . 6"? s St: el ed be »; •^ ^ c -i o o c c o o o o o o o o *J CC S T3 goo O C V. o c o c .- o o c T= -Tr,- ■? •^ S,-a -a -a 1= J :S 3 -.^ 3 :S SSSm c4^ OSTPCOOiCTWOO cbt^COO? OStnOSlrt^rMt^COOJ-^OSCD-^i-HC^tOTft^C^-^.-^.-i-^OOSCOOr-* 0050 t^ CD CO OO OO t^ I> £^ OO C^ t-^ i^ CD l^ 05 CO lO CO I> OO 00 t^ CD C^ 00 t^ CO CD lO IQ '^ CD O O Tj* 00 I> t^ CO CD CO Cff eiiot-r~ t^iO'«!(M(N(NCMtr((DG^(M!(7i(>jtr!CN(rj(NCN(M(D(rj(M dene S :5- o .o c^ . o . n d CO _. O.CO a OO -^ CO •-' lO 00 ITS EE°-S SS e fi s is :ssa c S s E : E C, s a SS5 ggcia :gCg(5go.gc.i£,o,= ga.D.cao. ci c« D. eac3ciC.D.c3". c^^ D.^ b ". c". cs ". ". "*. ti3 a^. ". ^ ^. a"^. ci co cc ^^ CD^t^OS COt^OSC^OSlCCDOSr^QIi— 'lOOOCOCTSlO-^t^OSlOlOr^Oi-^CCCDGO-^ lOCOOO o -H 1-1 r^ rH — 1 cj (N d (jj (jj pj « CO 03 c»3 ^ 'J' Tf Tf 'J' ,.£ a « cd 1^ — o 3 S TJ 'S .£ ob" O O c " c =•= o '3 'S '^ ™ 0} s S a. ■a ■a 3 a 3 s 2 - DJ " ,: bjDTS ■^ ^ 3 S 3 P O ° :^.5- o n .-a « = ' Sp'3 e Sf c £: cB c SI'S _--i :;t3 ."-a : j= 3 sQ •i = S S CS 3 ■ - t; I— i ™ ;§'S C S C M _ Td IB ■= m « a ■S^'S S 3 sa- fe rtoccoos 03sS=3i' o o o o o o o T3 'C 'C T3 '^ '^ tS cS — — >.'C o o O I; '2 O O O O O C O O O O O 1- O ' be • *- - — - - - ■■-)Ot;oooo ojtiooo v_t ^ i^ ir„ ^ "^ T'^'^ t3 '^ '3 '3 --' '^ ■"* '^ igwijg :j ^^ t^ : : .-:::.:: ^mc^ Hia f^ Hfefe fefefefefefefe WHPti H fe Is fe 72 03 aj 05 cc M r» mmmm f-HlOOD CQ -H lO ■<»• O 00 lO lOO)(7! CJ CT CN lO t~ O Tj< •* (M ira O lO ■* oo to ■* O ^ O 00 r- OO QO O CO « -:}« -H CD tP -^ OO O C*3 CO o t- C^ t^ CD CD CD CO t^ t^ 00 00 QO t^ I> CO CO t^ t^ Oi 00 lo— I mincDioift-^c^o cDoom c-icocot- — i lO ■^fO'!}" COrO(N(M(MCOCOCOoo oo' 00 00 00* 00* 00* 00 ! . 3 3^ " J ^ _^ W q; CU D II 2-3 r^.afe -a T3-=o'0'3'a'a'a'a-a -— -5; -o.tfS - - - -■^ - O t»>a2> ;^^ :^^"^^^^'y'^>' pqciiwH ^ ^^^^^^^ ^1? ^^^;2^^^^^2a2a2MM72Jy2aiM02aQa2 02CC02;»TOCQ{C ^^^15 r^ IC -^ (N CO CO C? COfM TP O -^ CD -^ 00 -^ CO •'d* OS Tj< -M CO CO CO CO t^ l> CX) CDCOCOCOCOlOCO^-GOCDCDCO COCOOOCOiXTl-^l^'OOOl-^OOS cDcoop CO CD OO t-» t* CD 00 00 00 i> t^ t- 00 00 00 1> t-* ■-4:1 -*fOl r:^"*- CD -^ Oi !>• OS 00 Oi t~ C* CO CO t> 1^ 00 COOSCOOOCJ^KiO^-^OSOSTji i>CDCOCOi>COCD0000I^COCO oooooJOi^Cli~-Tt*-^ocit-r-ir3oo cnooor^ i> CDi> t^OS CO t^ t*CJ O OOO i> £> OS os os oo 1> lO QO O t^ .s- lOmiClOQ) lOlOfMiO inioior-^oojc^ico 00 QO <»* 00 oo 00 oo' Qo' 00 oo' oo' 00 oo' oo' oo' oo' oo' Qo' oo' oo' oo' oo' oo" go' oo' oo' oo' oo' oo' oo' 00 qo' oo' t-' r~ r-; r- 00 GO CO oo SS = 2 = S: :• S=:sstiS:::£-:a:SS==S:SSS = SS ■a^ ^- J ^ ^ S • ^ -• ■■°' 6s : = »3-0«0°-5 SS O-io =3 «•= =3 3 3 £ cO ta g o.rt^__^ _ _ _ OOCQOCQO . . . O-^OIO-^^ . .O n.O .oo— <0 .01013^00 .^lOrH ES dig c loo . -1(D f~03 iniAU^tOCOCOCO eD(0 CDCDr^r^t^GOCOODQ0000005030— I— I' KMcnoKNOiiriC^c^ Mcmc^ 122 APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. Is O o o 2 « c a a ca c 5 JJ'M « s.'s 5 S'^ d '0 3 3'" cS 3 s"^ <" - &S 2 S :i3 3 3 II ■a j: 3 £ « 3 = t 3 eg " o c a i5a2a2< ^ ccQ w 3 £ i^ o o , 3 3 .-3 3 3 i! u . S o 2 ■' ": tn fe -a oj S J > 3 a; -^ 3„ D £ ts'°'° ca ^ TSQ ^ qj - o .ID 5 :o :5 ^ 5 ^ ^ ~ " "3d .£1° S £ .S' : g ^oagn:! ^^^^5: I :^^^ : : : : :aHHH ;0 t^ J> CD O lO 10 "• t^ C^ CD CD O 00 C^ C^ CD CD "^ i> 00 CO CD U3 "^2;^;'^ to -H in 05 o o !>(j{ o in CD -H CO -h en w (m m cd cq i^ co oj co m i^ o CDOOQOl^ tDCOinir:00Q0I>t^CDlOC^00C^ r^ CDCDOOOOt^t^CD»OQOQOt--COCO ira i^m r^ CO 10 05 in -- r^ oiooio ici^coc50o--^<7^co(^(a>r^ CO go 00 06 ooooooQOodooodooooodcoQo'oo co' oooooocdoooooo'ododoo't^i-^t^ aid a at o^aiaiQiaiQiaiaiaciciaiat ot coiOiQiaiOiOiciatotsiOiai SE ES:: SE"S:£S . . • - . . ^ . ' ■*. rt o. c g o. n.^ c8'o.csD.c3^ga, 00" ,' oocQOCootooa ,0 COCOC1.Q, COCO -co coco O-CO CO C.CO '^'S**^'^ ^'^■^lOUOiOOtOlOCOCOCDCD CD COt^t^t^r^t^t^OOCOOOQOQOaO APPENDIX A. METEOROLOaiCAL OBSERVATIONS. 123 cd '^ K u ■a >>. m Og " B £ "^ 3 K •S §,=« CS <=E .S m ■s S o e i o o ■3 75 "? §.s § "O .S m '3 K 3 i^i g N « J3 1 3 to ta 11 o c . — o 111 o = c_o llll CJ O cu o ■; 3 c d d . g ocQpa 5"aQ S a a aj o ''^ 0) m 3 b 3 3 a> 3 « m ^1 J= w rt'^'^ ffl •=ax! -o-a £ g c C-o Mis ■c c — O o cS o 3 O O 3 l=-3 3 o o'S 02 < <<;g2; ^M w ^o'HooootJoo'SbO t3 3 ri-OTS 3t3'3'0'T3 ra'3'3 — rt'C 55 : '.5 : : : :5 : :55 o o o o o o 'O O '0'3t3 Sm Sffi aJ -s § o c o ■a -^-g -a p Ts ^M 1^ :mS (n fi^^^^^ J^^aiai aimmm aim mmmmrDmwmmi:Dxai mm mm mmmmm 7} ^ ai 02 OICO -^ CDO« O en QOC^ rP Oi TftO M ©} CO-^ ClCMOOCOCO 00 t^lOTj* ^ 00 00 1^ CD CO CO id> oo 00 1^ t^ CO 05 Oi 00 i> I-* i> CO oj 00 00 r* c^ CO 00 i>rT^cooo t^ cocooo Tf*t^c5CDC?OiiCCT>oocr)LOoococDOC*:)(Mr-coai-^cO'-Hi>CDC0050a)OOr-t^QOOiQ0001>C005000000t>C005 C0t^l>i>05 oo r-i>oo 00O>— (.— tOOOr-tOCS050>0:00r^l-^t-l>f-C0C0i0i0i0C0C0C0C0CDCDC0C0CD OiOiOWOiO "^ TpTf*-^ dS :SSS SSSS2SSS :Ea S B £ :S c! ^ g o. o. o.^ g^ggQ.c.ta-gggD.gCo.ci.&D.cBC.o.ao.= cici. go-o-a : o. ggc, o^^ .oooco"c*5 . .o<3ioS . .o .ciooooooooo i,o o .ooog o ..o r3 • 0.=^ d'3.S Mo J3 O •a " M 60 - .3 =« S S S 6" •3 3 c'57; 73'3 .s.sa n! C3 3 3 3 fl S S c a 3 OD ? ^H 3 o 3 ^ 3 • c8 m 3 01 '• m £ss|.= fe III .f. ^= ss-Sb-s-S-S &0 ^;2;oSf> P454 ;;►>...;. e>. OCOOCi^OO'2>,!^00000000"200 :offio ^T3XJ'C'3 T3T3 T3T3T3'£!'^ '^ri'^ '^ 'S^''^ '^ '^ © -P, ■"o«*eoooc< MO'=^-Otll. .0S6C jg3 ■:S3 '■ :Sm^ :> pq pq pq r/3 CQ d a o OB g>2 mmmmai m> '^m'^'^'Z.mmmmmmmmmmxnmmxam goQ (M00CO- cd co r^ 00 1> t^ ws co 00 00 i^ co co ;d 00 oo 00 1^ co coco r^ CD CO i> 00 t^ t* oi cx) i^ CO CO i> 00 00 r- 1^ eo 05 OS 00 1> i> i^ OS C5 00 GO t* t^fr* 00 OS t-H »0 CQ CO CO OS OS 10 CD "^ lO ^ IC r^ O CT CO ^ CO c^ to ;d CD i> t-- !a 00 00 05O5 O O O O O O r-i ^1— ( — ' r-H ^ C^ C) CJ CT (M CO TOC .^^rHr-^r-l i-HiH t-H rH r-l i-H Ol CN (7^ C^ Ol Ci (M Ol Ol CM CJ C* C^ C^ CM CJ CI C4 CM APPENDIX A.— METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 125 as SO O S.sS g ^ (3 mas , ^ 3 ■a a C 1 J3 bJD '^ C * o C ^ . "^ . ■^ C ra X3 n3 42 » 3 = 3 o a > ^ C 3 C 3 c s S o o o o ^pE&^p=.^> S^ -5 •g 5 so ^ - 3 ^ a> 3 J='S C "3 — a) DB to m ■"'S-S g M 3 .5 ■?„ " K •S 3 « bdbjOm'O ." ta cs c 3 a o o ft'S S 5 -3 '3 ° s s o o o o o oooooooooo •a -3 -3 "3 -3 -3 =8 -a "3 -3 t; '3 "3 -3 "C x; "3 3-3 S'3 Ji'3 3 rt T3 "3 OOOCO'3o»-'3 ----- O . OJ S 5 ns cfl 3 -3 oo :oo coa>"ooooooccoooo-"!ti 0'3'3'C'a'3'3'3'3'3'^'3'3'3"3'aJ5'3 :-<.O*0 ....Q.bCO m :g3 ::::::::: :S :3S O " 0^ o > :S HOOOOOOOOOOOcCCO 0'3'3'3'3-3'3'CC3'3'3 S OTS-S mS S : ^ l^iaKHHH^ZMcoaatcHtBaicQM^ ^IZl^^^^'^aJ'/J^coaJco^^Paj^JsajcdaJKOJ CD COCDCOI>CC>COlO»Ot^I>COCOini^0000t^CO C03000t>«DCOaOC^t^OOOQ0005COOOit:00500r-OOC^CO CO Ot^COCOeDOO(Ma)00330lt^05lO(NOOJCO I^OOOC?^C>»OOC^CD»0'**0 t>. l>COCOt>i>I>COlOt^t^t^COOOOOTOiOOC^ COOOaiOOi>tOQOt~C^0050000t>-f-IOl^05CX)t^asl>l— t^ 00 OD GO O O O O O ^^ O O O Oi O 05 0:1 00 GO GO O O O O Oi O CO IJ^ Ol OO CX) 33 05 CO O 05 05 ^H o CT) 05 05 O^ r^ t^ t^ r^ 00 CO 00 OD 00 oo' 00* 00 CO t^* 00* t^ r--' i--^ r^ t^* oo' oo oo oc> t-' r^' i^* i-^ t^' r-' t--^ r~' i^' t^ oo' r-' i^ oo co' r^' r-* i--* i>^ sp.ssss-5££as S6 " 0,D.g C 05 CC^ B O, P. C.^ a D.a.D.P,t3^C^n D.C3 i-i t- 33 e^ r-i in c^ rt c^ CM m t^ 05 CO rH (C>f(H ">§ •" . •"*: Qj 0^ a; rr T3 13 'O S O O o5 zz c a-a M^; o wes htm nor lis c J2 M^'— . .^ c 5^7„^S S?^.sg 'O ^ ^^Is-g CJ C m " 1 * . p a. P iflill oS ■a §3 = ='.§'' 12?. I, o o o o o o' oooooooooo l-OOOOOOO - ' wju - - fiirf- be - ™ - - w« ^ ♦; o o c o -e Jrj; coajO':;_occuop ■S,'^ ■=. £ -^ § S |d g -^ ^ -^ fc'^ S o ^ 2 5> g • -^ to mmmmmmmmmv^mmmmmmmm mmmm m mrammmmwm ■O(?lTfCM-^OOC0f0OGM0?"^C0O(N0»l> coorooi 05i>i>Oi050000i>OOOiQOCOi--i>OJO>OOi> OiOSODC- HCOccoiociDOtCMirtC^'^womocMm^ i-niooor^ oi r-H'a'"rr-7f.-Ht^coco O I> 1> O O 00 00 00 CO O 00 QU OO ^- O O GO GO O O iX> GO OJOOGOOOiOtOO lO »0 lO if^ IC IC ITS in u^ lO lO lO lO it^r^t^aOQOooooooQooooooo'oocdooooooQO oooo'odoo oo odoDooooodooQo'oo CM (?1 (M d CM C^ (M OtC^l Ol Ot CM CM C^ {?! C?l CM CI (M CM Ol CM CI C^ CM CM CM CM CM CM r^ CO ooooooco ot osos OiOsoiOjoo APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 127 •s^ >^}iZ 2 = g J3 ■§ S^ 3 fi ,; 3 -OTS -OTs^Ta cum ouds. louds t. -a mulus clou dew ; nim west, nbus cloud nbus cloud atus clouds Do. ■a 3 O "3 3 3 3 3 3 to 3 o o c o .„o . o mulus cl mulus Cl ately. mulus c dew ; cl gilt dew mulus cl iJO. mbusanf mulus cl mulus c lortliwes gilt dew. i •a 1" •C 3 O bo .s .z i3 3 3 >- 3 C • - 3 O^ ^^M CO z x o o o^mo feOO M feKO i >>-T ■js ^>^>^^ 1 *f O O O OJ O &D -a-!3T3-G-C'T3"a'T3'T3'Sj :|;f : : :S :3 02 02 Oi CC 02 05 M DO 02 DC CC aj CO 02 CB 02 HW f=;h 02W^f4HH^^ aScocoaimSS Hkcc 3 CD CN C^ CD Oi O? (N Oi -^ »dO CO « CD C^ 00 'J' C*5 -^ 00 OO CM CD CD "i" CS O O oso3»ncoc^oicD-*'^'cDCDcnQO t~i>coo5ocnt^r^ cDooooi>t^cDQOcoQor* OS C! eo o cj'o'tD o> ira o STo or- ot^inioinCTqrj odfo CToicD^c2"^'*'°° "'"E;SStS2RSS3r O 05 QO OOO rH o GO 00 00 O -J aiQO 00 C^ CX) OS Oi OU t^ t^ oa 05 00 t^ O OO OOU C- t^ 00 03 CO 1> t^ CO 05 Oi c O lO in (7ajoo_QO_oo oo oo oo r- i~- 1-_ oi 03 en co 00 00 CO 00 oo' ci 00 oo' od oo" oj oo" oo' oo' oo' Qo' O) (71 oo' oc" oo' oo' O) oo" oo' CO CO g CO GO eg 30 ;C 00 CO OO CO c ES :s ■^ c^ i£.c^ t^ ^ -^ -o m r r- 03 (T! -.1 a a a die. c a do. ca g ..3,'C"- ...cc:'- 3 a^-, c = g &Q.is--e3g Tg"". CO. ooocjrt" CO C^ ■ . CO ■ ■ '=' ••.■-."'. o ^ °- "^ ^^ '^ -H -I:." =^ to ^ a c". ooor-,— ir-.^.-( — (M-i 3 S-g S ti 3 o o • ^ MJ5 3 o m i _« 5 " 3 '-' 31 o o c 3 fci:j ^ s -TSTa 3 23 T3 : 2 3 3P 3^ SQ ; 2 s s s 3 £ o tc;? o go giJiaii'a ^ M^ QJ y y -. - T3 o ^ ^ cd ^ ^ k. s-> O ftJ cC TS o ro 'a ^■C'a.CC^'a-3'a^ ^— T3 T3 .3 T3 3 « :o.Sf=« :o : -.SPS.Sf'o ;.£? ■ s • "rt S C; Qj '5 "^ mo^ I GD tJ ^ 02 CD CD 00 O )> CD 00 00 J> OiXD 00 00 t> «5 CO 00 r^ 00 C5 r- CO CO mCTOOTroascDOirtO'^'-' i> r^ Oi 00 00 CO 00 05 oo CO t^ t^ CO a> i> i> CO oo O5i%coi> o OJ r- 00 ir- cN fN ^r— icD00c^(n t- O) an> i> f- t--j>omOTcooor-(?^ooi~-t-cDc^cNo oooocrjoooocooooooasooooo r-tOOOOO.O OrH 010)03 ~»oooooooocoGOo>oiajO)Oiaooiaio)c:iOT oi oioiooiotiojoi oic^o^coooop gag :gdci=g . o . S o o Q, . ssa ^ P.CO n n i Tf r- 05 cj SSBS :s . . . 3 . g lirt CO." ca "-^ . . . -o • CO a: i-H i-H TT I-. m r^ 00 0000 OOOS Oi O^OS 0501 O O O O^ -^ rH . r-( iM il 1-1 1-1 r1 i-H rl 1-1 i-H r-l OJ (H (N (N (N OJ (N 1-1 -^ o) » 130 APPENDIX B. COURSES AND DISTANCES. APPENDIX B. Table of courses and distances on the route of Captain Marcifs expe- dition to the sources of Bed river. S a 3 1 ai Remarks. 3 13 1 o O •n So ^ m B a 5 :852, o May 7 S. E.6°S.... N.7 W 39 187 Total distance travelled, 6,247 revolutions = 16 miles 5 yards. N. 54 W 234 N. 66 W 246 N 88 W 268 N. 60 W 240 N. SOW 210 N. 85W 265 !?.80W 280 N. 28W 8 N. 78W N. ]0W 208 258 Total distance travelled, 2,292 revolutions = 5 miles 1,524 N.78E 190 yards. N. 52E 112 N.34E 142 11 N. E. 11 N... N. W. 15 W. 146 240 Total distance travelled, 1,567 revolutions = 4 miles 11 yards. mis. 12 N.E.2N.... 223 1,090 2 799 Total distance travelled, 4,664 W. 6S 276 483 1 241 revolutions = 11 miles 92, S. W.8W... 307 786 2 019 S. W. 1 w... 314 208 534 S. W. 15W.. 300 2,097 5 386 13 1 S. W.5S.... 320 434 1 115 Total distance travelled, 434 revo- lutions = 1 mile 115. 16 2 W.6S 276 548 1 407 Total distance travelled, 5,625 W. 27 S 297 1,442 3 704 revolutions = 14 miles 228. W. lOS 280 994 2 553 W.20S 290 1,534 3 940 w 270 1,107 2 843 17 3 N. W. 5 W.. 230 903 2 319 Total distance travelled, 4,341 S. W.17W.. 298 1,462 3 755 revolutions = 11 miles 172. S. W. 15 W . 300 526 1 351 W. lOS 280 527 1 353 N. W. 15W.. 240 923 2 370 18 4 N. W. 15 W.. 240 869 2 233 Total distance travelled, 5,684 W.20 N 250 980 2 517 revolutions = 14 miles 34. W. 15 N 255 618 1 597 W. 10 N 260 611 1 597 N. W 225 856 2 198 W. ION 260 539 1 384 W. 12 N 258 463 1 189 N. W.5 W.. 230 748 1 921 19 Halted in Camp No. 4, on Sink creek. 20 5 6 W. 19N N. low N. W. 15 N.. 251 190 210 3 00 1 405 950 405. 21 Total distance travelled, 3 miles 7 8 9 S. W.8S.... N. W. 5 W.. N. E. 20N... W. 10 N 323 230 155 500 1 500 1 160 2 884 7 798 3 135 1 142 9 209 852 1 00 295 41. 22 Total distance travelled, 24 miles 168. N. W. 10 W. N. W. 5 N... N. 20 W N. N. W 26 E E 22° N N. E. 17 E... 90 112 118 Total distance travelled, 852. 27 Total distance travelled, 1 mile 295. APPENDIX B. COURSES AND DISTANCES. 131 o. 3 g i 'o'g .s| Remarks. ei S'S s'l i S 3 a .^3 01 is 2 ea s O 3 .2 Q ^ o a 15- Q 1852. o mis. May 29 10 W. 6S 276 424 1 084 Total distance travelled, 6 miles N.5 E 175 233 598 09153. N. W. 17N.. 208 521 1 338 11 N 180 190 1,195 1,031 3 069 2 648 30 N. low Total distance travelled, 3,198 N. 20E 160 384 986 revolutions = 8 miles 225359. N.20 W..... 200 526 1 351 N. low 190 322 827 N.E.5E.... 130 628 1 623 N.E.5N.... 140 307 788 31 12 N. W.5N,.. 220 1,638 4 207 Total distance travelled, 3,430 N.W. 15N.. 210 280 719 revolutions = 8 miles 820395. N. W 225 625 1 615 N 180 175 803 84 2 062 215 N.5E June 1 13 N.20W 200 1,296 3 585 Total distance travelled, 2,470 revolutions = 6 miles 6. N.W. 5W.. 230 235 603 W.8N 262 939 2 412 2 14 N.W. 7 W.. 232 1,160 2 980 Total distance travelled, 4,346 N.W. 5 N... 220 717 1 841 revolutions = 11 miles 181. N.W. 9 W.. 234 697 1 790 N.W. UN.. 214 620 1 602 N. W. 5N... 220 498 1 279 N.W. 17 N.. 208 654 1 689 3 15 N. W. 5N... 220 1,009 2 591 Total distance travelled, 2,945 N.E.7N.... 142 969 2 490 revolutions = 7 miles 574. W.5N 265 626 1 618 W 270 341 875 4 16 W 270 1,061 2 726 Total distance travelled, 5,468 W.8 S 278 419 1 076 revolutions=: 14 miles 054. S. W.9S.... 324 494 1 269 w 270 210 1,063 986 2 731 2 532 N.30 W N 180 210 638 807 1 648 2 072 N. 30W 5 17 N. 15 W 195 616 1 592 Total distance travelled, 3,442 N.W.5N... 220 619 1 600 revolutions = 8 miles 830. N. W 225 1,109 2 848 N. W. 17N.. 206 493 1 266 N.15W 195 605 1 564 6 18 W.20N 250 1,048 2 692 Total distance travelled, 3,498 W.ION 260 '671 1 733 revolutions = 8 miles 996. N.W. 15 W. 240 960 2 467 W.15N 255 819 2 104 7 19 N 180 459 1 179 Total distance travelled, 459 rev- olutions = 1 mile 179. 8 20 N.W. 5N... 220 465 1 195 Total distance travelled, 3,173 S. W. 15 W. 300 688 1 777 revolutions = 8 miles 16. N. W. 5N... 220 972 2 496 N.W. 20 N.. 205 802 2 060 N. W. 18 W. 238 246 632 21 W.14 S 284 1,156 2 969 Total distance travelled, 3,519 S. W. 1° s... 316 781 2 006 revolutions = 9 miles 058. S. W. 5S.... 320 343 881 N. W. 20N.. 205 590 1 525 N. W.2N... 223 649 1 677 10 22 W.6 S 276 1,162 2 985 Total distance travelled, 4,127 W.18N 252 '574 1 474 revolutions = 10 miles 601. N.W. 13 N.. 212 764 1 963 W.ION 260 1,287 3 306 N.W. 13 N.. 2L2 340 873 11 23 W 270 265 1,350 1,687 3 467 4 333 Total distance travelled, 4,243 W.5N revolutions = 10 miles 894. W.16S 286 981 2 519 132 APPENDIX B. — COURSES AND DISTANCES. i 9^ c S aj Remarks. si 9 UD So ss J= c ^ m a 1 E 3 3 O i| 2 a ^ O n iz" a 1852. o mis. June 11 23 N. W. 15 W. 240 224 575 12 24 W.5N 265 1,476 3 791 Total distance travelled, 3,480 W.8 S 278 431 1 107 revolutions = 8 miles 938, W.5N 265 353 906 N. W. 15 W. 240 1,220 3 134 14 25 s. w 315 898 2 306 Total distance travelled, 4,390 W. IDS 280 1,208 3 103 revolutions = 11 miles 275. W.3 S 273 552 1 418 S. W. 15 W. 300 1,142 2 933 S. W. 17 W. 288 590 1 515 15 26 W 270 822 2 101 Total distance travelled, 4,044 s. low 350 891 2 288 revolutions = 10 miles 387, W.ION.. .. 260 799 2 052 S.W. 15 W. 300 1,050 486 2 697 1 249 '■16 27 W. lOS 280 1,017 2 612 Total distance travelled, 5,851 w 270 305 783 revolutions = 15 miles 037. S.W. 15 S.. 330 1,302 3 344 W.6S 276 320 350 674 401 976 1,176 1 741 1 030 2 507 3 020 17 28 S.E.IOE.... 55 1,132 2 706 Total distanct! travelled, 1,132 revolutions = 2 miles 706. 20 29 S 360 10 2,808 983 7 213 2 525 Total distance travelled, 4,399 S.IO E...... revolutions = 11 miles 310. S.IO W 350 608 1 572 f21 30 S.20 W 340 945 2 427 Total distance travelled, 4,587 S. E. lOS.... 35 851 2 262 revolutions = 11 miles 888. s 360 10 415 556 1 065 1 498 S. lOE s 360 30 641 838 1 756 2 152 S. E.15S..,. S.W. 5 W... 310 311 788 22 31 s 360 340 2,358 837 6 036 2 150 Total distance travelled, 4,889 S. 20 W revolutions = 12 miles 537. 32 S. E 45 90 90 999 695 1,632 2 560 1 785 4 192 E 23 E Total distance travelled, l,6'i2 revolutions = 4 miles 192. 24 33 S.E.10°S... 35 604 1 561 Total distance travelled, 5,179 S.IOE 10 554 1 423 revolutions = 13 miles 303. S. E.2GS.... 25 1,681 4 318 34 S 360 45 360 340 1,174 705 461 1,217 3 025 1 811 1 185 3 015 S.E S 25 s. low Total distance travelled, 5,807 N. W. 15N.. 210 579 1 487 revolutions ^ 14 miles 916. W. 10 S 280 975 2 502 S. 10 W 350 260 667 w 270 315 843 1,933 2 164 4 964 S.W 26 35 W.20N 250 789 2 026 Total distance travelled, 3,578 s 360 280 842 1,043 2 162 2 676 revolutions = 9 miles 2. W.IO s W.ION 260 904 2 323 27 36 S. W.IO W.. 305 936 2 403 Total distance travelled, 4,567 S.5W 355 976 2 249 revolutions = 11 miles 705. S.IOE 10 323 829 S.W. 10 s... 325 1,444 3 709 37 S.E 45 360 354 159 819 1,247 408 2 103 3 203 S 28 S.6 W Total distance travelled, 3,496 S.IO w 350 423 1 085 revolutions = 8 miles 98. S.W 315 993 2 55 w 270 340 519 314 1 333 802 S.20 W APPENDIX B. COURSES AND DISTANCES. 133 3 H o.S; ■sf .s " Remarks, M £"0 ,Q C ■^ m a 5 1 S9 3.2 ns O ?: O n 1?" s 1852. mis. June 29 38 N.E.20N... 155 763 1 960 Total distance travelled, 2,693 IV. E. 20E... 115 778 1 998 revolutions = 6 miles 917. N.E.5E.... 130 512 1 314 N.20E 160 640 1 653 July 2 39 E 90 883 2 267 Total distance travelled, 883 rev- ■'**•/ ** olutions = 2 miles 267. 4 40 N. E. 15E... 120 753 1 935 Total distance travelled, 5,099 E 90 45 175 475 626 270 1 218 1 617 693 revolutions = 13 miles 097. S.E N.5E E.20N 110 460 1 180 N. E. 20E... 115 669 1 729 41 E 90 100 1,846 829 4 741 2 129 5 E.ION Total distance travelled, 6,055 E.IO S 80 1,067 2 741 revolutions = 15 iniles 653. E.20 S 70 1,500 3 853 E 90 170 609 1,132 1 574 2 906 N.IOE 42 S 360 100 918 1,028 2 356 2 639 6 E.ION Total distance travelled, 4,9^ N. E. 15E... 120 656 1 694 revolutions = 12 miles 83. N. E. 10 E... 125 1,083 2 780 E.ION 100 1,115 2 861 E.IOS 80 335 860 43 N. E 135 130 778 2,295 1 997 5 894 7 N.E.5E.... Total distance travelled, 6,208 E.IO S 80 691 1 775 revolutions =: 16 miles 046, E 90 120 538 973 1 381 2 497 N. E. 15E... E.ION 100 1,049 2 693 E. 20° S 70 662 1 711 8 44 E. 10 S 80 535 1 373 Total distance travelled, 6,348 E. 20 S 70 2,411 6 191 revolutions = 16 miles 418. E 90 60 1,320 1,373 3 389 3 524 S.E. 15 E... S.E. 5 E.... 50 709 1 821 9 45 N. E 135 110 600 742 1 551 1 905 Total distance travelled, 4,159 revolutions = 10 miles 683. E. 20N E. ION 100 465 1 192 N.E.5E.... 130 994 2 553 N. E. 15 N... 150 795 2 042 E.20 S 70 562 1 446 10 46 S. E 45 30 1,962 1,205 5 037 3 093 Total distance travelled, 5,35t S.E. 15 S.... revolutions = 13 miles 76. S. E.7 E.... 52 836 2 146 S.E 45 350 695 659 1 786 1 702 s. low 11 47 E 90 110 1,043 1,034 2 677 2 646 Total distance travelled, 4,316 E.20N revolutions = 11 miles 086. E. S. 15E... 60 499 1 282 48 E 90 95 1,740 2,196 4 469 5 640 12 E.5N Total distance travelled, 5,604 E.20N 110 1,209 3 103 revolutions = 14 miles 4. N. E. 21E... 114 735 1 888 E20N 110 692 1 779 S.E. 10 E.... 55 772 1 982 14 49 S.E. 15E.... 60 909 2 334 Total distance travelled, 4,315 E. 20 S 70 810 2 079 revolutions = 11 miles 084. N E.5 E.... 130 794 2 039 N.20 E 160 571 1 466 N.E.5 E.... 130 1,231 3 159 15 50 E. ION 100 1,916 4 919 Total distance travelled, 4,070 N. E 135 140 784 663 3 014 1 712 revolutions = 10 miles 454. N.E.5N.... N. E 135 110 473 234 1 212 600 E.20N . 134 APPENDIX B. COURSES AND DISTANCES. n. 3 C o2 3 o > OJ 1 ^ S S °l !° .s s Remarks. 1^ oj t H o S a s s 3 1 si ca R! a o 3 2 O ^ O n ^- Q 1852. mis. Ju]y 16 51 N. E.15N... 150 1,720 4 418 Total distance travelled, 2,915 N.E.5E.... 130 98 251 revolutions = 7 miles 487. E 90 100 522 3.36 1 34 862 E.ION 52 B 90 90 239 1,844 613 4 734 17 E Total distance travelled, 4,669 revolutions = 11 miles 993. E.ION 100 '451 1 157 S. E. 15 E... 60 656 1 694 E.5N 95 749 1 924 E.20N ]]0 969 2 489 18 53 N 180 895 2 299 Total distance travelled, 3,231 N. 20E 160 620 1 602 revolutions = 8 miles 299. E. 20N 110 958 2 461 54 N. E 135 40 758 304 1 947 78 19 S.E.5S Total distance travelled, 2,4^ S.E 45 801 2 056 revolutions = 6 miles 376. S. E. 15E.... 60 1,377 3 536 20 55 S.E.5°S.... 40 1,023 2 626 Total distance travelled, 3,602 N.5E 175 614 1 587 revolutions = 9 miles 25. E.ION 100 805 2 066 E. 15N 105 1,160 2 979 21 56 N.E.5 E.... 130 943 2 42 Total distance travelled, 3,855 E.5S 85 2,194 5 634 revolutions = 9 miles 902. E. 20 S 70 '718 1 843 ^ 57 S.E. 15E... 60 2,099 5 392 Total distance travelled, 7,074 N. E. 5E.. .. 130 617 1 593 revolutions = 18 miles 17. E 90 100 395 916 1 015 2 351 E. ION 58 E 90 360 3,047 1,853 7 825 4 759 24 S Total distance travelled, 4,957 revolutions = 12 miles 734. S. E 45 564 1 449 S.E. 15 E... 60 945 2 496 59 E 360 360 1,595 1,209 4 096 3 105 25 s Total distance travelled, 5,905 S. 10° E 10 1,953 5 008 revolutions = 15 miles 158. S.E. 15 E. .. 60 675 1 733 S.E.5S 40 855 2 197 S. 10 E 10 1,213 3 115 26 60 N. E. lOE... 125 543 1 393 Total distance travelled, 3,827 N. E. 15 E... 120 1,784 4 583 revolutions = 9 miles 887. N.E.5 E.... 130 969 2 488 N. E. 15 E... 120 531 1 423 27 61 N E 135 737 1 892 Total distance travelled, 5,367 revolutions ^ 13 miles 803. S. E 45 641 1 656 E. 10 S 80 627 1 619 E. 15 S 75 1,820 4 675 N. E. lOE... 125 1,542 3 961 28 62 N.E.5E.... 130 3,736 9 596 Total distance travelled, 3,736 revolutions = 9 miles 596. APPENDIX C. MINERALOGY. EEPOKT ON THE MINEEALS COLLECTED : BY PROF. CHARLES UPHAM SHEPAED. Amherst College, June 1, 1853. My Dear Sir : The following report relates to the specimens collected by Captain Marcy, and which, agreeably to your request, were submitted by me to a chemical and mineralogical examination. Very respectfully and truly yours, CHARLES UPHAM SHEPARD. To President Hitchcock. 1. COPPER ORES MARCTLITE. The most interesting of these was a speciinen of rather more than one ounce in weight, from the main or south fork of Red river, near the Witchita mountains. It is a black compact ore, strongly resembling the black oxide of copper from the Lake Superior mines, for which substance I at first mistook it. It was partially coated by a thin layer . of the rare and beautiful atacamite, (muriate of copper of Phillips.) This is the first instance in which this species has been detected in North America. On subjecting the black ore to a close investigation, it proves to be a substance hitherto undescribed, and it afibrds me much pleasure to name it, in honor of the very enterprising and successful explorer to whom mineralogy is indebted for the discovery, Marcylite. It is massive and compact ; fracture even ; color black ; opaque ; lustre none ; hardness equals that of calcite, or 3 of the mineralogical scale ; se(5tile streak shining ; powder light grayish black ; specific gravity, 4.0 to 4.1. In small fragments it melts in the heat of a candle, to the flame of which it imparts a rich blue and green color. This is especially striking when a blow-pipe is employed. The slightest heat of the in- strument suflices for the fusion of the ore. The chloride of copper is volatilized, and spreads over the charcoal support, from which the splen- did green color rises also. On directing the flame of the candle against it, the mass, or assay, remains for some time fluid, continuing to give the color as at first, till finally the green and blue tinge declines, and at 136 APPENDIX C. MINERALOGY. last disappears altogether; after whicli the globule swells out into large bubbles and suddenly collapses, and this repeatedly for a number of times, (ten or fifteen,) when it seems to be pure copper. In cooling, however, a thin, light steel-gray pellicle forms upon its surface, which separates by a slight blow with the hammer, revealing a globule of pure copper within. This coating, on being fused with borax, gives rise to a colorless glass, with brilliant points of metallic copper adhering to the support of subjacent charcoal : a fragment heated in a small glass tube before the blow-pipe, enters into fusion and evolves much moisture, which contains traces of hydrochloric acid. The powdered mineral is almost wholly dissolved by ammonia, and the black powder which remains is slowly taken up by warm nitric acid, with the separation of traces of silica. Sulphuric acid dissolves the mineral, with the extrica- tion of hydrochloric acid. Analysis gave the following as the composi- tion of the ore : Copper 54.30 Oxygen and chlorine 36.20 Water... 9.50 100.00 With traces of silica. The above is undoubtedly a very valuable ore for copper, as it is very rich in metal, and easy of reduction in the furnace. Numerous speci- mens of the same ore, but very impure from an admixture of fine sand, were embraced in the collection, as coming from Copper creek, four miles from Cache creek. They were in the form of flattened, irregular discs, about two inches across and half an inch thick, having their sur- faces coated by malachite (carbonate of copper) in a pulverulent condi- tion. Along with the abore, also, were found similarly shaped masses of an impure black oxide of copper, (coated by malachite,) which had the following composition : Copper (with traces of iron) 35.30 to 40.00 Silica 30.60 Oxygen and water 34.10 100.00 It is fusible before the blow-pipe, but does not tinge the flame blue or green. The fused mass bubbles up for a time, and- finally yields a globule of copper with a thick crust, which is black, and feebly attracted by the magnet. A copper ore of the average characters of these flat- tened masses would yield from 33 to 35 per cent, in the large way. APPENDIX C. MINERALOGY. 137 Still another variety of copper ore is ticketed "June 3, Gypsum Bluff." It consists of numerous small fragments of a friable fine-grained •white sandstone, much mixed up with a pulverulent malachite, and occasionally presenting specks of black oxide of copper. Taken as a whole, I should judge that it might be a 6 per cent. ore. Another variety still of copper ore, some stones, labelled "May 16, first day from Cache creek." They consist of a calcareous amygdaloid, through which are interspersed black oxide of copper and stains of mala- chite. Its value for metal would not exceed that of the variety last mentioned. "May 17" refers to a compact grayish white limestone, much mottled with red. It contains druses of calcite, fibres of mesotype, and stains of black oxide of copper. It belongs, like the last, to the trappean family of minerals. 2. MANGANESE ORE. "Copper creek, third day from Cache creek." An impure ore. When treated with warm hydrochloric acid, it evolves chlorine gas. It contains much silica, and some peroxide of iron, with 16. 75 per cent, of water and about 10 per cent, binoxide of manganese. The specimen is imperfectly foliated, and, in places, is columnar. It is porous, and of a black color, resembling black oxide of copper. It was tested both for copper and cobalt, without detecting either. 3. IRON AND TITANIAN SANDS. "July 18, Cache creek, foot of cliff." This is a heavy, rather coarse black sand; more than half of which consists of magnetic iron, the remainder being titaniferous iron. It is remarkable for its purity in these two minerals, the most careful search not resulting in the discovery of other minerals mingled with it, if we except a few grains of quartz labradorite and epidote. An ineffectual examination of it was had for tin and gold. Another specimen, collected July 16, was tested with a similar result. 4. OTHER MINERALS. "May 31." Labradorite in numerous specimens. Its color is a dark pearl-blue, or gray ; it does not fire the iridescent reflexions. From the 138 APPENDIX C. MINERALOGY. size and purity of the masses, it would appear to be a very abundant mineral, even if it does not amount to a rock, throughout the region of the Witchita mountains. Specimens were collected, bearing the same date, of a red cellular limestone, which may have originated, if we suppose a soft ferruginous clay to have been parted off by meshes, or cell-walls, of calcareous matter, and the clay to have been subsequently washed away, or in some manner mostly removed. "July 15, base of "Witchita mountains." Reddish septaria, or a mixture of peroxide of iron and calcite, traversed by veins of pure cal- cite, surfaces of the masses somewhat botryoidal. A singular variety of cellular quartz, said to have occurred in veins in the Witchita mountains, was carefully examined for gold, but without the detection of a trace of the precious metal, notwithstanding some of the specimens, from the presence of hydrated peroxide of iron and iron pyrites, looked very promising for gold. 5. SOILS. "Sub-soil, Cache creek, May 14; the same as that found about the Witchita mountains." The sample had been kneaded by the hand into a ball. Its color was reddish brown ; it contained no organic matter. Analysis gave the following result : Silica, (including some fine feldspathic grains) .... 82^5 Peroxide of iron 2.65 Alumina... 055 Carbonate of lime 5.40 Carbonate of magnesia 1.70 Water (hygrometric moisture) 5.50 Sulphate of lime and carbonate of potash traces 98.05 The soil contains no perceptible traces of chlorine, or any other sul- phate besides that of lime. It would appear to have an excellent con- stitution, as a sub-soil, for the cultivation of the grain crops, as well as for cotton. It is eminently a calcareous soil, and probably has a suffi- ciency of potash present also ; but the quantity of the material did not enable me to determine the proportion of this constituent. "Sub soil, June 3." This sub-soil is fine grained, and has a clayey appearance. Its color is a deep red. Little fragments of gypsum may be detected scattered through its mass. It has the following rather vinusual composition : APPENDIX C. ^MINERALOGY. 139 Silica , 79.30 Peroxide of iron . _... . 8.95 Alumina 1.50 Carbonate of lime - l.IO Sulphate of lime, with strong traces of sulphate of soda and chloride of sodium 4.65 Water 4.50 100.00 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. NOTES UPON THE SPECIMENS OF EOCKS AND MINERALS COL- LECTED : BY EDWARD HITCHCOCK, PRESIDENT OF AMHERST COLLEGE. Dear Sir: I have done what I could with the specimens you put into my hands from the Red river ; but I must confess, that while these specimens, with the sections and notes by Dr. Shumard and yourself, have disclosed some interesting and valuable substances, I have found it impossible to solve several questions of importance for the want of more specimens, especially fossils. Without these, you are aware, the tertiary and secondary formations cannot be identified with any degree of cer- tainty. Yet the whole number of species sent me does not exceed half a dozen, and several of these are so mutilated that their specific charac- ter cannot be determined. The two most important formations pointed out in your notes, and in the sections, are the gypsum deposite and that of coal ; yet from the former there is not in the collection more than one species of fossil, and from the latter no specimen whatever ; so that the exact place in the geological scale of these two formations is in a great measure conjectural.* But notwithstanding these deficiencies, we do get from the specimens, and your notes, glimpses of several very valuable facts. The four most important points in your discoveries are gypsum, copper, gold, and coal. Perhaps I cannot bring out my views upon these and other points better than by describing the specimens in the order of your march, except where that was doubled upon itself. Where I can do it, and think it of any service, I shall designate by colors, upon the map of your route which you placed in my hands, the most important deposites. At your starting point. Fort Belknap, on the Brazos river, you men- tion a fact of the deepest interest, viz : the occurrence of "large beds of bituminous coal." Dr. Shumard has given the following section of the strata at this place : * When I wrote the above I was not aware that Dr. Geo. G. Shumard was re- quested to report upon the palaeontology of the exploration. When that report appears, probably he, or others, can draw more accurate conclusions upon some points than I have done APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 141 1. Sub-soil, arenaceous, and of a red color, three to ten feet. 2. Black shale, soft, and rapidly disintegrating, four feet. 3. Seams of bituminous coal, two to four feet. 4. Fine-grained sandstone, yellowisb gray, with fossil ferns ; tbiok- ness variable. 5. Gray non-fossiliferous limestone, of unknown thickness. Dr. Shumard says that the fossil ferns in this formation belong to- "the carboniferous era." He also describes the same formation on the third day's march, some fifty miles northeast of Fort Belknap, on one of the sources of Trinity river. He describes sandstone for several subse- quent days, some of it coarse and highly ferruginous, with ripple-marks, which I should suppose might belong to the same coal measures, did he not mention that strata of red loam, so abundant in all that region, lie beneath the sandstone ; which could not be, if the coal belongs- to the carboniferous period. Yet he mentions that the same formation as that around Fort Belknap is largely developed between Fort Washita and Fort Smith, on Arkansas river. The latter fort is not less than three hundred and fifty miles northeast of Fort Belknap. On the 3d of May he describes "large quantities of ironstone strewn over the surface," another accompaniment of the true coal. Now, at first view it would seem almost certain that we have here a description of a genuine coal formation of the carboniferous period, not less than three hundred and fifty miles long, associated, moreover, with those valuable iron ores which in other parts of the world are connected with such deposites ; for.^ in descending through the formation, we find, first, overlying shale, then coal, then coal sandstone, or perhaps millstone grit, and then perhaps carboniferous limestone. But it is well known that coal occurs in other rocks besides the carboniferous, as in Eastern Virginia in oolitic sandstone, and in other places in tertiary strata. These more recent coals are often of great value, as in Virginia ; but they are not generally as good as those from the carboniferous strata. It becomes an important question, therefore, to determine to what geologi- cal period the coal under consideration belongs. A few specimens of the fossil ferns would decide the matter, and I trust that Dr. Shumard is right in referring them to the carboniferous era; but it is known that analogous species occur in the higher rocks ; and so, coal, even in the tertiary strata, is sometimes more or less bituminous. The evidence, however, appears to me to be strong in favor of this deposite being of the carboniferous age. But in your letter of April 1st, you state some facts respecting this coal that have thrown a little doubt over my mind. You say that — 142 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. " The coal formation at the Brazos is found in a coarse, dark sandstone rock, which is a solid stratum, but is easily removed in consequence of being so soft. In excavating for a well, we passed through the sand- stone and the coal. The greater part of the stone was removed with the mattock ; and in the coal, which was here about sixty feet below the surface, we found fossil ferns, which, unfortunately, were not preserved." The ease with which this sandstone was removed, requiring only a mattock, corresponds better with the hardness of tertiary than of carbo- niferous rocks ; yet, in some parts of the world, distant from igneous rocks, the sedimentary strata are but little indurated. Your statement respecting the coal on the Brazos, and the import- ance of the substance to the future inhabitants of the western side of the Mississippi valley, led me to recur to the journals of other explorers, as well as your own from Fort Smith to Santa Fe, published by the government in 1850, to ascertain whether this valuable mineral does not occur in such places as to justify the inference that a large coal field may exist in that portion of our country. I have not all of the necessary works of reference at hand ; but, in such as I have, I have found the following cases, including those already described : 1. Fort Belknap, on the Brazos river, latitude 33:^° to 33f°, longi- tude 98° to 99°. 2. Between Forts Washita and Smith, latitude 34° to 35|-°, longitude 94i-° to 96f °. 3. On Coal creek, near the South Fork of the Canadian, eighty-eight miles from Fort Smith, in longitude 96^°, latitude 34f°. "Bituminous coal, used by the blacksmiths of the country, who pronounce it of an excellent quality." (See Captain Marcy's report, p. 173.) 4. North branch of Platte river, latitude 42° to 43°, longitude 104° to 107°; described by Rev. Samuel Parker, Exploring Tour, p. '13. He calls this coal " anthracite, the same, to all apj)earances, as he had seen in the coal basins of Pennsylvania." 5. On the same route. Colonel Fremont found coal and fossil plants in latitude 41-^°, and longitude 111°. The fossils greatly resembled those of the true coal measures. He also found what was probably brown or tertiary coal, in longitude 107°. 6. Major Emory met with " bituminous coal in abundance," in lati- tude 41°, longitude 105°. He was told of a bed thirty feet thick. v. Lieutenant J. H. Simpson describes bituminous coal in beds from two to three feet thick, in latitude 36° 12', and longitude 108° 52'; and he states it to be "coextensive with the country between the valley APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 143 of the Rio Puerco and the east base of the Sierra de Tunecha, or through a longitudinal interval of 'Zf °." (Report, p. 147.) 8. Lieutenant A.bert found strata, which he regarded " indubitable proof of the existence of coal," in latitude 36|:°, and longitude 104-^°. (Report, p. 21.) 9. In 1818, Mr. Bringier described "a large body of blind coal (anthracite) equal in quality to the Kilkenny coal, and by far the best he had seen in the United States, immediately on the bank of the Arkansas, a little above the Pine bayou, five hundred miles from its mouth, in latitude 38°, and longitude 98°." (American Journal of Science, vol. 3, p. 41.) 10. On Monk's map of the United States, (1853,) I find two spots in Texas marked as "beds of coal," one in latitude 29°, and longitude 100°; the other in latitude 28f°, and longitude 101°. I might, perhaps, add, that Dr. F. Roemer describes a belt of granitic and palaeozoic formations, the latter of carboniferous limestone and Silurian rocks, surrounded by a vast deposite of cretaceous rocks, be- tween the Pedernales and San Saba rivers, in the northwest part of Texas. The occurrence of such rocks, especially of the carboniferous limestone, afi'ords a strong presumption that the formation that usually lies next above this rock exists in that region. If, now, leaving out the cases described by Fremont as most probably brown or tertiary coal, we locate the others mentioned above upon a map of the United States, we shall find a region lying between latitude 28f° and 43°, and between longitude 94-|-° and 109°, containing not less than nine deposites of coal, either bituminous or anthracite ; some of them one or two hundred miles long. Its northern limit is the north branch of the Platte river ; its eastern limit Fort Smith, on the Arkan- sas ; its western limit in the country of the Navajoes, in New Mexico, and even beyond the summit-level of the Rocky mountains ; and its southwestern limit the Rio Grande, in the southwest part of Texas. These limits would give a north and south diameter of one thousand miles, and an east and west diameter of six hundred and eighty miles ; an extent of surface three times larger than that of all the coal fields in the United States hitherto described, which cover only two hundred and eighteen thousand square miles. Yet, in view of all the facts, I think the geologist will be led strongly to suspect that a large part of this vast region at the southwest may he underlaid by coal. The larger part may be, and undoubtedly is, covered by newer deposites, especially the cretaceous and the tertiary ; and doubtless the older rocks 144 APPENDIX D. — GEOLOGY. in Texas, as already described, may in some districts protrude througli the coal measures. But if coal does actually exist beneath, the newer - rocks, it may be reached, as it has been in like instances in Europe, although no trace of it exists at the surface. The above suggestions may seem to embrace a very wide field for a coal deposite. But on locating the several patches of coal upon a map of the United States, I was struck with one fact. Starting with the beds marked upon Monk's map, in the southwest part of Texas, and running the eye along the range of carboniferous limestone described by Dr. Roemer, we come to the coal at Fort Belknap ; next to the exten- sive deposite lying between Forts Washita and Smith, in the west part of Arkansas ; and all the way we find ourselves almost in the range of the great coal field of Iowa and Missouri, as mapped by Dr. Owen ; and it seems to me that every geologist will at once infer that the Missouri field does follow this line, not only across Arkansas, but also through the Choctaw Nation, and probably across Texas — interrupted, probably, in many places by the protrusion of older rocks, and in others covered by newer formations. I have a considerable degree of confidence that such will ere long be found to be the fact, even if we leave out the other coal deposites further west and northwest. And should the result of your explorations be to bring out such a development, I think you must feel rewarded for your fatigues and privations. That some of the cases above described may turn out to be tertiary coal is quite possible, especially those along the base of the Rocky mountains ; for it is well known that much farther to the north such coal is developed on a large scale, especially along Mackenzie's ris'-er, even to its mouth, on the Arctic ocean. Nor is it always easy for those not practised mineralogists to distinguish this coal, especially from anthracite. Dr. Owen describes the southernmost bed of brown coal on the Mis- souri (from four to six feet thick) as having " the aspect of ordinaiy bituminous coal," yet as " smouldering away, more like anthracite." (Report, p. 196.) Even such coal might be of great value ; but I can- not believe that much of that described above, especially that on the line above indicated, will prove to be tertiary coal. I ought to have mentioned, that among the specimens in my hands is one of lignite, collected July 3, near the sources of Red river, not far from the "Llano estacado," and within the limits of the gypsum deposite to be described. It is an exceedingly compact coal, and burns without flame, emitting a pungent but not bituminous odor. It is doubtless tertiary or cretaceous ; but I think, if in large masses, it might easily be mistaken for anthracite. APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 145 From the 3d of May to June 2d, the formation passed over is, as I judge from Dr. Shumard's sections and descriptions, the predominant one along the upper part of Red river. All the appended sections of Dr. Shumard, except Nos. VI and XI, exhibit the characters and varie- ties of this deposite. Red clay is the most striking and abundant mem- ber ; and above this we have a yellov? or lighter colored sandstone, often jSnely laminated. As subordinate members, we have blue and yellow clay, gypsum, non-fossiliferous limestone, conglomerate, and copper ore. Overlying these strata is what Dr. Shumard calls " drift," which is Surmounted by soil. Excepting the gypsum and the copper, no speci- men of this formation was put into my hands'; and only one petrefac- tion which is a coral from the base of section No. IV, unless the fossil- ^ood belongs to it. Now the question is, shall we regard this formation as tertiary, or cretaceous ? With the means in my hands I feel unable to decide this question. If I am right in referring the fossil coral found in it to the genus Scyphia, as described by Goldfuss, (Petrefacta Germaniae, Tab. XXXII, fig. 8,) it most probably belongs to the cretaceous period ; for, of the one hundred and twenty species of this genus enumerated in Bronn's Index Paleontologicus, only one is found above the chalk. As tt) the fossil-wood, which I shall notice more particularly further on, it is well known to occur in almost all the fossiliferous deposites. Upon the whole, I rather lean to the opinion that these strata may belong to the cretaceous formation ; though it is singular, if such be the case, that the fossil remains are so scarce, since, as we shall see, they occur abun- dantly in another portion of the field in which the cretaceous rocks abound. Under these circumstances I shall speak of this deposite under the name of the Red Clay Foi-mation, save where gypsum is very abundant, and then I call it the Gypsum Formation ; and thus have I marked these rocks on your map. The sandstone which constitutes the upper part of this formation has a slight dip, in a few places, of 2° or 3°. Oa the 8th of June, however, a grayish yellow sandstone is described as having a westerly dip of 40°; and on the 9th of June, " an outcrop of finely laminated, red, ferruginous sandstone" is mentioned, having an irregular northeasterly dip of 30°, as shown on section VI. The next day the strata were found standing nearly perpendicular ; but whether this sandstone is the same as that lying above the red clay, is not mentioned. If it is, its great dip proba- bly results from some local disturbance. If it . is not, it is probably a protruding mass of older rock exposed by denudation or upheaval. 10 146 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. The branches of Red river have cut deep chasms in this formation. In some places they are spoken of as fifty, and in others as two hundred feet deep. This clay, worn away by the streams, and mechanically sus- pended, giveS' that red color to the water^ from which, without doubt, was derived the name of Red river. As to the substances held in solu- tion by the waters of that river, some further description will be desirable before mentioning them. The red clay formation above described abuts against the Witchita mountains, occupying the lower and more level regions around their base. Here we have an outburst of unstratified rocks, which are satis- factorily represented in the specimens. If the relative position of the red clay and sandstone on section XI is correctly shown, I should infer some disturbance in the stratified de- posites, which would indicate a more recent upheaval of the mountains than might be inferred from the nature of the rocks. The principal one is a red granite, with a great predominance of feldspar, and the almost total absence of mica. Porphyry also occurs in great quantity, of a reddish color, the imbedded crystals, for the most part, being red feld- spar. In the easterly part of these mountains this rock is developed on a large scale, forming smooth, rounded hills, which slope gradually down to the plain. Cache creek passes through one of these hills, forming' a gorge from three hundred to four hundred feet high, with " smooth, perpendicular walls." This rock Dr. Shumard calls prophyritic green- stone, and one of these walls is shown on section XL He says that the rock is slightly columnar. The rocks of these mountains are traversed by veins of greenstone and quartz. The latter is often porous and colored by the oxide of iron. The greenstone is the most recent of the unstratified rocks among my specimens, save a single vesicular mass, broken probably from a boulder, which has all the external marks of lava. It looks more like recent lava than any specimens I have ever met amor^g greenstone or basalt. It was collected June 15th, west of the great gypsum deposite, though in a region abounding with sandstone, and near the bluffs that form the border of the "Llano estacado.'' Dr. Shumard found in the bed of the Red river, near the same place, what he calls greenstone, green- stone porphyry, and trachite. The specimen to which I have referred is rather augitic than trachitic. He says, also, that he found there "black scoria, and several other specimens of volcanic rocks." Again, on ap- proaching the Witchita mountains on the return trip, he describes one as "a truncated cone, with a basin-shaped depression in the summit." Of this he seems to have judged by looking at the mountain from a APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 147 distance. But taking all the facts into the account, I cannot but feel that there is r'eason to presume that volcanic agency has been active in that region more recently than the trap dykes. I ought to add, that before reaching the Witchita mountains Dr. Shumard met with large quantities of dark-colored and cellular igneous rock, composed principally of silex and carbonate of lime, strewed over the surface. This was on the 18th of May, and on the 27th he "fre- quently encountered local deposites of red, scoriaceous rock." Amon^ the specimens in my hands are some apparently more or less melted, composed of carbonate of lime and copper ore. Again, scattered widely over the surface, numerous specimens were found of jasper, carnelian, and agate. The carnelian is deep red, but found in botryoidal, or even stalactitical masses, and they have seemed to me to resemble more those silicious nodules found in soft limestone than in trap rocks. They were found most abundantly towards the western part of the region gone over. f I ought to have mentioned that the Witchita mountains consist of numerous peaks, rising from eight hundred to nine hundred feet above the river. Mount Webster, one of the most conspicuous, was found to be 783 feet above the plain by the barometer. Twelve of these eleva- tions were found to be composed of granite, which in many places is undergoing rapid disintegration. We have seen in the red clay of this region a reason for the name of Red river, and the character of its waters. In the above description of the rocks of the Witchita mountains, I think we may see the origin of the red clay. The great amount of iron which they contain would produce exactly such a deposite upon their decomposition and erosion by water. And we have reason for supposing this red granite to be a quite extensive formation, as I shall shortly show. No one at all acquainted with the rocks in which gold is found can look at the specimens you have obtained in the Witchita mountains without expecting that he shall be able to detect that metal. The por- phyry, the porous quartz from veins impregnated with hydrate of iron, and the magnetic iron-sand found in the bed of Otter and Cache creeks, excite this expectation. In one of your letters you state that " the peo- ple of Texas have for a long time supposed that there was gold in the Witchita mountains, and they have attempted to make several examina- tions for the purpose of ascertaining the fact, but have invariably been driven away by the Indians. We searched diligently about the mount- ains, but could find only two veiy minute pieces imbedded in quartz' pebbles." This, as Dr. Shumard states, was upon Otter creek, and there 148 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. occurred the ferruginous sand, wliicli occurs also upon Cacte creek in great quantities. We have not been so fortunate as to find any gold in the specimens sent, although the sand has been carefully examined, and two assays have been made of the quartz in the laboratory. -Yet I can easily believe that gold must exist either among that black sand, or in the veins of ferruginous quartz — sometimes three feet wide — so common in the Witchita mountains. It is well known that a good deal of excitement exists on this subject at the present moment in Texas ; but the "gold diggings" there lie upon the upper Colorado, From some able remarks on the subject in the "Telegraph and Texan Register" of April 29th, by the editor, Francis Moore, jr., I learn that the region where the gold is found is "a belt of fifteen or twenty miles wide, which extends from the sources of the Graudalupe, by the Enchanted Rock, to the head of Cherokee creek, a branch of the San Saba." The description of that belt which follows, as you will see, corresponds very well to the region around the Witchita mountains. "The red granite rocks here crop out above the secondary formations, and veins of quartz are found traversing the rocks in all directions. The soil is generally of a red mulatto color, caused by the decomposition of the red feldspar of the granite. These rocks resemble, it is said, those of the gold regions of California and Santa Fe. A gen- tleman who has recently visited the Nueces states that gold has also been found on that river ; and if the report that gold has been found in the Witchita mountains be correct, it is possible that this narrow belt of primitive rocks extends quite through from the Nueces to those moun- tains, a distance of about four hundred miles. It is mentioned in Long's Expedition that a narrow belt of red granite is found jutting up through the prairie region on the Des Moines river, in Iowa, and it is not im- probable that this is a continuation of the primitive ridge, extending by the Witchita mountains and the Enchanted Rock, to the sources of the Nueces, and it may extend far above Lake Superior." As to this northern extension of these gold-bearing rocks, I do not find much to confirm the conjecture in Dr. Owen's late able report on that region, although he does mention some red granite and some red clay ; but the latter is probably alluvial. Yet, that these rocks may extend through Texas, and even much farther north, is extremely probable. But though your discovery of gold will probably excite more atten- tion, I feel that the great gypsum deposit of the West, which you have brought to light, will be of far more consequence to the country. On your map I have colored this formation as you have marked it out. Yet I cannot doubt, from the descriptions and sections, that the APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 149 gypsum is embraced in the red clay formation already described, for inost of tbis mineral occurs above the red clay, tbough sometimes em- braced within it. Yet the importance of the gypsum justifies me in coloring that portion of these strata as the gypsum formation where it is most abundant. It is several times mentioned as occurring in other parts of the region, marked as red clay. But on the 3d of June, high bluflfs were met of red and blue clay, with interstratified layers of snow- white gypsum. From this time till the 12th the same formation was found, and also from the 21st of June to the 9th of July. But your own description of this formation in your letter of November, 1852, contains a better account of its extent than I can give. "I have traced this gypsum belt," you observe, "from the Canadian river, in a southwest direction, to near the Rio Grande, in New Mexico. It is about fifty miles wide upon the Canadian, and is embraced within the 99 th and 100th degrees of west longitude. Upon the North, Mid- dle, and South forks of Red river it^ is found, and upon the latter is about one hundred miles wide, and embraced within the 101st and 103d degrees of longitude. I also met with the same formation upon the Brazos river, as also upon the Colorado and Pecos rivers, but did not ascertain its width. The point where I struck it, upon the Pecos, was in longitude 104|-° W. "Wherever I have met with this gypsum I have observed all the varieties from common plaster of Paris to pure selenite; and among specimens of the latter were pieces three feet hy four, two inches in thickness, and as perfectly transparent .as any crown glass I have ever seen. It is to be regretted that I could not have brought home some of , these beautiful specimens ; but my means of transportation were too limited. I regard this gypsum belt as a very prominent and striking feature in the geology of that country. From its uniformity and extent I do not think there is a more perfect and beautiful formation of the kind known. I have myself traced it about three hundred and fifty miles, and it probably extends much further." The position and thickness of the gypsum beds may be learnt from Dr. Shumard's sections, especially No. V, where they are from ten to fifteen feet thick. I do not wonder that you have been deeply impressed with the vast extent of this deposite. Prof. D. D. Owen, in his late valuable report of a geological survey of Wisconsin, Iowa, &c., (1852) describes a gypseous deposite, twenty to thirty feet thick, in the car- boniferous strata, and occupying an area from two to three square miles ; and he says, that " for thickness and extent, this is by far the most important bed of plaster-stone known west of the Appalachian chain, if 150 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. not in the United States." (p. 126.) Either deposite may be large enough to supply the wants of the inhabitants who may live near enough to obtain it. But the vast extent of your deposite (doubtless greater, as you say, than is at present known) will make it accessible to much the greatest number of people. Indeed, from the well known use of this substance in agriculture, as well as other arts, a knowledge of its existence must have an important bearing upon the settlement and pop- ulation of northwestern Texas. The only deposites of gypsum known to me that are more extensive than the one discovered by you, are in South America. All along the western side of the Cordilleras, especially in Chili, and interstratified with red sandstone and calcareous slate, beds of gypsum occur of enor- mous thickness, some of them not less than six thousand feet. It has been tilted up and metamorphosed greatly by igneous agency of ancient date, but seems to be of the age of the lower cretaceous rocks. Mr. Darwin, to whose admirable work on the geology of South America I am indebted for these facts, has traced this deposite at least five hundred miles from north to south, (it is not many miles---sometimes, however, twenty or thirty — in width,) and thinks it extends five hundred more; and perhaps much further. He also describes thin beds of gypsum in the tertiary strata of Patagonia and Chili, which are some eleven hun- dred miles in extent. This gypsum is generally more or less crystalline, and corresponds much better in lithological characters with that in Texas, than does the metamorphic gypsum of the Cordilleras. Mr. Dar- win is of opinion, however, that the latter was originally deposited in a manner analogous to the former, viz : by means of submarine volcanoes and the conjoint action of the ocean. Veiy probably the ancient igne- ous agency which we have described in the Witchita mountains, and along a line southerly to the Rio Grande, may have been connected with the production of the gypseous deposite in the same region. The specimens of this gypsum put into my hands correspond with your descriptions. One of them, of snowy whiteness and compact, it seems to me, might answer for delicate gypseous alabaster, so extensively wrought in other lands for ornamental purposes. The selenite was re- garded among the ancients as the most delicate variety of alabaster, and was employed by the wealthy, and in palaces, for windows, under the name of Phengites. It has the curious property of enabling a' per- son within the house to see all that passes abroad, while those abroad cannot see what is passing within. Hence Nero employed it in his palace. If the splendid plates which you describe occur in any consid- erable quantity, it may hereafter be of commercial value, as it certainly will be of mineralogical interest. APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 151 From your description, especially in your lecture before tlie American Geographical and Statistical Society, it is manifest that the character o the rocks changes on the northwest of the gypsum formation, and near the head of the south branch of Red river. The red clay and gypsum have disappeared, and sandstone succeeds ; but of what age I have no means of judging. Another interesting mineral found by you in the red clay and gypsum formations above described, is copper. The specimens were put into the hands of Professor Charles U. Shepard, who has analyzed them, as well as several other specimens, in the laboratory of Amherst College and whose report I annex to my own. You will see that he has made free use of your name by attaching it to a hew ore of copper, found on Red river near the Witchita mountains ; and that he describes three or four other species of copper ore from the same region. For a particular description I refer you to his report, while I confine myself to a few re- marks as to the geology of the deposite. On section V, Dr. Sliumard has shown the geological position of this pre, viz : near the bottom of, and in the red clay, and more than one hundred feet from the surface. We hence see that the ore was deposited from water, although some specimens from Cache creek of calcareous amygdaloid seem to have been melted. But if, as has been suggested, t*he gypsum was produced by the joint action of submarine volcanoes and water the copper may have had the same origin, and this would explain the presence of chlorine in the Marcylite. How much copper may be expected in such a region as that on Red river, I have no means of judging, because I know of no analogous formation. But as we have proof that it is an aqueous deposite, and that igneous agency has been active not far off, it would not be strange if the vicinity of the Witchita mountains should prove a prolific locality. The oxide of manganese described by Professor Shepard may, per- haps, be found abundant and more pure. And the iron-sand, so common in some of the creeks, indicates the existence of magnetic oxide of iron in the mountains. Whether the red clay formation and the gypsum formation that have been described are of the cretaceous age or not, there can be no doubt as to the deposites passed over from July 20 to Fort Washita, for among the specimens are two species of Gryplixiea^ and one echinoderm, much mutilated, but evidently of that period. On the 27th, a "bluish gray, highly crystallized limestone" was observed, which cropped out be- neath the sandstone, and which Dr. Shumard says was " non fossil- 152 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. iferous." It continued, however, to the 30tb, or to Fort Washita, where he says, " I observed in it a large number of the fossils characteristic of the cretaceous period." Probably he refers to two tinds of limestone, and not improbably the limestone and sandstone first noticed belong to the carboniferous strata already noticed. Among the specimens I also find parts of two species of ammonite ; one quite large, but quite char- acteristic of the cretaceous strata, and resembling some good specimens in the collection of the American Board of Foreign Missions, obtained by their missionaries in the Choctaw country. I cannot doubt that these strata are largely developed in that vicinity. Indeed, that region has already been colored as of the cretaceous age upon our geological maps. 1 have, therefore, marked a strip of cretaceous rocks between Forts Belknap and Washita. These are, in truth, the predominant strata in Alabama, Mississippi, and Texas, and I need not go into details respecting them. Dr. Shumard frequently speaks of a surface formation under the name o^ drift, consisting of boulders of all the rocks described above, and some others, such as mica slate and labradorite. But I doubt whether this formation be the sanie which we denominate drift in New England — the joint result of water and ice ; for no example has as yet been found of drift agency as far south as Texas, by several degrees. Yet there is evidence of. a southerly movement among the smaller rolled detritus almost to the Gulf of Mexico, such as water alone could produce, seeming to be the result of the same current, destitute of ice, that produced the coarse unstratified and unsorted drift of Canada and New England. But among the specimens in my hands are several of silicified wood, and all of them, I believe, are mentioned in Dr. Shu- mard's notes as occurring in drift; although in your letter of December 5, 1852, you speak of masses from fifty to one hundred pounds in weight in the gypsum formation. You may mean in its upper part ; * if so, there may be no discrepancy between the two statements ; and I have been led to suspect that what Dr. Shumard calls drift may be only a newer portion of the tertiary strata, although, as already re- marked, silicified wood is found in almost all the fossiliferous formations.. All the specimens sent by you, however, with one exception, are dicoty- ledonous. They resemble not a little the fossil-wood from Antigua, and the desert near Cairo, in Egypt ; both of which deposites are tertiary. One specimen is a beautiful example of a monocotyledon, a cross sec- *The fossil-wood referred to in Captain Marcy's letter was found upon the upper surface of che formation. APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 153 tion showing vessels of tlie shape of a half or gibbous moon. This fact shows that the climate was warm enough for trees analogous to the palm tribe to flourish ; yet the great predominance of dicotyledonous forms shows a close analogy with the existing vegetation of the south- ern part of our country ; nor is there evidence, in these specimens, of a temperature above that now existing in our southern States, since seve- ral species of palms occur there. The two subsoils analyzed by Professor Shepard, give very interesting results. The first is highly calcareous ; and when the lime shall have been exhausted in the overlying soil, this material, thrown up by sub- soil- ploughing, would be equal to a large dressing of lime. In the other subsoil we have an extraordinary amount of sulphate of lime, and a sufificiency of carbonate of lime, as well as chlorine and soda. It seems hardly possible to doubt that such a basis would need only organic matter to render it one of the most productive of all soils ; and when we think how extensive the gypsum formation is from which this subsoil was obtained, we cannot but anticipate (unless there are coun- teracting causes of which I am ignorant) that that portion of our coun- try will become a rich agricultural district — I mean the region lying east of the " Llano estacado." Only one specimen of common salt (chloride of sodium) was sent among the specimens, and that, as you inform me, " was procured by the Comanche Indians in the country lying between the Canadian and Arkansas rivers," We are now prepared to appreciate an analysis of the water of Red river, which has been executed in the laboratory of Amherst College by Mr. Daniel Putnam, under the direction of Professor 'W. S. Clark. This is somewhat of a mineral water, and you remark that all the waters originating in the gypsum formation have the same bitter and nauseat- ing taste. I think you are right in the opinion that the ingredients are derived from that formation. Analysis shows that the taste depends upon the presence of three salts in nearly equal proportions, two of which, sulphate of magnesia, or Epsom salts, and chloride of sodium, are very sapid. Mr. Putnam's analysis is as follows : " Water from Eed river — Water in fluid ounces 4. Weight of water in grammes 127.800 Weight of chlorine present .051 Weight of lime present .033 Weight of sulphuric acid present .095 Residue evaporated to dryness, and weighed, proba- bly, sulphates of soda and magnesia together, weight .168 154 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. " It was impossible, with the small quantity of water, to determine the last two ingredients with absolute certainty. In the calculations following they are re- garded as real. Eegarding the lime as sulphate, and the residue of sulphuric acid as united with magnesia, and the chlorme as united with sodium, we have the following results : Weight of sulphate of lime .080 AVeight of sulphate of magnesia .073 Weight of chloride of sodium .084 Weight of the whole 237 Per-centage of matter in solution, about .19 " The analysis of the water from a spring in a gypsum cave, yielded the following results : Weight of the water, in fluid ounces 4. Weight of the water in grammes, about 127.800 Weight of hydro-sulphuric acid present .011 Weight of chlorine .014 Weightoflime 090 Weight of sulphuric acid . .• .227 The residue was evaporated, and t\iQ presence, but not the weight, of magnesia, found separate from the soda. The quantity was very small, however. Soda and magnesia together, about .130 " Eegarding the lime as sulphate, and the residue of sulphuric acid as united partly with magnesia and partly with soda, and the chlorine with sodium, we have the following results : Weight of sulphate of lime .219 Weight of sulphate of magnesia. .088(?) Weight of sulphate of soda .073(?) Weighti of chloride of sodium .023 Weight of hydro-sulphuric acid .011 Weight of the whole .414 Per-centage of matter in solution .82 " The analyses of water, on account of the small quantity, cannot be relied upon as perfectly accurate ; but they are the best I could make under the circum- stances." Your account of the remarkable cartons of Eed river, where it comes out from the borders of the "Llano estacado," as given in your lecture before the American Geographical and Statistical Society, has been read by me with great interest. For several years past I have been engaged in studying analogous phenomena in this, which seems to me a neglected part of geology. The canons of our southwestern regions are among the most remarkable examples of erosions on the APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 155 globe ; and the one on Red river seems to me to be on a more gigantic scale than any of which I have found a description. You seem in doubt whether this gorge was worn away by the river, or is the result of some paroxysmal convulsion. You will allow me to say that I have scarcely any doubt that the stream itself has done the work. The fact that when a tributary stream enters the main river it passes through a trib- utary caiion, seems to me to show conclusively that these gorges were produced by erosion, and not by fractures; for, how strange would it be if fractures should take those ramifications and curvatures which a river and its tributaries present. And, moreover, I find cases where t can prove, from other considerations, that streams of water (existing and ancient rivers) have eaten out gorges quite as difiBcult to excavate as any of the canons of the "West. So that, if we must admit that rivers have done a work equally great in one case, all presumption is removed against their doing the same in other cases. I have a great number of facts, which I hope to be able, if life be spared, to present to the public on this subject ; and I am very glad to add the canons of Red river to the number. Beforei Professor Adams's departure for the West Indies last winter, I secured his report, hereto subjoined, upon . the recent shells collected in your expedition. It deiives a melancholy interest from having been among the last, if not the very last, of his scientific efforts, he having been cut off" b)'^ yellow fever in January. With this imperfect elucidation of the facts collected by you in your laborious explorations, I subscribe myself, With great respect, Your obedient servant, EDWARD HITCHCOCK. Amherst College, June 5, 1853. 156 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. REMAKES UPON THE GENERAL GEOLOGY OF THE COUNTRY PASSED OVER BY THE EXPLORING EXPEDITION TO THE SOURCES OF RED RIVER, UNDER COMMAND OF CAPTAIN E. B. MARCY, U. S. A.: BY GEO. G. SHUMARD, M. D. It is to be regretted that the rnain objects contemplated by 'the expedition were of such a character as to allow of merely a partial geological exploration. It was found necessary to traverse a large extent of country in a limited period of time, so that not as many opportunities were allowed for making minute and detailed sections of the strata as could have been desired. However, it is believed that something haa been done towards elucidating the geology of a valuable and interesting district of our country, which hitherto has received but little attention from geologists. We will first submit a brief account of the geological features of a portion of Northwestern Arkansas, which will enable us to understand more clearly the character of the deposites observed on the route travelled by the party, and exhibit more satisfactorily the connection of the cretaceous group with the older or palaeozoic rocks. In Washing- ton county we have a fine development of rocks belonging to the carboniferous period, rising sometimes several hundred feet above the water-level of Arkansas river. They consist of beds of dark-gray and bluish-gray limestone, surmounted by heavy-bedded coarse and fine- grained quartzose sandstone. The ridges of highest elevation run nearly north and south through the centre of the country, forming a geological back-bone ; the waters from one side flowing eastward ly into White river, and on the other westwardly into Illinois river, both streams being tributaries of the Arkansas. Wherever the limestone forms the surface-rock, the soil is of excellent character, and for productiveness is unsurpassed by any in the State ; but where the sandstone reaches the surface, the soil becomes too arena- ceous, and is of inferior quality for agricultural purposes. The lime- stone is generally highly charged with fossils, and, in many places, beds of considerable thickness are almost entirely composed of the rema in s of Crinoidea. In the lithological and palseontological characters it corresponds very closely to the rocks of the superior division of the carboniferous system of Indiana, Kentucky, Illinois, and Missouri. The fossils are usually remarkably well preserved. The following are the most abundant and APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 157 characteristic species : Archimedipora archimides, Agassizocrinus dacty- liformis, Pentatematites sulcatus, Productus cora, P. punctatuSy P. cos- tatus, Terebratula subtilita, and Terehrattila Marcyi* We have found all these species associated together in Grayson county, Kentucky, near Salem, Indiana, and at Chester and Kaskaskia, Illinois. The line of junction hetwfeen the sandstone and limestone is well defined, there being an abrupt transition from the one into the other. The sandstone has yielded but few fossils, and these only calamites and ferns. Veins of sulphuret of lead traverse the limestone at several points in Washington county, and I have been informed that valuable beds of iron ore occur here ; workable seams of bituminous coal have also been discovered at a number of localities in the county. Proceeding in a southerly direction through the counties of Crawford and Sebastian, the limestone, which, with few exceptions, constitutes the surface-rock in Washington county, dips beneath the ..sandstone, and the latter forms the entire mass of the hills, rising sometimes to the altitude of a thousand feet above the adjacent streams : it is, for the most part, the prevailing rock the entire distance between Fort Smith and Camp Belknap. The sandstone is often highly ferruginous, and varies in color from light-gray to dark brown. It exists in heavy mas- sive beds, made up of coarse quartzose grains, with intercalations of finer-grained sandstone, occasionally beautifully ripple-marked. It cor- responds in its lithological features with that forming the Ozark range of mountains. In Sebastian county I found a few Calamites, Lepidodendra, and several varieties of fossil ferns of the coal formation, but organic remaius are by no means abundant. Bituminous coal exists in almost inexhaust- ible quantities throughout the county. The seams vary in thickness from a few inches to seven feet, and they lie in such a manner that they can be wrought easily. Coal has also been discovered at a number of local- ities between Fort Smith and Fort Washita. About a hundred miles southwest of Fort Smith we encountered an outcrop of bluish-gray limestone, which extends across the country in a southeasterly direction for the distance of about twenty miles; it presents an average thickness of about ten feet, with a dip to the east of 30°. Its precise character could not be determined, as we were unable to find any fossils. * Figures and descriptions of the fossils of these beds will ba found in the sppended report of Dr. B. F. Shumard on the palaeontology of the expedition. 158 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. Pursuing the same direction, twenty-five miles beyond is an outburst of granite, which extends for the distance of twenty- six miles, with a southerly bearing. This is the only example of rocks of igneous origin to be met with between Fort Smith and Preston, and the rough and rugged features of the country where it prevails, forms a striking con- trast with the comparatively rounded outline of sandstone hills. The rock is of a coarse texture, and varies in compactness in different portions of the range; feldspar of the flesh colored varieties predominates over the other ingredients. In places the rocks would form an excellent and durable building material, but in other portions of the range it crumbles readily when exposed to the action of the weather. We observed numerous veins of quartz traversing the granite in various directions, and, at some points, dykes of compact greenstone porphyry. Saline springs were found not unfrequently issuing from the base of the range, and the waters in one or two instances were found so strongly impregnated with saline matter, as to induce the belief that they might be worked with profit. Passing this range the sandstone again reappears, and constitutes the prevailing rock to within a short distance of Fort Washita, where it disappears, and is succeeded by strata of the cretaceous period. From this point the cretaceous rocks were found to extend unin- terruptedly until we reached the southwestern boundry of the Cross- Timbers, in Texas. From the best information I was able to procure, it constitutes the prevailing formation from Fort Washita in the direction of Fort Towson for upwards of a ' hundred miles, with an average breadth of fifty miles. It forms part of that extensive belt of cretaceous ' strata that extends from Georgia to Texas, and which, from the charac- ter of its fossil fauna, is now regarded as the equivalent of the upper chalk of England, and with that division of the cretaceous group to which D'Orbigny gives the name of VEtage Scnonien^ (Prodrome de Paleeontologie, tome II, page 669.) Wherever sections of the strata were to be seen they presented the following characters : grayish yellow sandstone, with intercalations of blue, yellow, and ash-colored clays, and beds of white and bluish-white limestone. The limestone reposes on the clays and sandstones. At some points it attains the thickness of a hundred feet, while at others it is quite thin, and sometimes even entirely wanting. It is usually soft and friable, and liable to disintegrate rapidly when exposed to the action of the weather. These cretaceous rocks are often full of fossils. At Fort Washita the layers are crowded with Ananchytes^ Hemiaster, Nucleolites^ Ammonites^ Ostrea, Pecten, &c., descriptions and figures of which will be found in Dr. B. F. Shumard's APPENDIX D. aEOLOGY. 159 report on the palasontology of the expedition. We saw here some specimens of ammonites several feet in diameter, and weighing between four and five hundred pounds. On Red river, twenty-six miles from Fort Washita, the sandstone of the cretaceous group supports about twenty-five feet of ash-colored calcareous loam, which, on inspection, was found to contain terrestrial and fluviatile shell of the genera Lymnea^ Physa, Flanorbis, Pupa, and Helix, the whole resembling species which we have observed in the loam at New Harmony, Indiana, and elsewhere in the Mississippi valley, which Mr. Lyell, during his visit to this, country, recognised as the equivalent of the loess of the Rhine. The geological formation, as developed in the vicinity of Camp Belknap, consists of nearly horizontal strata of fine-grained sandstone, shale, and soft, drab- colored, non-fossiliferous limestone, whose relative positions correspond with strata of the same character largely developed between Fort Washita and Fort Smith. On the surface were in many places strewn fragments of a reddish-gray, igneous rock, containing a large per-centage of carbonate and oxide of iron. From the frequent indications of the presence of that metal in various localities of this region, it is not improbable that this may become hereafter an extensive and profitable field of raining enterprise. Recently a number of seams of bituminous coal, varying in thickness from two to four feet, as well as the characteristic fossil ferns of the carboniferous era, have been discovered. The following section, taken about one mile from the post, may give a better idea of the formation : 1. Subsoil arenaceous, and of a red color; thickness from three to tea feet. 2. Black shale, soft, and rapidly disintegrating ; four feet thick. 3. Seams of bituminous coal, from two to four feet thick. 4. Fine-grained sandstone, of a yellowish gray color, and containing fossil ferns ; thickness variable. 5. Gray non-fossiliferous limestone ; thickness unknown. The water obtained fi'om springs in this vicinity frequently contains iron in solution. I have been informed that in a few instances chloride of sodium has been detected in it. May 3. — Formation tl>e same as at Camp Belknap. Observed, strewn over the surface, large quantities of iron-stone ; soil and subsoil , arenaceous, and deeply tinged with oxide of iron. May 4. — Saw a number of horizontal layers of coarsely laminated sandstone ; between the laminations were observed a large number of ripple-marks. Soil good, and of a dark color ; subsoil, in some places, arenaceous, in others argillaceous, and of a deep-red color. 160 APPENBIX D. — GEOLOGY. May 5. — For the first six miles the surface became gradually more elevated. Here, and elsewhere to-day, we met with a mimber of hori- zontal layers of coarse-grained and highly ferruginous sandstone, which was more or less laminated, and highly embossed with ripple-marks. In many places we met with extensive deposites of porous and dark- colored igneous rock, containing a large per-centage of oxide of iron. The surface was everywhere strewn with drift, mostly composed of quartz, greenstone porphyry, and granite. Saw a number of conical hills, vai-ying in height from ten to seventy-five feet, and composed of horizontal layers of sandstone, of the same character as that first met with to-day. Owing to the rapid disintegration of the sandstone, the hills are gradually crumbling away. In many places we found a few loose fragments of sandstone, intermixed with sand, the .only indication left of the previous existence of many of them. In this manner has a levelling process gone on for ages, which, if not interfered with, will ultimately tend to the removal of the various inequalities of the surface of the prairies. Soil good ; subsoil argillaceous, and of a deep red color: this mixing in the form of sediment with the water, imparts to it a red color and disagreeable taste. From the north branch of the Witchita I collected a number of bivalve shells of the genus Unio. May 6. — Sandstone and drift the same as yesterday. Saw a num- ber of bluff" banks, varying in height from ten to fifty feet. • They were composed of red loam, the relative position of which was found to be below that of the sandstone. Soil and subsoil the same as we passed yesterday. May 7. — Formation the same. Drift appears to be gradually becom- ing more abundant. May 8. — During the day we had frequent opportunities of observing the sandstone and red loam. Their relative positions were the same as before, and dipped in various directions at angles of from one to three degrees. Saw a number of small boulders, composed of granite and greenstone porphyry. May 9. — Did not move from camp. In the afternoon I explored a few miles along the banks of the Big Witchita. The geological forma- tion, as there developed, consisted of finely laminated, soft, ferruginous sandstone, interstratified with red clay, together with drift, which last was much coarser than any previously observed. Soil good ; subsoil loamy. May 11. — Formation the same as before. Found a number of spe- cimens of peroxide of iron. APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 161 May 12. — Red river, as observed to-day, runs througli a tliick bed of red loam, which, mixing with the water, imparts to it highly charac- teristic red sedimentary properties. Its bed was composed of fine sand. After travelling about six miles we came to a small creek with high bluff banks, near the base of which I observed a number of specimens of green and blue copper ores. Associated with it, as a matrix, was a porous and dark-colored igneous rock, containing disseminated parti- cles of green copper ore. At this point I had an opportunity of ob- serving the aqueous strata, from- which I obtained the following sec- tion : 1. Black argillaceous subsoil; six feet thick. 2. Soft fine-grained sandstone, of a grayish color ; five feet thick. 3. Red and blue clay ; from six to ten feet thick. These strata presented an easterly dip of nearly two degrees. I saw during the day large quantities of drift and a few small boulders, com- posed of granite, quartz, and greenstone porphyry. In a few hours we arrived at Cache creek, which runs between high bluff banks composed of red clay ; its bottom was thickly strewn with large, angular frag- ments of quartz, greenstone porphyry, granite, and hornblende rock. Within a short distance from the creek we found a small spring of clear water, which was strongly impregnated with sulphuretted hydrogen gas. Soil dark and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous, and of a deep-red color. May 14. — Did not move from camp. In the evening I rode to the junction of Cache creek and Red river, near which point I observed a stratum of finely laminated ferruginous sandstone ; in some places it was interstratified with red clay, and presented a south-southeasterly dip of three degrees, (see Section No. 3.) Saw scattered over the surface a number of small boulders of the same composition as those of yesterday. Soil black and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. May 15. — Did not move from camp; tested the water of Cache creek, and found it strongly alkaline. Its temperature was 75° F. May 16. — Passed to-day a number of long, low ridges, presenting on one side a gradual slope towards the prairie level ; on the other, abrupt precipitous terminations. They were, for the most part composed of dark-colored scoriaceous rock, containing a moderate per-centage of copper ore. About 8 o'clock we came to a small creek, near which I ob- served a deposite of soft granite, which appeared to be undergoing rapid disintegration. The banks of the creek were composed of horizontal layers of finely laminated sandstone, deeply tinged with copper, and resting upon a base of red indurated clay. Saw to day large quantities 11 102 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. of drift, containing small boulders, composed, as before, of greenstone porphyry, quartz, and granite ; soil and subsoil arenaceous. Maij 1 7. — Formation the same as on yesterday ; saw strewn over the surface a large quantity of reddish-brown and black calcareous rock, containing carbonate of copper and small crystals of calcareous spar. From the drift (which appears to be becoming more abundant and its particles less rounded) I obtained specimens of chalcedony, jasper, and carnelian. Soil and subsoil arenaceous, and of a reddish color. Mai/ 18. — Saw a number of deposites of soft, coarse granite, which appeared to be undergoing rapid disintegration. The surface presented large quantities of dark-colored and cellular igneous rock, composed principally of silex and carbonate of lime ; soil and subsoil arenaceous. J/ay 20. — Observed several clear springs bubbling up from beneath the surface. Formation the same as before ; soil and subsoil arenaceous. Mai/ 21. — Met to-day with several sections of finely laminated sand- stone of the same character as that before mentioned, with the exception that the different laminse were thickly marked with small circular spots of a green and yellow color. In several places I found it interstratified with red clay. Near our encampment a fine section, showing an anticlinal axis, the strata dipping east and west at an angle of three degrees, exposed itself; over the surface were strewn large quantities of dark- colored igneous rock of the same character as that seen on the 18th instant. The drift was less abundant than before; soil and subsoil arenaceous. J/ay 22. — The surface was strewn in many places with detritus com- posed of greenstone porphyiy and granite ; soil and subsoil arenaceous. J/ay 23. — Did not move from camp ; in the evening I explored Otter creek, which at this point runs between bluff banks composed of red clay. Its bed was thickly covered with drift, from which I obtained a number of agates, and two small specimens of bluish-yellow quartz, each con- taining a small particle of gold. By digging a few inches below the drift, I reached a deposite of black ferruginous sand, v/hich, upon being stirred, emitted a strong odor of sulphuretted hydrogen gas. From the creek I obtained a number of univalve and bivalve shells ; the latter principally of the genus Unio. Captain Marcy having to-day visited several of the mountains, pre- sented me with a number of specimens of soft granite of a reddish- brown color, and of which the mountains appeared to be composed. May 25. — Remained in camp. This afternoon I measured with a thermometer the temperature of Otter creek, and found it to be 72° F. APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 163 Immediately adjoining the creek the soil is good and very productive ; but at a little distance from it, it is barren and sandy. May 26. — To-day we passed a number of sand-hills, varying in height from ten to thirty feet. The only rocks met with were a few small boulders, composed of quartz and greenstone. May 21. — The surface was in many places composed of detritus of granite, quartz, and greenstone ; saw to-day a number of boulders, mostly composed of hard granite, and presenting smooth and polished surfaces. The largest was about fifteen feet in circumference, and would weigh probably three or four thousand pounds. We frequently en- countered local deposites of red scotiaceous rock. Captain McClellan having visited one of the mountains, presented me with a specimen of gray calcareous sandstone, which, as he informed me, he obtained from a horizontal stratum of the same, situated within a few feet of the base of the mountain. Thus far about twelve of the Witchita mountains have been ex- amined, and have been found to present a nearly uniform appearance and structure. Composed of fine granite of various degrees of hardness and color, they rise abruptly from a smooth and nearly level plain to the height of eight or nine hundred feet. Many of them are isolated and of an irregular conical shape, while others are grouped together in small clusters, and are more or less rounded. At a distance they ap- peared to be smooth, but upon a nearer approach their surfaces were found to be quite rough, and presenting the appearance of loose rock thrown confusedly together. In many places the granite was observed occupying its original position, and was variously traversed by joints and master- joints, which, intersecting each other at right-angles, gave to the mass somewhat of a cuboidal structure. Soil rich, and from three to four feet thick ; subsoil argillaceous and of a red color. May 28. — Did not move from camp. In the evening I explored a short distance up and down Otter creek ; its bed is here composed of horizontal layers of finely laminated sandstone, containing green and yellow spots of the same character as those noticed on the 21st instant. May 29. — Passed a number of the mountains, several of which I ascended and found composed of hard granite, variously traversed by veins of greenstone porphyry and yellow qiiartz ; the last containing small scales of mica. The sides of the mountains frequently presented lofty precipices, one of which was divided from top to bottom by a vein of greenstone nearly perpendicular, and about twenty inches thick. I observed no change in the character of the adjoining prairie, except a few local deposites of drift and detritus, from which I collected specimens 164 APPENDIX D.' GEOLOGY. of chalcedony, agate, and jasper. No rock of any description was observed at a greater distance than a few feet from the base of the mountains. Soil thick- and fertile; subsoil loaray. May 30. — The mountains did not differ materially in appearance or structure from those before observed ; at a distance, a few of them appeared to present a columnar structure ; but upon a nearer approach this was found to be owing to divisional plains, or master-joints, with weather-worn and rounded edges. I observed to-day a number of clear springs ; the water of several being tasted was found to be alkaline. In the prairie we observed several circular elevations, varying from one hundred to one hundred and thirty yards in diameter, and ascending in some places to the height of three or four hundred feet above the general level. Upon examination, their mineralogical composition was found to be the same as that of the neighboring mountains. Within a few feet of one of th^se, a small ravine exposed to view a horizontal stratum of soft ferruginous sandstone. Soil and subsoil the same as on yesterday. May 31. — The mountains presented the same general appearance as on yesterday. From their surface were exhibited a large number of veins, varying in thickness from an inch to a foot and a half, and com- posed of greenstone, quartz, and hornblende. The prairie was here and there dotted with a number of conoidal elevations, varying in height from twenty to one hundred feet. In composition they agreed in every respect with the neighboring mountains, with which in origin they appeared to be cotemporaneous. From the drift I collected specimens of fossil-wood. The water of springs issuing from the mountains I found, upon test, to be alkaline. June 1. — Red river as observed to-day runs between low bluff blanks, composed of red clay. Its bed was in some places thickly strewn with large detached masses of granite, all presenting a highly water-worn appearance, and seeming to have been derived from a neighboring mountain. Soil and subsoil the same as before. June 2. — Immediately upon leaving the Witchita mountains, we lost all traces of drift and other igneous rocks. Red river as observed to day runs between high bluff banks, composed of horizontal layers of red, yellow, and blue clay, and finely laminated sandstone ; the latter being interstratified with thin seams of saccharoid gypsum, (see Section No. 4.) About a mile from the river we observed two conical hills — one fifty and the other eighty feet in height — composed of horizontal layers of sandstone, interstratified with thin seams of gypsum. From them I obtained specimens of selenite. Soil and subsoil loamy. APPENDIX D. — GEOLOGY. 165 June 3. — To day we came to a range of high bluffs about six miles in length, and extending in a direction nearly parallel with the river. At a distance they resembled a long line of fortification ; upon examina- tion they were found to be composed of horizontal layers of red and blue clay, thickly interstratified with snow-white gypsum, (see Section No. 5.) These bluffs appeared to be rapidly yielding to the weather : along their base were thickly strewn large cuboidal masses of gypsum — some ten feet in diameter — that appeared to have been but recently detached from a stratum of the same near their summits. In the blue clay I observed a thin seam of carbonate of copper. The gypsum was also in a few places slightly tinged with the same metal. In a southerly direction, and at the distance of about fifteen miles, we observed another range of gypsum bluffs : they appeared to run in a direction parallel with those already described. The intervening country was very rough and broken. Soil dark and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. June 4. — Passed a number of bluffs of the same composition as those observed yesterday. The surface during the greater portion of the march was whitened by gypsum, which was always found occupying its position above the red clay. In the evening I visited a small hill, situ- ated about three miles from camp, and succeeded in discovering a thin seam of copper ore, as well as large beds of selenite. Soil and subsoil the same as on yesterday. June 5. — The country travelled over to day was mostly composed of sand-hills, varying in height from ten to sixty feet. On the middle branch of Red river we saw long ranges of bluffs, which, upon examina-* tion, proved to be of the same character and composition as those seen on the 3d instant. Soil and subsoil arenaceous. June 6. — To-day we passed a number of bluffs composed of red clay; I did not observe any gypsum in their composition. As we progressed the country gradually became more elevated. Here, for the first time since leaving the Witchita mountains, we met with large quantities of drift, composed principally of quartz and mica-schist. On Red river we saw a fine section, fully exposed, showing a horizontal sub -stratum of coarse-grained sandstone, overlaid by drift ; the latter forty feet thick. June Y. — Formation the same as on yesterday. June 8. — Passed a number of ravines, the sides of most of which were composed of red clay. At about 8 o'clock we came to a small eminence in the prairie, near which I observed an outcrop of grayish- yellow sandstone, presenting a dip of forty degrees to the west. The surface was thickly covered with drift. I saw a number of boulders composed of coarse and fine conglomerate, the largest of which meas- 166 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. ured fifteen feet in diameter. At 9 o'clock we came to a small creek, with higli banks composed of gray calcareous loam, from which latter I obtained a number of shells, characteristic of the loess formation ; Helix plebeium, Succinea elongata, &c. Soil barren and sandy ; subsoil in some places argillaceous, in others arenaceous. June 9. — Passed today a number of small ravines, the sides of which were composed of red clay, overlaid by sandstone and drift. The surface was in many places covered with sand-hills, varying from ten to fifty feet in height. About 8 o'clock we came to an outcrop of finely lam- inated red ferruginous sandstone, presenting an irregular dip to the northeast of about thirty degrees, (see section No. 4.) Soil arena- ceous ;■ subsoil in many places argillaceous. June 10. — Formation the same as on yesterday. We frequently found the sandstone exposed and exhibiting evidences of violent disturb- ance, the strata being variously fractured, and in some places upheaved in such a manner as to stand almost perpendicular. With the exception of the creek bottoms, the soil was sandy and barren ; subsoil the same as before. June 11, — The surface to-day presented nothing but a succession of hills composed of blown sand, varying in height from ten to one hun- dred feet. No sandstone or drift was anywhere observed. June 12. — To-day I observed large quantities of drift, of the same composition as' before; through it were scattered small boulders, com- posed of quartz and mica-schist. The surface was in many places covered with loose fragments of carbonate of lime. The particles com- posing the drift were frequently thickly coated with the same substance. Soil and subsoil arenaceous. June 13. — Did not leave camp. June 14. — Drift and limestone the same as before. About Y o'clock we came to a small ravine, the sides of which exposed a horizontal stratum of coarse-grained sandstone twenty feet thick. From the drift I obtained specimens of agates, chalcedony, and fossil-wood. Soil and subsoil the same as before. June 15. — The country travelled over to-day was everywhere divided by ridges and ravines ; the former sometimes sloping gradually on either side — at others presenting abrupt precipitous tei-mi nations. Besides these, a large number of sand-hills, varying in height from twenty to one hundred feet, were observed. The sandstone was frequently exposed. In a few places I found it interstratified with course conglomerate ; saw a number of small boulders, composed mostly of greenstone, greenstone porphyry, and trachyte. In the bed of the river I found a large mass 3> APPENDIX D. — GEOLOGY. 167 of black scoriae and several other specimens of volcanic rocks. Drift the same as on yesterday ; soil and subsoil arenaceous; June 16. — The surface was broken, and presented a number of sand- hills. Saw to-day large quantities of drift, which did not differ in com- position from that previously noticed. At about eight o'clock we came to a long range of high bluffs, which, as we afterwards ascertained, marked the borders of the "Llano estacado." They were composed of horizontal layers of drift, sandstone, and yellow clay, (see Section No. 7,) all of which seemed to be rapidly yielding to the weather. At the base of the bluffs I observed a few small boulders composed of green- stone porphyry. Soil and subsoil sandy. June 20. — During the first part of our route we travelled over a hilly and broken region, consisting for the most part of a succession of sand- hills, varying from ten to one hundred feet in height. At the distance of five miles we reached a gradual ascent, which soon led us to the summit of a high and slightly-rolling plain: over its surface were scattered a great many fragments of white carbonate of lime, as well as drift. From the latter I obtained specimens of agate, chalcedony, &c. During the day I had frequent opportunities of observing the formation, which uniformly consisted of drift, interstratified with horizontal layers of red and yellow clay. Sometimes the drift exhibited a calcareous coating, the same as before described. June 21. — Passed today a number of drift-hills, varying in height from twenty to one hundred feet. The surface was very much divided by ravines, with perpendicular sides, composed mostly of red clay, and varying in depth from ten to fifty feet. Near our encampment I ob- served a horizontal section of yellow loam, coarse conglomerate, and red clay ; the last thickly reticulated with gypsum, and overlaid by a terminating stratum of the same, (see Section No. 8.) Soil and subsoil arenaceous. June 22. — Passed a large number of drift-hills. The country, as on yesterday, was very rough, and much divided by ravines, some of which were fifty feet deep. Their sides were generally composed of red clay, overlaid by drift ; in a few instances they exposed seams of gypsum. From the drift I obtained specimens of fossil-wood, agate, jasper, and a few water-worn fossil shells of the genus Ostrea. Soil and subsoil the same as before. June 23. — To-day we observed the gypsum frequently exposed. It did not differ in character from that previously described, and was always found overlying the red clay. Soil and subsoil arenaceous. 168 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. June 24. — The surface was in many places thiclcly strewn with loose fragments of white carbonate of lime. About seven o'clock we reached, after a gradual ascent, a high, level, and very fertile plain, from which we obtained an extensive view of the surrounding country, which was very hilly and divided by numerous ravines. The plain at its termina- tion presented a long line of high bluffs, composed of horizontal strata of drift, finely laminated sandstone, white limestone, conglomerate, gyp- sum, and red and yellow clay, (see Section No. 9.) The red clay was thickly interstratified with thin seams of gypsum. From the drift I obtained specimens of agates, fossil-wood, jasper, and chalcedony. Soil and subsoil the same as before. June 25. — The country travelled over to-day was very hilly and broken, being much divided by long, narrow ravines, with nearly per- pendicular sides, composed of red clay — some of them being over one hundred feet deep. In many places we were surrounded by high hluffs. The drift was found to be unusually abundant — in some places fifty feet thick, and much coarser than before met with. At about eleven o'clock we came in sight of the valley of the Dogtown river. On either side it was bounded by long lines of buffs, in composition similar to those previously noticed, and varying in height from one hundred to one hun- dred and fifty feet. From the drift we obtained specimens of chalce- dony, agates, silicified wood, and jasper, besides a large number of shells of the same character as those observed on the 2 2d instant. The beds of the different streams crossed were covered with black ferruginous sand. Soil good, consisting of a rich black mould ; subsoil argillaceous. June 26. — For the first few miles the country was hilly and very much divided by ravines, some of which were two hundred feet in depth. The strata exposed by them were invariably found to consist of hori- zontal layers of red clay, gypsum, and drift, each occupying the same relative position as shown in Section No. 9. June 27. — Formation the same as on yesterday. At ten o'clock we came to Dogtown river, the bed of which was composed of yellow sand, intermixed in some places with red clay, and covered with small shining particles of gypsum. I observed in the drift large quantities of red and yellow jasper. Soil fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. June 28.- — Saw a large number of drift-hills, varying in height from fifty to one hundred and fifty feet. After travelling a few miles we again came to the borders of the "Llano estacado,". which here presented a long line of bluffs six hundred feet high, and composed of horizontal layers of drift and sandstone, interstratified with white limestone. From APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 169 the base of the bluffs to the river the country presented a gradual slope of four hundred feet. Section No, 10 is intended to represent the geological formation from the river level to the summit of the bluffs ; the inferior strata, or those between the base of the bluflfs and the river, having been ascertained, from nuEAerous observations, to consist of gypsum and red clay. • From the drift I obtained specimens of chalcedony, jasper, granite, and ob- sidian. July 4. — The formation as observed to-day consisted of red clay, gypsum, and drift : they were all found occupying the same relative positions as before. Soil mostly fertile ; subsoil argillaceous.' July 5. — Observed in the prairie a circular outcrop of finely lami- nated calcareous sandstone about three hundred feet in diameter, and presenting a quaquaversal dip of forty degrees. Over the prairie were strewn a number of small boulders variously composed of mica-schist, greenstone, and quartz. Red clay, gypsum, and drift, the same as before. Soil and subsoil arenaceous. July 6. — Observed a number of hills, varying in height from fifty to one hundred feet ; in form they resemble truncated cones, and were composed of horizontal layers of sandstone and red clay. General formation the same as before. Soil in some places fertile; subsoil argillaceous. July V. — With I the exception of the drift, which appears to be rapidly diminishing in thickness, the formation did not difier from that pre- viously observed. The surface was everywhere whitened with beds of gypsum and loose fragments of carbonate of lime. The former varied in thickness from five to fifteen feet ; in it were observed large quantities of selenite. July 8.- — The formation was mostly composed of red clay, with a few local deposites of soft carbonate of lime and dark-colored cellular sandstone. Saw no drift or gypsum to-day. Soil fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July 9. — Again came in sight of the Witchita mountains: the one nearest to us presented the form of a truncated cone, with an irregular basin-shaped depression upon the summit. The formation everywhere consisted of red clay ; in a few places it was overlaid by thin seams of gypsum, containing selenite. I observed a number of local deposites of white carbonate of Ijme. Like the gypsum, it was found overlying the red clay. On our route we passed four conical hills, from fifty to seventy feet high, and composed of red clay, interstratified with dark- 170 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. colored porous sandstone. Observed no drift to-day. Soil dark and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July 10. — Formation tbe same as on yesterday. Soil dark and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July 11. — Formation tbe same as before. July 12. — To-day we met with, no gypsum. At about 9 (J'clock we came to Otter creek ; its bed is bere, as well as elsewhere, composed of finely laminated sandstone, containing small circular spots of a greenish, color. In many places this was covered to the depth of a few .inches with drift and detritus. Soil fertile; subsoil argillaceous. July 14.* — Renewed the observations of May 23d, 24th, 25th, 26th, and 2Yth. July 15. — To-day we passed a number of the Witchita mountains, but observed neither in their composition nor general appearance any- thing different from what had been previously noticed. Near the base of one of them I observed a nearly horizontal stratum of sandstone, underlaid by red clay. The ground was in several places covered with loose fragments of gypsum, some of which were found to contain slight traces of copper. In one of the creeks I observed a small deposite of black ferruginous sand. Soil black and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July 16. — The only difference presented by the mountains seen to- day, from those previously observed, consisted in the greater number and size of the quartz veins ; many of them were nearly perpendicular, and extended from near the base of the mountains to their summits ; while others, pursuing a more or less serpentine course, frequently inter- sected each other at right-angles. The largest was highly ferruginous, presented a more or less cellular structure, and was nearly three feet wide. A few feet from the base of one of the mountains I observed a horizontal stratum of coarsely laminated sandstone of a yellowish color, and including in its composition small angular fragments of granite of the same character as that of the neighboring mountains. To-day I examined several of the head branches of Cache creek. Their beds were thickly strewn with large angular fragments of quartz, greenstone, and porphyry. In each of them I observed large quantities of black ferruginous sand. Soil fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July lY. — In a number of places the sandstone was exposed ; it did not differ in character and composition from that seen the day before. In one place the strata, still preserving their horizontal character, pre- sented abruptly to the side of a mountain. Many of the mountains presented a marked difference in character and composition from any that had been previously observed : instead of displaying a rough and APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 171 broken exterior, they were more or less rounded, and exhibited a gradual slope to the prairie-level, while the granitic structure almost entirely disappeared, its place being occupied by that of fine porphyry of a reddish color. Scattered over the prairie were observed a great many fragments of granite, greenstone porphyry, and quartz. The beds of the different creeks were in many places covered with black ferruginous sand, as well as large fragments of quartz, porphyry, and hornblende. Soil black and very fertile; subsoil argillaceous. July 18. — The mountains presented the same appearance and struc- ture as on yesterday. At about 8 o'clock we arrived at Cache creek ; its bed was thickly strewn with black ferruginous sand and large frag- ments of igneous rock. From the water's edge rose abruptly a long line of smooth perpendicular cliffs, varying in height from three to four hundred feet, and having in some places a slight columnar structure, (see Section No. 11.) Upon examination they were found to be com- posed mostly of fine porphyry of a reddish color, which was traversed by parallel and nearly perpendicular veins of cellular quartz, varying in thickness from two to three feet. Upon its exterior the quartz presented a deep iron-rust color ; but when recently fractured, it exhibited various shades of gray and brown, together with small shining particles of sulphuret of iron. Soil fertile, and in some places three feet thick ; subsoil argillaceous. July 19. — I spent the greater part of the day in exploring Cache creek. About one mile below our present encampment I came to the termination of the cliffs, A short distance below this I observed a nearly horizontal stratum of coarsely laminated sandstone, fifty feet thick, and including in its composition fragments of igneous rock of the same character as that composing the cliffs ; the intermediate space being occupied by red clay, which, as before, appeared to underlie the sandstone, (see Section No. 11.) July 20. — Two miles below our camp of last evening I observed a section composed of horizontal layers of gray sandstone, containing in its composition small fragments of igneous rock. Six miles from this we struck a seam of gypsum, varying in thickness from six to twelve inches. Soil fertile ; subsoil composed of red and yellow clay. July 21. — During the day we met with frequent exposures of the sandstone and gypsum. They presented, however, nothing different from what has already been described. Soil and subsoil the same as on yesterday. July 22. — Formation the same as on yesterday. July 23. — Did not move from camp. 172 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. July 24. — The sandstone appears to be gradually becoming more abundant, wliile the red clay is less frequently observed than before. Saw no gypsum to-day. Soil fertile, and in some places six feet deep ; subsoil composed of yellow clay. July 25. — Passed a number of small conical hills composed of red clay, overlaid, by sandstone. The latter was highly ferruginous, and. contained nodular concretions of iron. Soil and subsoil the same as on yesterday. July 26. — Formation the same as before. July 2*7. — At about eight o'clock we came to an extensive outcrop of bluish-gray, non-fossiliferous limestone, which presented in many places a highly crystalline structure. Its relative position was found to be below that of the sandstone. Passed a number of hills, varying in height from one to two hundred feet, and composed of limestone, over- laid by finely laminated sandstone. Soil fertile ; subsoil the same as before. July 28. — To-day the sandstone disappeared almost entirely, its place being occupied by limestone of nearly the same character as that en- countered yesterday. Soil and subsoil the same as before. Jxily 29. — Remained in camp. July 30. — To-day we again observed the limestone in great abund- ance. It presented nothing different in character from that previously described. The sandstone and red clay were also in many places largely developed. Soil very fertile; subsoil the same as before. Started from camp at four o'clock in the afternoon. For the first few miles we found the sandstone largely developed ; after passing which, we came to an outcrop of limestone of the same character as that previously noticed. It presented itself even with the surface at an angle of thirty degrees, and was over a mile wide. Immediately beyond this we came to a deposite of coarse granite of a reddish color, and vai-iously traversed by veins of quartz. This remarkable formation (as I have been informed) extends about twenty-six miles in an easterly and westerly direction, and is nearly six miles broad. Throughout its entire extent it is said to present the same character, and is everywhere surrounded by aqueous strata. I observed to-day in one of the creeks several boulders, composed of milky quartz ; the largest was four feet in diameter. Soil and subsoil the same as before described, July 31. — Shortly after starting this morning we again struck the limestone formation, which continued to be largely developed during the remainder of the distance to Fort Washita. In it I observed a large number of the characteristic fossils of the cretaceous period. APPENDIX E. PALiEONTOLOGY. DESCEIPTION OF THE SPECIES OF CAEBONIFEEOUS AND CEE- TACEOUS FOSSILS COLLECTED : BY B. F. SHUMAED, M. D. FOSSILS OF THE CARBONIFEROUS SYSTEM. CRmOIDEA. Cyathocrinus granuliferus, Yandell and Shum., mss. PALa:ONTOLOGY, PI. , fig. . The collection contains a single pentagonal plate of this beautiful encrinite, a perfect specimen of which we found several years since in the superior carboniferous strata near the summit of Muldrow's Hill, in Kentucky. The costal plate from Arkansas exhibits granules regularly dispersed in rows oyer the surface, which radiate from the centre to the sides of the pentagon. It occurs in Washington county, Arkansas, in grayish earthy lime- stone, associated with Productus punctatus, Terehratula subtilita, and Spirifer striatus. Agassizocrinus dactyliformis, Troost, mss. PALiEONTOLOGY, PI. 1, fig. 7. Cup conical, composed of three series of pieces; plates massive, smooth, moderately convex ; column none ; pelvis composed of five pieces, quadrangular, greatest width near the upper edges ; second series of pieces five, pentagonal, length and breadth about equal ; length of pelvis three lines, greatest width five lines 5 length and breadth of second series of pieces about three lines. 174 APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY. We regret that the specimens of this crinoid from Arkansas are all imperfect, consisting only of detached portions of the cup. It is a fossil peculiar to the western and southwestern States, and eminently characteristic of the superior members of the carboniferous strata, occur- ring in some localities very abundantly. The genus is remarkable, from the fact of its being destitute of a column, in which respect it differs from all known carboniferous crinoids. In young individuals, the di- vision of the pelvis into five pieces is well marked ; but in adult age they are usually firinly anchylosed, and often all traces of sutures are obliterated. In the centre of the pelvis we observe a small cylindrical tube running nearly its whole length, closed below, but communicating above with the cavity of the cup by a small opening. This structure, probably the nucleus of a coliimn, is only visible when the plates are separated. It is associated with the preceding species, in the carboniferous beds of Washington county, Arkansas. Pentremitks florealis. Say. Pentremites florealis, Say, 1820, Jour. Acad. Nat, Sciences, IV, 295. Pentatrematites florealis, Roemer, 1852, Monog. Blastoid. p. 33, taf. i. fig. 1 — 4, taf. ii, fig. 8. This well-known species is quite common in Washington and Craw- ford counties, Arkansas. The specimens furnished by my brother are rather more globose than those from localities in Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois. Pentremites stjlcatus, F. Roemer. Pentatrematites sulcatus, F. Roemer, 1852, Monog. Blastoid. p. 34, taf. iii, fig. 10, a — c. — Id. Lethaea Geognostica, taf. iv, fig. 8, a. b. We have some doubts as to whether this pentremite is entitled to rank as a distinct species, or whether it should be regarded as merely a variety of P. florealis, which varies considerably in different localities. The form under consideration has generally been referred to P. glohosus, Say, by western geologists, from which, however, it is quite different. Mr. Say's description of P. glohosus was drawn from a specimen which was brought from Bath, England. It is associated with the preceding species in Washington county, Arkansas. APPENDIX E. — PALAEONTOLOGY. 175 BRYOZOA. Archimedipora ARCHIMEDES, Lesueur. Paljeontologt, pi. 1, fig. 6. Metepora archimedes, Lesueur, 1842, Amer. Jour. Science, XLIIT, 19, fig, 2. Archimedipora archimedes, D'Orbig. 1849, Prod, de Palasont. T, 102. A fossil peculiar to the carboniferous strata of the western and south- western States. The associate fossils are Pentremites fiorealis, Pro- ductus 2>unctatus, Spirifer striatus, and Orthis Mickelini. D'Orbigny, in his Prodrome de Palseontologie, cites this fossil from rocks of the Devonian period, in Kentucky. This is an error ; we believe it has not been found lower in the series than the encrinital limestones which repose on the fine-grained micaceous sandstones of the knobs of Ken- tucky and Tennessee. It occurs in dark-grayish carboniferous limestone, in Washington county, Arkansas. BRACHIOPODA. pRODUCTXJS PUNCTATUS, Martin.* Palaeontology, PI. 1, fig. 5, and PI. 2, fig. 1. Tliis Productics has a wide geographical, as well as vertical, range in the United States ; it is also widely distributed throughout Europe. In this country we find it commencing with the earliest carboniferous de- posites, and extending through all the limestones of this system to the coal measures. • Figure 1 of plate 2 represents the ventral valve of a specimen from Washington county, Arkansas ; and figure 6 of plate 2, an individual showing the hinge line and the form of the beak. * For synonyms and references, vide Koninck's Monog. du Genre Productus et Chonetes, p. 123. 176 APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY. Productus coea, D'Orbig. Prod, cora, D'Orbig., 1842, Palseont. Voy. dans I'Amer. Merid., p. 55, pi. 5, fig. 8, 9, 10. P. tenuistriatus, Verneuil, 1845, Geol. Russ. et. Ural., vol. 2, p. 260, pi. 16, fig. 6. P. cora, Koninck, 1847, Monog. du Genre Prod, et Chonetes, p. 50, pi. iv. a, b, et pi. v, fig. 2, a — d. The specimens from Arkansas are all imperfect, yet they are plainly referable to this species. It is one of the most characteristic fossils of the carboniferous beds of Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, and Missouri. It occurs in Washington and Crawford counties, in gray sub-crystalline limestone. Productus costatus, Sowerby.* Pal5:ontology, PI. 1, fig. 2. This Productus occurs with the preceding species, in Washington county, Arkansas, and, like it, has a very extended geographical range in this country and Europe. Terebratula subtilita. Hall. PALa:ONTOLOGY, PI. 4, fig. 8. Terebratula subtilita., Hall, Stansbury's Expedition to Great Salt Lake, 409, pi. xi, fig. 1, a — b, 2, a — c. This shell is very common in the superior members of the carbonife- rous formation in Illinois, Indiana, and Kentucky, where it usually is found with Archimedipora archimedes, Pentremites Jlorealis, and Pro- ductus punctatus. Its vertical range being rather limited, it constitutes one of our most useful guides in studying the relative position of the various members of the carboniferous strata. This shell is very variable in its characters, so that we are liable to multiply species from its varie- ties, unless a number of specimens are under examination. Some indi- viduals are very much inflated ; the dorsal valve exhibits a profound * For synonyms and references see Koninck's Monog. du Gen. Prod, et Cho- netes, p. 92. APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY. 177 sinus, and tlie ventral valve a correspondingly elevated ridge. Others are depressed, with scarcely any simus or bourrelet. The specimens I have seen from Arkansas are considerably mutilated. Occurs in Wash- ington county. Teeebratula marcti, Shumard. PAt^oNTOLOGY, PL 1, fig. 4, a, b. Shell small, ovate, elongate, moderately convex, sides and front neatly rounded ; dorsal valve regularly convex, rather more gibbous than the opposite valve, greatest height near the beak, no traces of sinus ; beak elongated, elevated incurved, no perforation visible in our specimens ; ventral valve without median ridge, pointed at summit, cardinal border slightly sinuous. Surface of each valve marked with from thirty-fom- to thirty-eight simple rounded striae, which commence at the beak and proceed to the lateral borders and front with division. In general form it resembles T. serpentina of Koninck, (Descr. des Animaux fossiles, 29, pi. xix, fig. 8, a — e,) but its smaller size and the lesser number of striae will serve to distinguish it. It occurs with Terebratida suhtilita and Productus punctatus in Washington and Crawford counties, Arkansas, in dark-grayish carbon- iferous limestone. We have found the same species in Floyd county, Indiana. Spirifer, (indet.) Paleontology, PI. 1, fig. 3. In the collection from Washington county are several casts of a spirifer like that which we have figured. They are all too imperfect for description. 12 178 APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY. FOSSILS OF THE CRETACEOUS PERIOD. MOLLUSCA. Pecten quadrioostatus, Sowerby. PALiEONTOLOGY, PI. 3, fig. 6, and PI. — , fig. — . Janira quadricostata, D'Orbig. Pal. Frang,, III, 644, pi. ccccxlvii, fig. 1-1. Pecten quadricostatus, F. Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 64, taf. viii, fig. 4, a — c. Shell sub-ovate, angulated, convexo-concave. Inferior valve convex, with prominent rounded radiating ribs, crossed by five concentric thread- like stricB. Ribs from fifteen to seventeen, of which five are more prom- inent than the others ; smaller ribs disposed in pairs in the intervals between the larger ones. Superior valve slightly concave, with radiating unequal ribs. As we have not been able to consult Sowerby's description of Pecten quadricostatus, we refer our fossil to this species on the authority of Dr. F. Roemer, whose figures and descriptions of specimens from Fredericks- burg, Texas, correspond very accurately with those we figure from Fort Washita. Figure 6 of plate 3 represents the inferior valve of a large individual from Fort Washita, and figure — of plate — the superior valve of a smaller specimen. ExoGTTiA PONDEROSA, Roemer. Exogyra ponderosa, F. Roemer, 1849, Texas, 394. Ostrea ponderosa, D'Orbig,, 1850, Prod, de Palseont., II, 266. Exogyra ponderosa, F. Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 71, taf. ix, fig. 2, a — b. Shell thick, ovate, sub-cuneiform ; large valve gibbous, obtusely cari- nated, surface marked with imbricating lamellae ; small valve rather thin, sub-concave, surface uneven, concentrically laminated. Occurs rather abundantly at Fort Washita, generally in a fine state of preserva- tion. Roemer cites this species from New Braunfels, Texas. APPENDIX E — PALJEONTOLOGY. 179 Oeyph^a Pitcheri, Morton, .Paleontology, PL 6, fig. 5. Gryphoea Pitcheri^Morton, Synops. Cretaceous Group, 55, PL xv, fig. 9* Ostrea vesicularis, D'Orbig. Prod, de Palaeont. II, 256, (pars.) Gryphcea Pitcheri, Roemer, Ki-eid. Texas, 73, taf. ix, fig. 1, a — o. Shell ovate, thick, gibbous, irregular; inferior valve boat-shaped, inflated, divided into two unequal lobes by a longitudinal furrow, which begins at the umbo and runs the whole length of the shell; umbo large, elongate, incurved and slightly compressed laterally. Su- perior valve irregular, sub-oval, nearly plane, marked with concentric imbricating lamellae. Occurs in great numbers in the cretaceous clays at Fort Washita, and more sparingly at Cross Timbers, Texas. Dr. Morton's specimens were obtained from the plains of Kiamesha, Arkan- sas, and Dr. F. Roemer found it quite common near New Braunfels, Texas. ExoGTRA Tkxana, Rocmer. Paleontology, PI. 5, fig. 1, a — ^b, and fig. 5. Exogyra Texana, F. Roemer, Texas, 396. Ostrea matkeroniana, (pars) D'Orbigny, Prod, de Palaeont. II, 255. Exogyra Boussingaultii, Conrad's Geolog. Report of Lynch's Expe- dition to Red Sea, 2 13, pi. i, fig. 9, pi. ii, fig. 10 and 11. Exogyra Texana, Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 69, taf. x, fig. 1, a — e. The specimens of this shell in the collection were obtained by Dr. G. G. Shumard, at Camp No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas. They vary very much in their characters, scarcely any two examples being alike. In some the shell is quite thin, in others massive ; some exhibit promi- nent rugose ribs, while in others the ribs are but slightly elevated and nodulose. According to Dr. Roemer, this Exogxjra characterizes the cretaceous deposites near Fredericksburg and New Braunfels, Texas. Mr. Conrad figures a shell from Syria, which he refers to Exogyra Boussingaultii, D'Orbig., and which appears to be identical with the species under consideration. Ostrea su bo vat a, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 5, fig. 2. Sub-ovate, trigonal, elongate, massive ; inferior valve irregularly con- vex, inflated, thick, umbo obtusely angulated, somewhat prominent ; 180 APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY. ribs four or five, longitudinal, irregular, rounded, nodulose; surface marked with concentric imbricating lamellae; superior valve rather thin, ovate, nearly plane, slightly convex near the peak, surface with four or five well marked longitudinal undulating sulci. It occurs at Fort Washita with Gryphcea Pitcheri and Ammonites vespertinus. It appears to be quite rare, the specimen figured being the only one furnished by the expedition. Inoceramus coNFERTiM-AiirNTJLATiTs, Roemei*. Palsiontologt, Plate 6, fig. 2. Inoceramus confertim-annulatus^ F. Roemer, Texas, 402. Kreidebild. Texas, 59, taf. vii, fig. 4. Shell ovate, depressed with close concentric undulating ribs; ribs prominent, rounded, regular, intervals about equal to width of ribs. I refer this fossil to the above species with some hesitation, as all the specimens of the collection are either weather-worn or badly mutUated. Nevertheless, if not identical, ours is a closely allied species. Occurs rather abundantly at Camp No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas. Dr. F. Roe- mer's specimens are from the Guadalupe, near New Braunfels. Tkigonia crektjlata, Lamarck. Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 1. Trigonia crenulata, Roemer, Kreidebild. Texas, 51, taf. vii, fig. 6. Shell trigonal, thick, with from fourteen to fifteen oblique crenulated ribs in each valve; anterior side wide, rounded, inflated; posterior side produced, compressed; inferior margin rounded. From Cross-Timbers, Texas. All the examples in the collection are internal casts. Roemer cites this species from New Braunfels. AsTARTE WASHiTENsis, Shumard. Paljiontology, pi. 3, fig. 3. Shell ovate, trigonal, a little longer than wide, compressed, inequi- lateral, marked with fine concentric rounded striae ; buccal side shorter than the anal, excavated ; basal margin rounded, truncated posteriorly, beaks slightly prominent, excavated. APPENDIX E. — PALEONTOLOGY. 181 The only specimen of this species collected by the expedition is rather too imperfect to permit us to make a satisfactory description. It was found in the cretaceous strata at Camp No. 4, Cross -Timbers, Texas. Cardhjm MtTLTiSTRiATUM, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 2. Shell sub-rotund, inflated, length and breadth nearly equal, truncated posteriorly, basal and anterior margins rounded; surface of posterior sub-margin with from fourteen to fifteen regular radiating striae ; remain- der of surface marked with fine, equal, rounded, close, concentric striae. Beaks rather prominent. This is a neat, pretty species ; and it is to be regretted that the speci- mens collected were not in a better state of preservation. It was found at encampment No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas, where it is rather un- common. Panop^a texana, Shumard. Pal^iontology, pi. 6, fig. 1. Shell oval, elongate, inflated anteriorly, compressed behind, beaks moderately prominent, basal edge rounded, buccal extremity wide, rounded; surface marked with irregular concentric slightly elevated ribs. Length about 2 5-10 inches, breadth 1 4-10 inch, thickness 1-10 inch. The only specimen of this species brought home by the expedition is an imperfect cast. Locality, encampment No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas. Teeebkatula choctawensis, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 2, fig. a, b. Shell sub-globose, inflated, sub-pentagonal, front slightly truncated surface minutely punctate, the puncti only visible when examined through a strong lens ; dorsal valve most inflated ; beak obtuse, recurved, pierced by an oval aperture ; area distinct, forming a well defined ob- tuse angle ; ventral valve moderately convex, sub-orbicular. Length 9 lines, width 8 lines, thickness 6|- lines. 182 APPENDIX E. PAL-a:ONTOLOGT. It resembles Terehratula wacoensis, (F. Roemer, Kreidebild. Texas, 81, taf. vi, fig. 2, a-c,) but differs in the character of the surface, which in T. Choctawensis is thickly studded over with nainute puncta. It is also a smaller species ; the area is not so wide comparatively, and the front is not so broadly truncate. This beautiful Terebratula was obtained from the cretaceous deposites near Fort Washita, where it is quite rare, a single specimen only having been found. Globiconcha (Tylostoma) tumida, Shumard. Paljeontology, pi. 5, fig. 3. Shell ovate-globose, spire pyramidal, volutions about six, whorls mod- erately convex ; width of body whorl equal to about one half the length of the shell. Length 1 Y-IO inch, width 1 3-10 inch. All the specimens we have seen are badly preserved internal casts. Occurs at Cross-Timbers, Texas, in cretaceous limestone. Globiconcha (?) elevata, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 4. Shell ovate, spire produced, whorls six regularly convex, body whorl shorter than spire. Length 1 5-10 inch, breadth 1 inch. This is likewise an internal cast. It occurs with the preceding species. EuuMA (?) suBFusiFORMis, Shumard. PALa;ONTOLOGY, PI. 4, fig. 3. Shell subfusiform, elongate smooth, spire produced, regularly conical ; whorls about six, broad, very slightly convex ; suture rather shallow, linear, aperture simple, sub-ovate; body whorl obtusely angulated. Length 2 8-10 inches, width 1 1-10 inch. The collection contains only a single specimen of the cast of this species, and that badly weather-worn. It was found at Camp No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas. APPENDIX E. PALJEONTOLOGT. 1S^3 Ammonites vespertinus, Morton. Ammonites vespertinus, Morton, Synopsis Cretaceous Group U. 8., 40, pi. xvii, fig. 1. Id., D'Orbigny, Prodrome de Palseont. 11, 212. Shell large, volutions about three ; vertical section sub-quadrangular ; ribs prominent, each, garnished with three nodules, dorsal one most prominent ; dorsal margin furnished with a prominent rounded carina. This is the largest species of Ammonite that has hitherto been found in the United States. In the cretaceous strata near Fort Washita, specimens were found to measure nearly three feet in diameter, and estimated to weigh upwards of two hundred pounds. It is quite com- mon. The fragment described by Dr. Morton was obtained from the plains of Kiamesha, Arkansas. ^ Ammonites marciana, Shumari Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 5. Shell compressed, not carinated, with about twelve simple, prominent rounded ribs, which cross the dorsum and sides of the last volution obliquely, without interruption ; dorsum convex, whorls compressed; surface smooth in the intervals between the ribs ; aperture longitudinal, sub-oval. Length of last whorl 11 lines, width of do. 4-|- lines; width of umbi- licus 3 lines. The specimen figured is a cast, and the character of the lobes of the chambers cannot be made out. Occurs in the cretaceous strata of Cross-Timbers, Texas. Ammonites acuto-carinatus, Shumard. Palsiontology, pi. 1, fig. 3. Shell much compressed, sharply carinated, ornamented with from 80 to 34 transverse ribs ; ribs simple, distinctly elevated, flexuous, commen- cing narrow at the umbilicus, and widening to within a short distance of the dorsal border, where they are again somewhat contracted ; dorsal carina prominent, sharp, smooth, marked on each side by a shallow depression ; aperture elongate-cordate, lateral septa trilobate. Diameter 2 4-10 inches; thickness of last whorl near aperture 64X) inch. 184 APPENDIX E. PALiEONTOLOGT. Occurs rather abundantly with the preceding species at Cross Timbers, Ammonites — (undetermined.) Pal^ontoiiOgt, pi. — , fig. — . Several specimens of a small variety of ammonite, such as is repre- sented in the figure, were found with the two last-described species, but they are too imperfect for satisfactory description. ECHINODERMATA. Hemiasteb elegans, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 2, fig. 4, a, b, c. Shell ovate orbicular, moderately convex at summit, broadly emargi- nate anteriorly ; anal extremity truncated almost vertically, very slightly excavated ; ambulacra sub-petalloid, broad, situated in shallow depres- sions, antero-lateral areas widely divergent, extending to the margin of the test, postero-lateral areas much less divergent and short, peripetalous fiasciole indistinct ; mouth transverse reniform, not far from the anterior border, post oral tuberculated space lanceolate ; anus oval longitudinal, sub anal fascicle scarcely visible; surface of test covered with small spinigerous tubercles, with minute granulae in the interspaces. The dimensions of the largest specimen that I have been permitted to ex- amine are as follows: length, 2 7-10 inches; greatest width, 2 5-10 inches; height, 1 6-10 inch. This exceedingly elegant species occurs in great numbers in the cre- taceous strata at Fort Washita. HoLASTER SIMPLEX, Shumard. Paljeontologt, pi . 3, fig. 2. Shell ovate, sub-cordate, gibbous, regularly rounded superiorly, most prominent near apex, which is sub-central, declining at first gently to- wards the mouth, then abruptly, truncated posteriorly, with a thread-like carina leading from the apex to the anus ; oral sinus shallow, rounded ; APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY. 185 ambulacra flexuous, extending to the base, increasing gradually in width to the inferior margin ; antero-lateral are as widely divergent ; postero- laterals separated by a moderate interval, mouth transverse, oval ; anus oval, longitudinal sub-anal fasciole indistinct; surface of test sparingly studded with spinigerous tubercles, with numerous microscopic granules in the interspaces. It approaches Holaster {Ananchytes) fimbriatus, Morton, (Silliman's Journal, XVIII, 246, pi. 3, fig. 9.) Our speci- mens, however, differ from the figures given by Dr. Morton in being less orbicular in the oral sinus, which is not so profound, and in the anal border, which is more widely truncated Occurs with Hemiaster elegans at Fort Washita. HoLECTTPUs PLANATus, Roemer. Holectypus planatus, F. Roemer, Texas, 393. Ibid, Kreidebild, Texas, 84, taf. x, fig. 2, a — g. In the collection from Cross-Timbers, Texas, we find several mutilated specimens of Holectypus, which we refer without doubt to the above species. Dr. Roemer's examples were obtained from the vicinity oi Fredericksburg, Texas, APPENDIX F. ZOOLOGY. MAMMALS. BY CAPTAIN E. B. MAECY. Ursus Americanus, Pall. Black bear. Througliout the valley. Procyon lotor, L. Kaccoon. Throughout the valley. Mephitis mesoleuca, (?) Licht. Texan ekunk. Throughout the valley. Ltttra canadensis, Sabine. Otter. Throughout the valley. Bassaris astuta. Licht. Civet cat. Cross-Timbers. Canis occidentalis, Rich. Gray wolf. Above Shreveport. Canis latrans. Prairie wolf. Above Cross-Timbers. Canis . Large Lobos wolf. Above Cross-Timbers. VuLPES FULvus. Red Fox. Red river valley. Lynx rufus. Wild cat. Red river valley. Felis concolor, L. Panther. Red river valley. SciURUs MAGNicAUDATus, (?) Say. Fox-squirrel. Red river valley. Tamias quadrivittatus, Say. Striped squirrel Above Cross-Tim- bers. Pteromys volucella, Gm. Flying-squirrel. Red river valley. Castor fiber, L. Beaver. Above Cross-Timbers. Lepus sylvaticus, Bach. Rabbit. Red river valley. Lepus callous, (?) Wagl. Jackass rabbit. Above Cross-Timbers. APPENDIX F. MAMMALS. 187 Lepus ARTEMISIA (?) Small prairie rabbit. Above Cross -Timbers. Spermophilus ludovicianus, Ord. Prairie-dog. Above Cross-Tim- bers. DiDELPHYs ViRGiNiANA, Shaw. Opossum. Red river valley. Cervus Virginiana, Penn. Deer. Red river valley. Cervus canadensis. Elk ; only about Witcbita mountains, Antilocapra Americana, Ord. Antelope. Above Cross-Timbers. Bos Americanus, L. Above Cacbe creek. 188 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. REPTILES. BY S. F. BAIED AND C. GIKAED. SERPENTS. The serpents collected by Captains Marcy and McClellan belong to ten species, distributed into eight genera. Several of these species had previously been received from other sections of the country ; three, however, were first collected during the expedition. All are here figured for the first time, except Ophiholus Sayi, of which a hitherto undescribed variety is represented. L CROTALUS, Linn. This genus is characterized by its erectile poison fangs, and by having the upper surface of the head covered with small plates resen> bling the scales on the body, and with only a few larger ones in front. There is a deep pit between the eyes and the nostrils. The plates under the tail are undivided, and the tail is terminated by a rattle. Scales carinated. 1. Crotalus cokfluentus, Say. Zoology, PL 1. Spec. €har. — Head subtriangular. Plates on top of head squami- form, irregular, angulated, and imbricated ; scales between supercilia- ries small, numerous, uniform. Four rowes of scales between the sub- orbital series (which only extends to the centre of the orbit) and the labials. Labials 15 or 18, nearly uniform. Dorsal series 27-29. Dorsal blotches quadrate, concave before and behind ; intervals greater behind. Spots transversely quadrate posteriorly, ultimately becoming 10 or 12 half rings. Two transverse lines on superciliaries, enclosing about one-third. Stripe from superciliary to angle of jaws, crosses angle of the mouth on the second row above labial Rostral margined with lighter. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 189 Stn. — Crotalus conjluentus, Say, in Long's Exped. Rocky Mts. 11, 1823, 48. B. & G. Cat. K Amer. Kept. I, 1853, 8. C. Lecontei, Hallow. Proc. Aoad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1851, 180. Description. — This species bears a considerable resemblance to C. atrox, but the body is more slender and compact. Scales on the top of the head anterior to the superciliaries nearly uniform in size. Line of scales across from one nostril to the other consists of six, not four as in C. atrox. Superciliaries more prominent. Labial series much smaller. Upper anterior orbitals much smaller, as also is the anterior nasal. Scales on the top of the head less carinated. Scales between superciliaries smaller and more numerous, five or six in number instead of four. Two lateral rows of scales smooth ; first, second, and third gradually increasing in size. Scales more linear than in O, atrox. General color yellowish brown, with a series of subquadrate dark blotches, with the corners rounded and the anterior and posterior sides frequently concave, the exterior convex. These blotches are ten or eleven scales wide and four or five long, lighter in the centre, and mar- gined for one-third of a scale with light yellowish. The intervals along the back light brown, darker than the margins of the blotches. Ante- riorly the interval between the dark spots is but a single scale ; poste- riorly it is more, becoming sometimes two scales ; where also the spots are more rhomboidal or lozenge-shaped ; nearer the tail, however, they become transversely quadrate. The fundamental theory of coloration might be likened to that of Crotalus adamanteus, viz : of forty or fifty light lines decussating each other from opposite sides ; but the angles of decussation, instead of being acute, are obtuse, and truncated or rounded ofi" throughout. Along the third, fourth, and fifth lateral rows of scales is a series of indistinct brown blotches covering a space of about four scales, and falling opposite to the dorsal blotches : be- tween these blotches, and opposite to the intervals of the dorsal blotches, are others less distinct. Along the fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth rows is a second series of obsolete blotches, each covering a space of about four scales, and just opposite the intervals between the dorsal spots. The dorsal and lower series are separated by an interval of three scales, this interval light brown. Beneath, the color is dull yel- lowish, and ten or twelve darker half rings are visible on the tail. In point of coloration the principal features, as compared with C. atrov, lie in the disposition of the dorsal blotches in subquadrate spots instead of subrhomboids ; the intervals thus forming bands across the back perpendicular to the longitudinal axis. This tendency to assume 190 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. the subquadrangular pattern lias broken up the chain-work into isolated portions, as in Ophibolus eximius or Crotalophorus tergeminus. The intervals of the dorsal blotches are wide and darker in the middle, while in C atrox they are narrow, not linear, and unicolor. The sides of the head present the usual light stripe from the posterior extremity of the superciliary; it passes, however, to the angle of the jaw on the neck, along the second row of scales above the labials. A second stripe passes in front of the eye to the labials, widening there. A small light vertical bar is seen below the pit, and another on the outer edge of the rostral. On the superciliaries are two light transverse lines enclosing a space nearly one-third of the whole surface. In C. atrox there is a single median line. Sometimes, as in C. atrox^ the single blotches on the nape are replaced by two elongated ones parallel to each other. Dorsal row of scales, 29; abdominal scutellae, 180; subcaudal ones, 2*7. Total length, 34 inches ; length of tail, 4 inches. A specimen was collected the 5 th of June in the Witchita mount- ains. Another specimen of the same species was brought home from the Cross -Timbers, Arkansas, by Dr. S. W. Woodhouse, and described by Dr. Hallo well as new, under the name of Grotalus Lecontei, on the ground that the anterior vertebral spots are not confluent. This we do not consider as a suflaciently distinctive character, although we have never seen a specimen with decidedly confluent markings. The notes of Dr. Leconte, quoted by Dr. Hallowell, hardly apply to the present species. The species was first discovered by Say, on Major Long's expedition to the Rocky mountains, and has not since been seen until procured first by Dr. Woodhouse, and then by Captain Marcy and the Mexican boundary commission. It was found by the latter party in Western Texas, where, however, it is rare. Plate I represents Crotalus conjluentus of natural size. n. EUTiENIA, B. & G. This genus is composed of numerous species, some of them quite common, and known under the names of Riband, Striped, and Garter snakes; inofiensive, like most of the North American snakes. They m^y be recognised by three light stripes on a darker ground, the inter- vals between these stripes provided with alternating or tessellated APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 191 blackisli spots. The scales have a ridge or small keel along their mid- dle, and are arranged in 19 or 21 longitudinal rows. The postabdom- inal or anal scutella is entire, like the others. There is one anterior orbital plate and three posterior. The body is either moderately stout or else slender, according to the species. Of the two described in this article, one belongs to the division with a slender body and 19 dorsal rows of scales, and the other to the second division, with a stouter body and 21 dorsal rows of scales. 2. EuTiENIA PROXIMA, B. & Gr, Zoology, PI. II. Spec. char. — Body stoutest of the division. Black above ; three longitudinal stripes, the dorsal ochraceous yellow or brown, lateral gi'eenish white or yellow. Total length about three and a half times that of the tail. Syn. — Coluber proximus, Say, in Long's Expd. to Rock. Mts. I, 1823, 187.— Harl., Journ. Acad. Nat. So. Philad. V, 1827, 353. Eutainia proxima, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Kept. I, 1853, 25. Desc. — Deep brown, almost black, above and on the sides ; beneath gTeenish white. Dorsal stripe on one and two half rows of scales, ochraceous yellow, lateral stripe on the 3d and 4th rows of scales, green- ish yellow or white, markedly different in tint from the dorsal. Sides of abdominal scutellse, and 1st and 2d dorsal series, of the same color as the back. On stretching the skin, numerous short white lines are visible. Occipital plates with two small approximated spots on the line of juoc- tion. Orbitals whitish. The greenish white of the abdomen becomes more yellow anteriorly. Head more like that of E. saurita than of E. Faireyi, while the body is stouter than in either. The subcaudal scales are less numerous than in the other two allied species. Resembling E. Faireyi in color, it is always distinguishable by the stouter body, fewer caudal scales, and dissimilarity of color in the longitudinal stripes. Dorsal rows of scales 19, all keeled; abdominal scutellse 170; sub- caudal ones 100. Total length 33 inches; length of tail 9 inches. Found at Camp No. 7. The species is represented in natural size on Plate 11. 192 APPENDIX F.— REPTILES. 3. EuT^NIA MARCIANA, B. & Gr. Zoology, PI. III. Spec. char. — Prominent color light brown; a vertebral paler line and one lateral on each side, more or less indistinct. Three series of square black spots on each side, of about 56-60 in each series, from occiput to anus. Sides of head black, with a crescentic patch of yel- lowish posterior to the labial plates. Three and sometimes four black vittse radiating from the eye across the jaws. A double white spot with a black margin on the suture of occipital plates. Stn. — Eutainia marciana, B. and G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. 1, 1853, 36. Desc. — The markings about the head are generally very constant and distinct. Viewed laterally, we see first the large dark-brown patch at the back part of the head, extending as far back as the posterior ex- tremity of the jawbones. In the anterior part of this patch is seen the crescentic patch (concave before) of yellowish white, with a more or less narrow dark-brown margin anteriorly. The next black band starts from the posterior edge of the superciliaries, and passes obliquely downwards and backwards along the posterior edge of the 6 th upper labial. Sim- ilar black margins are seen on the posterior edges of the 5th and 4th labials, the intervening spaces being yellowish white, particularly on the 6th upper labial. Occasionally the posterior margins of the 7th and 3d labials have the black line as well as those mentioned, which fre- quently extend across to the posterior margins of the corresponding lower labials. The white spot on the anterior portion of the occipital suture is always margined with black. The six series of black spots are arranged so as to alternate with each other. The lower or third series on each side is below the indistinct lateral stripe. The posterior edge of each abdominal scutella shows a black margined spot on each side. The dorsal line is generally a single scale in width, occasionally including portions of the lateral, and itself sometimes encroached upon by the black spots. Each spot is about a scale or a scale and a half long, and about three scales broad. The number in the dorsal series from the head to the anus varies from 56 to 60. Posterior edges of scales very slightly emarginate, if at all. All are decidedly keeled. Dorsal scales disposed in 21 rows; abdominal scutellse, 152 ; sub- caudal, 75. Total length 34 inches ; length of tail, 8 inches. Collected between Camp 6 and Red river, on the open prairie. This species is very widely distributed in the south and west. Red river forms its limit on the north, and the Gulf of Mexico on the east ; APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 193 but it extends to the Rocky mountains on the west, and far into Mexico on the south. Its centre of distribution appears to be on the lower Rio Grande. Plate III represents this species in natural size. ni. HETERODON, Pal. de B. • This genus is eminently characterized by the peculiarity of its snout, which is terminated by a triangular plate recurved upwards ; hence the popular appellation of hog-nose snake. Though perfectly harmless, they exhibit a threatening appearance, when approached, in the flattening of their head and violent hissings ; hence the names of blowing-viper, spreading-adder, &c. Their body is short, stout, and the tail also short. The head is broad and short. The dorsal scales are carinated, and ar- ranged in 2 3-2 "7 rows. The preanal or postabdominal scutella is bifid ; a chain of small plates beneath the eye, completed above by the super- ciliaries. There is a supplementary plate on the top of the head, be- hind the prominent rostral, either in contact with the frontals, or sepa- rated by smaller plates. The colors are light, with dorsal and lateral darker blotches, or else brown, with dorsal transverse light bars; some- times entirely black. One species only was collected on the Red River exploration. Six species are known to exist in the United States. 4. Heterodon nasicus, B. & G. Zoology, PI. IV. Spec. char. — Vertical plate broader than long. Rostral excessively broad and high. Azygos plate surrounded behind and on the sides by many small plates (12-15.) A second loral. Labials short and exces- sively high. Dorsal rows of scales 23, exterior alone smooth. A dorsal series of about 50 blotches, with four or five other series on each side. Body beneath, black. A narrow white line across the middle of the superciliaries ; a second behind the rostral. A broad dark patch from the eye to the angle af the mouth, crossing the two postlabials. SrN. — Heterodon nasicus^ B. & G. Reptiles in Stansbury's Expl. Valley of Great Salt Lake, 1852, 352.— B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 61. 13 194 • APPENDIX F. REPTILES. Desc. — Vertical., plate very broad, subhexagonal. Occipitals short. Rostral very broad, bigb, more so than in the other species, outline rounded. The interyal between the opposite frontals, the rostral, and the vertical occupied by a number of small plates, from 10 to 12, or more, arranged without any symmetry, on each side and behind the small azygos. The base of the rostral between the opposite prenasals is gen- erally margined by these small plates, which sometimes, too, are seen between the vertical and the anterior portion of the superciliaries. This crowding of plates causes the anterior part of the forehead to be broader than in H. simus. Eye small, its centre rather posterior to the middle of the imaginary line connecting the tip of rostral with the lower angle of the postlabial, which line scarcely crosses the eyeball. Orbital plates, 10-13 in number. Loral triangular, rather longer than high, separated from the frontal by a small plate. Nasals rather short, occasionally with the lower part of the nostril bounded by a small plate. Labials 8 or 9 above, all of them higher than long ; indeed, their vertical extension is much greater than in any other species : the 6th highest ; centre of eye over the junction of the 5th and 6th. Dorsal rows of scales 23, outer row smooth, rest all distinctly cari- nated, the keels extending to the ends of the scales; those just behind the occipital plates truncated, with obsolete carinse. Scales on the hind part of the body rather broader and shorter than anteriorly ; the ine- quality scarcely evident in large specimens. Ground-color light brown or yellowish gray, with about 50 dorsal blotches from head to tip of tail ; the 39th opposite the anus. These blotches are quite small, rather longer transversely, subquadrate, or rounded, indistinctly margined with black, (obsoletely on the outside ;) they cover 7 to 9 scales across, are 2 to 2-J long, and separated by in- terspaces of 1-|- scales, which are pretty constant throughout, though rather narrower on the tail. On each side of the dorsal row may be made out, under favorable circumstances, four alternating rows of blotches ; the first on the contiguous edges of the scales of the first and second exterior dorsal rows ; the second on the scales of the 3d row, and the adjacent edges of those in the 2d and 4th ; the third on the scales of the 4th, 5th, and 6th, and the adjacent edges of the 3d and 7th ; and the fourth on the scales of the 6th, 7th, and 8th rows, and the adjacent edges of those of the 5th. This last is opposite the intervals of the dorsal series ; the rest alternate with it. The central inferior surface of the abdominal scutellse is black, sharply variegated with quadrate spots of yellowish white ; the portion of the scutellse entering into the side of the body is yellowish white, with that part opposite the dorsal intervals APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 195 dark. brown, thus, in fact, constituting a fifth lateral series of blotches, alternating with the lowest already mentioned. The throat and chin are unspotted. The head is light brown, with a narrow whitish line finely margined before and behind with black, which crosses in front of the centre of the vertical, and through the middle of the superciliaries : a second similar but more indistinct line runs parallel to this just behind the rostral, and extending down in front of the eye. A third equally indistinct and similar line crosses the posterior angle of the vertical, and runs back on the side of the neck, behind the labials and temporal shields. There is a broad brown patch from the back part of the eye to the angle of the mouth, across the penultimate and last labial. The coloration is thus very different from that of H. simus, where there is a distinct narrow black band across the forehead scarcely involving the vertical, and passing through the eye to the angle of the mouth across the last labial. Behind this a much broader yellowish band, continued without interruption into the neck behind the angle of the mouth. In H. nasicus the most conspicuous feature is a narrow white band, much narrower than the darker patch before and behind it. The dark patch, to the angle of the mouth, is much broader, continuous as it were, with the broad bar between the middle and anterior light lines, which corre- sponds with the narrow black line of H. simus. The other distinguish- ing features are evident. The three dark patches behind the head >are much as in H. simus. In large specimens from Sonora and the Copper Mines of the Gila, (Fort Webster,) the ground-color is yellowish gray, each scale minutely punctate with brown. The blotches are all obsolete, only one dorsal and two lateral on each side being defined by darker shades. The blotches on the sides of the abdomen are wanting, but the black in the middle is strongly marked. The other characters, however, are preserved, except that the exterior row of dorsal scales is more or less carinated. Specimens of this species vary in the number of small postrostral plates. In some there are only three or four, in others a larger number. Sometimes, instead of a single series of median dorsal spots, there ^are two, in close contact, and more or less confluent. The narrow light line across the middle of the superciliaries and the high labials are always highly characteristic. The specimen figured of natural size on Plate IV, is much smaller than those alluded to from Sonora and the Copper Mines, and tipon which the foregoing description has been based. 196 APPENDIX F.- — REPTILES. IV. PITUOPHIS, Holbr. TWs genus, closely allied to Heierodon^ is characterized by a promi- nent snout, the rostral plate elevated and convex, without, however, being recurved. There are two pairs of postfrontal plates instead of one, and occasionally also two verticals; three or four postorbitals ; generally two, sometimes only one anteriorly. The scales are carinated along the back, smooth on the sides, and constituting from 29-35 dorsal rows. The preanal or postabdominal scutellaj is entire. The ground-colors are either whitish or reddish yellow, with a triple series of patches, those of the medial series the largest, and several series of smaller blotches on the sides. Abdomen unicolor or spotted^ with an outer row of blotches. Head of same color as the body, macu- lated with black spots. A narrow band of black across the upper sur- face between the eyes, and a postocular vitta on each side, extending obliquely from the eye down to the angle of the mouth. A black ver- tical patch is often seen beneath the eye. The names of Bull, Pine, and Pilot snake are commonly given to different species of this genus, which are allof great size, including in fact some of the largest serpents of North America. Some of the species utter a hissing or blowing sound. o. PiTuoPHis McClellanii, B. & G. ZOOLOGT, H. V. Spec. char. — Head subelliptical. Eostral plate very narrow. An- teorbilals 2 ; postorbitals 4. Dorsal rows 33-35 ; the 7 outer rows smooth. Tail forming 1-9 or 1-10 of total length. Postocular vitta brown, and rather broad. Suborbital black patch conspicuous ; com- missure of labials black. Color of body reddish yellow, with a series of 53 blotches from head to origin of tail. Blotches of adjoining series, on either side, confluent across the light spaces between medial blotches. Flanks covered with small blotches, forming 3 or 4 indistinct series. Twelve transverse jet-black bars across the tail. Abdomen yellowish, thickly maculated with black patches. SYN.—JPituopkis McClellanii, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 68. — Pilot-snake. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 197 Desc. — Head proportionally large, ovoid, distinct from, tlie body. Snout pointed. Occipital plates small. Vertical broad, subpentagonal, slightly concave on the sides. Superciliaries large. Internal postfront- als rather narrow, elongated ; external postfrontals quadrilateral, a little broader forwards. Prefrontals irregularly quadrangular. Rostral very narrow, extending halfway between the prefrontals, convex and raised above the surface of the snout. Nostrils in the middle line between the nasals, the posterior of which is a little the smaller. Loral trapezoidal, proportionally large. Inferior anteorbital very small, resting upon the fourth upper labial. Postorbitals varying in comparative size. Tempo- ral shields small, resembling scales. Upper labials 8 ; 6th and Vth the larger. Lower labials 12; 6th and Yth largest. Posterior mental shields very small, extending to opposite the junction of the 7th and 8th lower labials. Scales proportionally small, in 33-35 rows, the 7 outer ones perfectly smooth and somewhat larger than the remaining rows. Ground color yellowish brown, with three series of dorsal black blotches, 53 in number, from the head to opposite the anus, with 12 on. the tail, in the shape of transverse bars. Those of the medial series the larger, and covering 8 or 9 rows of scales. On the anterior part of the body they are subcircular, embracing longitudinally four scales ; poste- riorly they become shorter by one scale. The light spaces between are, a little narrower than the blotches themselves for the twelve anterior blotches, and wider than the blotches for the remaining length of the body. The blotches of the adjoining series alternate with those of the medial series, being opposite to the light intermediate spaces across which the blotches of either sides are generally united by a transverse narrow band. The flanks are densely covered with small and irregular blotches, forming three indistinct series, confluent in vertical bars towards tlie origin of the tail. Inferior surface of the head yellowish, unicolor. Abdomen dull yellow, with crowded brownish black blotches in series on the extremity of the scutellse. Two specimens of this species were caught the 28th of June. The largest is figured, of natural size, on Plate V. It is 38^ inches in length ; the tail measuring nearly 5 inches. Abdominal scutellas 231 ; subcau- S. co«^?izs. SrN. — ScotopUs laetus, B. & G. Cat. K Amer. Kept. I, 1853, 78. Desc. — This species bears a close resemblance to >S'. confinis, and its characters may be best given by comparison with the latter. It differs, therefore, in the greater number of dorsal rows, 29 instead of 25. The ■whole body and head are much stouter. Exterior eight rows smooth, rest slightly carinated. The vertical is broad before, rather acute be- hind. A probably monstrous feature is seen in the union of the two postfrontals, except for a short distance before, and in the ioral and post- nasal coalescing into one trapezoidal plate. Blotches less numerous. • A broad vitta across the back part of the postfrontals, passing backwards and downwards through the eye, and terminating acutely on the poste- rior upper libial. A blotch across the back part of the vertical, and ex- tending through the occipitals on each side to the nape. The spots are larger, longitudinal throughout, with occasional exceptions. Its aflBnities to S. vulpinus are close. The vertical, however, is nar- row, the eyes much larger, dorsal rows 29 instead of 25. The blotches on the back are longitudinal, and fewer in number. For a complete description of this species it will be necessary to procure larger speci- mens. The specimen figured on Plate VI is of natural size. The only one caught of this species is 18 inches long. Leno-th of tail ^^ inches. VI. OPHIBOLUS, B. & G. The body is rathe* thick, and the tail short. The scales smooth and lustrous, and disposed in 21 or 23 rows, which scarcely overlap. The preanal scutella is entire. A small anteorbital plate and two postorbi- tals. Eyes very small. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 199 The ground-colors are black, brown, or red, crossed by lighter inter- vals, generally bordered by black. Seven species, besides tlie two here described, have liitlierto been found in North America. v. Ophibolus Sati, B. &. G. Zoology, PI. VII. Spec. char. — ^Black, each scale above with a large circular or sub- circular white or yellow spot in the centre. Sometimes only transverse lines of these spots across the back. Syn. — Herpetodryas getulus, Schl. Ess. Phys. Serp. Part, descr. II, 1837, 198. Coronella Saiji, Holbr. (non Schl.) IST. Amer. Herp. Ill, 1842, 99. PL xxii. Coluber Sayi, Dekay, New York Fauna, Eept. 1842, 41. Ophibolus Sayi, B. & G., Cat. N. Amer. Kept. I, 1853, 84. Desc. — Body, as in most of the other species of the same genus, very tense and rigid, with difficulty capable of being extended after immer- sion in alcohol. Vertical plate triangular, wider than long; outer edge slightly convex, an angle being faintly indicated at the junction of the superciliaries and occipitals ; shorter than the occipitals, which are short' longer than broad. Postfrontals large, broad ; prefrontals smaller. Rostral small, not projecting, slightly wedged between prefrontals. Eye very small, orbit about as high as the labial below it ; centre of the eye a little anterior to the middle of the commissure, over the junction of the 3d and 4th labials. One anteorbital, vertically quadrate ; loral half its height, square. Upper labials 7, increasing to the penultimate. Lower labials 9 ; 4th and 5th largest. Scales nearly as high as long, hexagonal, truncated at each end. Dor- sal rows 21, exterior rather larger, and diminishing almost imperceptibly to the back, although all the scales in a single oblique row are of very nearly the same shape and size. The scales on the back and sides are lustrous black, each one with a central elliptical or subcircular spot of ivory-white, which on the sides occupy nearly the whole of the scale, but are smaller towards the back, where they involve one-half to one-third of t\i% length. Beneath yel- lowish white, with broad distinct blotches of black, more numerous pos- teriorly. Skin between the scales brown. The plates on the top and sides of the head have each a yellowish blotch ; the labials are yellow, with black at their junction. 200 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. Other specimens agree except in having bright yellow instead of white as described ; the spots, loo, are rather smaller, and manifest a slight tendency to aggregation on adjacent scales, so as to form trans- verse bands. This is seen more decidedly where the back is crossed by about VO short dotted yellow lines; the 56th opposite the anus. The scales between have very obsolete spots of lighter, scarcely discernible. The sides are yellow, with black spots corresponding to the dorsal lines ; indeed, there may be indistinctly discerned two or three lateral series of alternating blotches. In larger specimens from the West, this tendency in the spots to aggregation is still more distinct. The back is crossed by these aotted lines of the number and relation indicated, at intervals of four or five scales ; the spots on the intervening space being obsolete. These lines bifurcate at about the 9th outer row, the branches connecting with those contiguous, so as to form hexagons ; and these extending towards the abdomen again, decussate on about the third outer row, thus enclos- ing two series of square, dark spots on each side. These lateral mark- ings are, however, not very discernible, owing to the confusion produced by the greater number of yellow spots. On the edge of the abdomen are dark blotches, one opposite each dorsal dark space, the centres of the scutellse being likewise blotched, but so as rather to alternate with those just mentioned. The specimen represented on Plate VII was caught the 16th of May, between Cache creek and Red river. Total length 33:^ inches ; tail 3f inches; abdominal scutellse 224; subcaudals 49. 8. Ophibolus gentilis, B. & G. Zoology, PI. VIII. Spec. char. — Muzzle more convex and acute than in 0. doliatus. Body red, encircled by about 25 pairs of broad black rings enclosing a white ring : the white mottled with black on the sides. Black rings broader than in 0. doliatus. Upper part of head entirely black. Syn. — Ophibolus gentilis, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 90. Desc. — Ground color deep-red, encircled by 25 pairs of black rings, the 21st opposite the anus, each pair enclosing a third ring of white, the latter becoming yello\|^sh by immersion in alcohol. The black rings are conspicuously broader above, the three crossing eight scales on the verte- bral row anteriorly, and towards the anus about five. Anteriorly the inter- vals between successive pairs consist of about five scales, posteriorly only of two or three, thus diminishing considerably. The black rings con- APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 201 tract as they descend, ttose of eacli pair receding sligbtly from each other, so as to cause the yellow portion to expand about one scale. The black rings are continuous on the abdomen, those of contiguous pairs (not of the same pair) sometimes with their intervening spaces black. The scales in the white rings are always more or less mottled with black, especially along the sides of the body, this mottling being very rarely observable on the red portion. The anterior black ring of the first pair is extended so as to cover the whole head above, except the very lip; the white ring behind it involves the extreme tip of the occipitals. A large specimen is much- duskier in its colors. The black rings ex- tend on the back so that the contiguous rings of adjacent pairs run into each other. There are 28 pairs of rings, the 25th opposite the anus. Dorsal row of scales, 21 ; abdominal scutellse, 198; subcaudal ones, 45. Total length, 20 inches; length of tail, 2f inches. Plate VIII represents the largest of two specimens, caught June 14, near Sweet- water creek. VII. MASTICOPHIS, B. & G. The prominent feature of this genus consists in a very slender and elongated tail, forming one-third or one-fourth of the length. It bears a close relationship to the black snakes, {Bascanion) from which it dif- fers chiefly in the structure of the plates on the upper jaw. The scales are smooth and disposed in fifteen or seventeen dorsal rows. The pre- anal scutella is divided. The vertical plate is long and narrow. There are two anteorbitals and two postorbitals, these resting against the fifth labial. 9. Masticophis fl\vigularis, B. & Gr. Spec. char. — Light dull yellowntinged with brown above. Beneath, two longitudinal series of blotches distinct anteriorly. In alcohol, and especially when the epidermis is removed, the whole animal appears of a soiled white. Syn. — PsammopJiis Jlavigularis, Hallow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1852, 1Y8. * Masticophis Jlavigularis, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 99. Desc. — Size very large. Vertical plate broad before, tapering to the middle, where it is about half as wide as anteriorly, thence it runs nearly 202 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. parallel. Vertical rather sliorter than occipitals. Greatest breadth across superciliaries less than half the length of the portion covered by plates. Occipitals moderate. Centre of eye considerably anterior to the centre of commissure, over the junction of the 4th and 5th labials Labials 8 above, increasing in size to the 5th, which is elongated vertically, the '7th elongate and largest. The 5th forms part of the inferior and pos- terior wall of the orbit, as in -all the species of the genus, resting above against the lower postorbital, with which the 6th labial is net in con- tact. Dorsal scales broader than in Bascanion constrictor, their sides perfectly straight, slightly truncate, with the' corners rounded. Exterior row largest, rest gradually diminishing. Scales on the tail widely truncate. The general color, both above and below, may be described as a dull straw-yellow, tinged with light olivaceous brown above. This latter tint exists in the form of a shading on the centres and towards the tips of the scales, leaving the bases yellowish. The proportion of brown increases towards the back, and in older specimens sometimes suppresses the yellow. In all instances a darker shade is seen towards the tip of each scale. The skin between the scales is yellowish. The scutellre anteriorly exhibit each two rather large brownish blotches, one on each side of the median line, constituting two rows on the abdomen, which fade out posteriorly. Sometimes the series are not discernible, the blotches spreading so as to constitute a dark shade to the margins and exterior edges of the scutellte. The posterior portions of the plates under, and on the sides of the head, are similarly blotched ; the same tendency being observable on the posterior edges of the plates on the top of the head, by the deeper shade of the olivaceous brown there pre- valent. Anteorbitals yellow. One specimen was procured 57|- inches long. Abdominal scutella3 191 + 2. The tip of the tail is missing, . In smaller specimens the blotching beneath is rather more decided. In addition to the colors described, the back is crossed by indistinct bars of darker, eight or nine scales wide and half a scale long. This color is also seen on the skin between the scales under the dark bars, where the bases of the scales themselves are darker instead of light. There is a tendency towards stripes on the side : first one of light brown, on the outer edge of the abdomen ; then an interrupted yellow one at the junction of the abdominal scutellie and outer scales ; then brown again through the centres of the rows. This, however, is not very con- spicuous. Sometimes the dark shades on the sides are tinged with red- dish. The obsolete transverse bars are seen at intervals of one or two scales. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 203 This species may prove to be the Coluber' testaceus of Say. A specimen from Fort Webster, or the Copper Mines, collected by the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Commission, shows the stripes on the sides mnch more distinctly, running through all the dorsal rows ante- riorly, and crossed by the indistinct bars already referred to. The con- trast between the dark chestnut brown spots on each side, and its deeper centre, with the clear yeHow of the edges, is very distinct. Beneath yellow, with the blotches reduced to mere dull spots. Vlir. LEPTOPHIS, Bell. The body is elongated and very slender, the tail forming more than the third of the entire length. The scales are disjwsed in 1*7 dorsal rows and keeled, except the two outer rows, which are smooth. The nostril is situated in the middle of a single plate. The eyes are large. The preanal scutella is bifid or divided. The color uniformly green. 10. Leptophis majalis, B. & G. Zoology, PI. IX. Spec. char. — Reddish green above, yellowish white beneath. Body proportionally stouter and tail shorter than in L. cestivus. Snout and whole head, including vertical, longer than in latter species. Dorsal scales in lY rows. Syn. — Leptophis inajalis, B. & G. Cat. IsT. Amer. Rept. 1, 1853, 107. Desc. — Head more pointed, broader on the temporal region, and more tapering on the snout than in L. cestivus. Vertical plate subhexagonal, broader, and postfrontals proportionally larger in comparison with the prefontals, than in L. cestivus. Occipitals maintaining more their width posteriorly, obtuse-angled behind. Nasal more elongated ; loral smaller, and longer than high. Two large temporal shields and a few small ones behind. Scales strongly carinated, except the outer row, which is per- fectly smooth, and the second row, which is but slightly carinated. The scales of both of these rows are broader than the rest. Total length, 28-^ inches; length of tail, 9f inches. Abdominal scu- tellse, 163 4-1; subcaudal. 111. The specimen figured on Plate IX was caught on the 13th of July at the head of Cache creek, near old "Witchita village. 204 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. lilZARDS. Six species of saurians, or lizards, belonging to six different genera, "were collected during the exploration of Red river. One of them has proved to be new to science ; two were recently described for the first time, whilst the three others have been long known to herpetologists. L PHRYNOSOMA, Wiegm. This genus, including the so-called horned toads or horned frogs, more properly horned lizards, is recognisable by a depressed, broad, and subelliptical body, covered above with irregular scales, the majority very small, others quite large, pyramidal, raised above the surface of the skin, and scattered ail over the back, sides, and tail. The head is sub triangular and provided with powerful spines or horns, giving to it rather a formidable appearance, although all the species of this genus are per- fectly inoffensive. There are external auditive apertures as in most of the lizard tribe. In a monograph of the genus appended to Stansbury's Exploration of the Valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, six species are described as indigenous to North America ; another has since been added to the list. The single species collected is the most abundant of the genus. 1. Phrynosoma cornutum. Gray. Spec. char. — Nostrils situated within the internal margin of the superciliary ridge ; occipital and temporal spines longer and more acute than in Ph. orbiculare ; a double row of pyramidal scales on the sides of the abdomen ; scales on the inferior surface of the head small and slightly keeled, of a general uniformity, except one row on each side, somewhat larger, pyramidal, acute, slightly raised, and directed outwards and backwards ; a series of very large inframaxillary plates, sharp on their outer edge, the posterior one of which is transformed into a spine. The plates lining the feiargin of the jaws are not prominent. The scales of the belly are proportionally small, subquadrangular, keeled, and pos- teriorly very acute ; femoral pores undeveloped, or rudimentary in the female. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. ' 205 Stist. — Phrynosoma cornutum, Gray, Syn. Kept, in GrifF. Anim. Kingd. IX, 1831, 45. Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. II, 1842, 87. PI. xi.— Girard in Stansbury's Expl. Val. Great Salt Lake, 1852, 360. PI. viii, fig. 1—6. Agama cornuta, Harl. Med. and Phys. Res. 1835, 141. Plate, figs. 1 and 2. Phrynosoma JIarlani, Wiegm. Herp. Mex. 1834, 54. — Dum. and Bibr. Erp. gen. IV, 1837, 314. Obs. — The color of this species has been well described by Dr. Hol- brook. We may add that the ground-color above in some individuals is of a variable shade of ferruginous red — a tint sometimes seen on the inferior surface of the body. The belly is either unicolor, or else spotted as in P. orbiculare. Numerous specimens of this species were collected during the exploration of Red river ; some on the prairie between Camps 2 and 3 ; others between Camps 6 and 7, and at Camp 7 also ; others still on the south fork of Red river, and several other localities. II. CROTAPHYTUS, Holbr. Noticed for the first time during Major Long's expedition. The type of this genus was briefly described by Say in the second volume of Long's Narrative, and there called Agama coUaris, in allusion to the very striking feature of bearing a double black sub-crescentic band on the sides of the neck. The genus Crotaphytus was first established bv Dr. Holbrook, and is characterized by the presence of small, polygonal plates on the whole surface of the head. The odd occipital plate itself is inconspicuous ; tbe auditive apertures are very broadly open. Teeth are found on the jaws and palate. There is a fold of the skin under the throat ; the head is large and sub-triangular ; the body covered with minute scales ; and the tail very long and tapering. Femoral pores present. This genus now includes four North American species ; three we have lately described under the names of G. Wislizenii, from New Mexico, C. Gambelii, from California, and C. dorsalis, from the desert of Colorado : the fourth is the followinsr : 206 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 2. Crotaphttus collaris, Holbr. Spec, CHAR. — Tail conical, very long and tapering; head large, sub- triangular, rounded at the snout ; two subcrescentic black bars, margined with white on each side of the nect ; the largest extends from the origin of the fore-legs to near the dorsal line ; the second of these black bars is smaller, and situated between the latter and the head. Syn. — Crotaphytus collaris, Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. II, 1842, 79. PI. X. Agama collaris, Say, in Long's Exp. Rocky Mts. II, 1823, 262. — ^Harl. Med. and Phys. Res. 1835, 142. Obs. — The specimens on hand exhibit several varieties of coloration worthy of being noticed : thus two specirqens from Gypsum Bluffs, on Red river — a rocky locality — ^present a green ground-color above, with large blue patches and bright yellow spots ; underneath light- green, almost uniform, except under the head, which is deeper and provided with blue, irregularly elongated spots; another specimen from the same locality has brown as the predominating tint. Light-brown stripes are seen on the legs and tail ; similar spots on the body and head ; four rows of red spots on the back; belly light-brown; light reddish-brown under the tail and feet. Specimens from the head of the south fork of Red river have either a bluish-gray back, with white spots, a bluish- white belly, and the inferior surface of fore-legs reddish, or else the back is yellow and green. The above memoranda, on the coloration, were taken on the spot by Capt. Marcy. The general distribution of color appears to indicate sexual differences : thus all the specimens before us in which the sjDots have a tendency to arrange themselves in transverse bands, or even where transverse narrow bands take the place of the spots, have proved to be females. The ground-color, however, varies in both sexes. IIL HOLBROOKIA, Girard. Tlie genus Holhrooh'ia bears a striking resemblance to the one just described; it has the same general form, the same sub-triangular head, covered with small polygonal plates, a fold under the throat, small scales on the back, and femoral pores. The tail is perhaps smaller in proportion to the size of the body. The absence of an external auditive APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 207 aperture Avill, however, at once cliaracterize it generically from all its allies. The absence of teeth oia the palatine bones is another organic character by which the genus Holhrookia can be distinguished from Crotaphytiis. From Homalosaurus it differs only by the absence of an external auditire aperture. The species upon which the genus was originally 'based is the one collected by the expedition. Three other species were found in Texas, and described by us under the names of H. affinis, 2J'>'opinqua, and texana, (see Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, August, 1852.) 3. HoLBROoKiA MAcuLATA, Girard. Spec. char. — Above light-brown, with two dorsal series of irregu- larly crescent-shaped black spots convex posteriorly, and provided with an olivaceous margin ; flanks with small crowded yellowish or reddish spots ; two, occasionally three, deep-bluish black spots on the sides of the abdomen ; beneath unicolor, either of a soiled white or yellow tint ; sometimes irregular bluish vittje under the head. Stn. — Holhroolcia maculata, Girard, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. of So. IV, (1850,) 1851, 201 ; and in Stansbury's Expl Valley of Great Salt Lake, 1852, 342. Plate vi, fig. 1—3. Obs. — A full description, as well as a figure of this species, may be found in the Report of Captain Howard Stansbury on the Valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah ; rendering it unnecessary to reproduce either he^-e. Numerous specimens were collected on the Canadian river and sur- rounding localities. IV. SCELOPORUS, Wiegm. The genus has the general appearance of Holhroolcia, but is provided with large auditive apertures, large imbricated and carinated scales on the back in most instances ; and smooth scales on the belly. The sub- guttural fold of the former, however, is not to be seen here and on the surface of the head; the plates, though small, are larger, especially the occipital. There are no teeth on the palate. 208 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. Most of the species of this genus are Mexican ; one is common in the United States, and known as the brown or fence lizard. A second species was discovered by Captain Stansbury in the valley of the Great Salt Lake. Another species inhabits the western States, and a fourth is peculiar to Oregon. 4. SCELOPORUS CGNSOBRINTJS, B. & G. Zoology, PI. X, Figs. 5-12. Spec. chab. — Ground color above brownish, with a series of small black spots, eight or ten in number, on each side of the dorsal line. A yellowish stripe outside of the spots, and a black band beneath the stripe. A greenish area between the black band above and the elongated blue patch on the sides of the abdomen. Beneath, greenish blue. Desc. — This species bears a close relationship to S. graciosus, from the valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, in the description of which the remarkably large size of the dorsal scales was mentioned as consti- tuting one of its most distinguishing features, when compared to S. sca- laris. In the present species the dorsal scales are proportionally still larger than in S. graciosus. Its body and head are also more slender and narrower. The tail is more tapering and elongated, and constitutes almost three-fifths of the total length. In coloration the differences between the two species are very striking. The head is subelliptical, depressed, declive towards the snout, which is rather pointed. The superciliary region is but slightly raised above the plane of the vertex. The rostral plate is subtriangular, very low, and elongated transversely. The nostrils are almost circular, situated in the middle of a small plate, separated from the rostral by two small intervening ones. There are ten or twelve internasal and very small plates, and nine somewhat larger frontals, the middle one the largest. There are two verticals, (or frontals,) the anterior one the largest. The occipital is large and pentagonal, surrounded by four or six smaller plates, two anterior of medium size, contiguous to the postvertical, two lateral, larger and triangular, exteriorly to which two smaller ones may be observed. There are three or four subhexagonal, transversely elon- gated, plates on the superciliary region, surrounded internally by one row and externally by two rows of minute plates. The superciliary edge is formed by five sharp and imbricated thin plates ; it is continued in the shape of a ridge to the nostril by means of two sharply-keeled plates. The suborbitals are two in number, the posterior one much the longest. There is a small loral. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 209 The plates which line the jaws are subquadrangular, very narrow and elongated, four above and five below, the latter considerably larger. Above the series of plates of the upper jaw, and between the suborbitals, two series of small and irregular plates may be observed. Four or five inframaxillary plates constitute a series on each side of the lower surface of the head, joined anteriorly by the subpentagonal symphysal plate. Between the inframaxillary series and the series lining the lower jaw exists a series of four or five elongated and small plates. The auditive aperture, which is proportionally large, is oval, and al- most vertical in its longest diameter. A.t its anterior margin may be seen two or three scales, larger and more pointed than those on the tem- poral region. Behind the auditive aperture, and situated obliquely on the neck, is a slight fold of the skin. The neck is somewhat contracted, the body slender and depressed, with the back, however, slightly arched, and the belly flat. The tail, as already mentioned, is quite long and slender, depressed at its base, and hence conical towards the tip. The fore-legs, when stretched backwards along the sides, extend nearly to the groin, while the hind-legs, when brought forward, reach almost to the ear. The scales are imbricated and keeled on the back and sides. Their general shape is that of a lozenge, terminated posteriorly by an acute spine. There are ten longitudinal rows along the back, with five on each side, which arj somewhat oblique, and smaller. Underneath, the scales are smooth, posteriorly tricuspid on the belly, whilst under the head and throat they have but two posterior spines. The scales below as well as above the fore-legs are keeled. Those on the upper part of the hind-legs are also keeled, whilst on the thighs they are smooth. The fingers and toes are surrounded with carinated scales to their very tips. The femoral pores, thirteen or fourteen in number on each side, aro conspicuous and situated in the middle of one single small plate. The black spots in the series along the back are comparatively small, and separated from each other by a space greater than their diameters. The yellow stripe extends from the origin of the neck to beyond the anus, the black from above the shoulder to the groin. The blue patch is elongated and narrow, terminated posteriorly by a black stripe which runs for a little distance along the thigh. There is an elongated black spot on the shoulder. One specimen was collected on the 6th of Jime. Plate X, fig. 5, represents the species in profile and of the natural size. 14 210 APPENDIX F. llEPTILES. Fig. 6. The side of the head enlarged, to show more distinctly t structure of its plates. Fig. 7. Head from above, enlarged in the same proportion as fig. Fig. 8. Head from below, enlarged. Fig. 9. The right arm and fingers, seen from below. Fig. 10. The right leg and toes, seen from below. Fig. 11. Dorsal scales, enlarged four times. Fig, 12. Scales from the belly, slightly enlarged. V. CNEMIDOPHORUS, Wagl. This genus is characterized by a bifid tongue ; a double transverse fold of skin under the throat ; teeth on the palate ; maxillary teeth com- pressed, the posterior one tricuspid ; femoral pores ; broad plates under the thighs ; fingers not carinated underneath ; and a subcylindrical, very long and tapering tail. The body above is covered with minutely crowded scales ; whilst on the belly there are eight longitudinal rows of subquadrangular, transversely elongated plates, or scutellse. On the tail the scales are quite large and very conspicuous, strongly carinated and constituting circular rows or whorls. The explorations of the last few years in Texas and New Mexico have brought to light several other species of the genus Cnemidophorus, all provided with eight longitudinal rows of abdominal scutellae. These are C gracilis, from the desert of the Colorado ; C. per plexus, from the upper valley of the Rio Grande ; C gularis, C. Grahamii, and C. marmoratus, from diff"erent localities in Texas. The discovery of C gularis in Arkansas is an interesting fact in regard to its geographical distribution. 6. CneMIDOPHORUS GULARIS, B. & G. ZooLooy, PI. X, fig. 1—4. Spec. char. — Ground color brownish, with six longitudinal stripes, green or yellow ; beneath yellowish white, unicolor. Scales on the sub- guttural fold quite large and conspicuous in proportion to those in other species. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 211 Syn. — Cnemido2)horus gulariSj'B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliilad., vi, 1862, 128. Desc. — This species is very closely allied to C. sexlineaUis, having, like the latter, six longitudinal stripes, three on each side of the body, run- ning from head to some distance along the tail. It has, also, the same general form ; but on a close comparison it -will soon be observed that the body is proportionally shorter, the limbs more developed, whilst the scales on the back appear to be actually larger. The head is propor- tionally smaller and narrower. But the most striking organic character consists in the presence of somewhat large and conspicuous scales on the margin of the subguttural fold of the skin. The following indica- tions of color are derived from the notes of the Expedition : The upper surface of the head is reddish brown ; three longitudinal yellow or greenish stripes extending from the head to the origin of the tail ; the middle stripe on each side may be followed on the tail to a considerable distance. The dorsal space between the two uppermost stripes on each side is brown, or reddish brown, like the head above. The space be- tween the uppermost and middle stripes is of a deep black, and extends from the upper angle of the orbit down to a certain distance along the tail. The space between the middle and lower stripes, and between the latter and the abdominal scutellaB, is green, or greenish brown. The legs are brownish red, and the belly white or bluish white. The tail underneath is yellowish red ; above, brownish, or reddish brown. Specimens were collected on the 6th and 6th of June. Plate X, fig. 1, represents Cnemidoj^korus gularis of natural size. Fig. 2. Head seen from above, to exhibit the plates. Fig. 3 shows the scales on the subguttui'al fold and the hand from beneath, as well as the submaxillary plates. Fig. 4 represents the femoral pores, the preanal plates, and also the plates at the inferior surface of the hind legs, and the lower surface of the feet. VI. LYGOSOMA, Gray. This genus includes small scincoid lizards, the nostrils of which open in one single plate, the nasal. The supranasals are wanting. The palate is without teeth, and provided with a triangular notch situated far back. The scales, broader than long, are all smooth. All the species of Lygosovia belong to the Old World, except the one here mentioned. 212 APPENDIX P. REPTILES. 6. Lygosoma lateralis, Dum. and B. Spec. char. — Upper part of head and body chestnut-brown ; a black lateral band extending from the snout across the eye to a considerable distance along the tail. Flanks grayish -brown, with longitudinal indis tinct, darker, interrupted vittcC. Abdomen yellowish, and tail beneath bluish; circumference of scales mottled with gray. Tail longer than the body. Limbs very small. Syn. — Scincus lateralis, Say, in Long's Exp. Rock. Mts. IT, 1 823, 324.— Harl. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc, V, 1827, 221, and VI, 1829, 12.— Holbr. N. Amer. Herp., first ed., I, 1836, 11. PL viii. Scincus utiicolor, Harl. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., V., i, 1825, 156. Tiliqua lateralis, Gray, Syn. Kept., in Griff. Anim. Kingd., Cuv. IX, 1831, 70. Lygosoma lateralis, Dum. and B., Erp. gen. V, 1839, 719. Holb. N. Amer. Herp, second ed., II, 1842, 133. PI. xix. This small and graceful species appears to be spread over a large por- tion of the United States. It is always met with running on the sur- face of the ground in forests, among dead leaves, never ascending either trees or shrubs like many other lizards. The body is sub-quadrangular, the head continuous with it, and, like it, flattened above. The tail is sub-circular, tapering into a point. The plates of the head correspond with the descriptions which we have before us, except that the frontonasals are not contiguous, but separated by a small odd plate directly in advance of the vertical (sometimes called frontal.) But this peculiarity of structure is not indicative of any specific difference. The auditive apertures are large, circular, and their mai'gin simple. The fore-legs, when extended forward, reach the eye. The hind-legs are a little longer and stouter than the fore-legs. The scales are perfectly smooth, uniform above and below, and disposed in thirty longitudinal rows around the body. The two middle preanal scutellaj considerably larger. One specimen was procured near the mouth of Cache creek, on the 16th of May. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 213 BATRACHIANS. Of this order of reptiles only two species were procured — a toad and a frog. 1. BuFo coGNATus, Say. Zoology, PI. XI. Spec, char, — Greenish brown above, with a lighter yellowish dorsal line. Patches of blackish-brown scattered over the sides and legs. Beneath unicolor of a dingy yellow. Head short, groove on its upper surface, not extending to the anterior rim of the eye. Syn. — Bufo cognatus, Say, in Long's Exp. to Rock. Mts. II, 1823, 190. Obs. — It is not without hesitation that we have referred the present species to Bufo cognatus ; the description of Say as cited is exceedingly brief, applying almost equally well to several allied species. The colors of our specimen vary considerably from the B. cognatus as described by Say ; but the characters of the groove of the crown agree better. The mark of "head with a groove which hardly extends anteriorly to th^ line of the anterior canthus of the eye," although not strictly in accord- ance with our species, may, with some allowance, be made to answer to it. It is much to be regretted that the original specimen of Say was destroyed in the conflagration of the Philadelphia Museum, and thus all hopes of identification are lost. If, however, further explorations in Arkansas should yield many additional specimens, all differing as much as the present from Say's description, it will become necessary to assign a new name to it, especially if the true B. cognatus be at the same time detected. Description. — The head is very short, the snout obtuse and truncate, with the nostrils subterminal. Upper surface of head grooved ; groove subelliptical and short, not extending anteriorly to the anterior rim of the eye (fig. 2.) The superciliary ridges thicken from before back- wards, extending to the tympanum in passing obliquely behind the eyes, and in contact also with the parotid glands, which are subovoidal and of medium size. Tympanum rather small, subelliptical ; its longest diameter almost vertical. The fore and hind legs are well proportioned to the size of the body. The under surface of the hand is provided with small crowded tubercles, a more conspicuous and a larger one at the articulations of the fingers ; the fingers themselves are depressed or 214 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. flattened. A larger disc-like knob is observed on the middle and at tbe base of the hand (fig. 3). The toes (fig. 4) are but slightly webbed, and, like the fingers, de- pressed. The fourth is conspicuously the longest, and the third a little longer than the fifth. The under surface of the feet (fig. 5) is covered with smaller tubercles than those of the hands, A large spade-like process exists at the base of the first or inner toe, exteriorly to which? and at the base still of the metatarsus, is a small knob-like tubercle. The body is thickly covered with papillse, with some large ones more con- spicuous along the sides of th6 back ; on the flanks they are smaller, similar to those of the intervening spaces on the back ; on the abdomen the papillae are smaller still ; upper part of hands and feet minutely granulated. The snout alone is smooth. The dark patches scattered over the upper part of the animal are margined with a light yellowish line. Sinuating yello'wish lines may be observed on the sides of the belly, or flanks and legs. A rather large spot is seen beneath the eye, and another in advance and beneath the tympanum near the angle of the mouth. One specimen procured near the Water-hole between Camps 6 and 7. Plate XI, fig. 1, represents Bufo cognatus of natural size. Fig. 2. The head from above. Fig. 3. Left hand seen from below. Fig. 4. Right foot from above. Fig. 5. Right foot from below. 2. Ran A pipiens, Latr. — Bullfrog. Spec, char. Toes webbed to their extremity, fourth toe one-fourth, longer than the third and fifth. An elongated tubercle at the base of the first toe; sub articular tubercles of fingers and toes but slightly developed. Vomerine teeth on two rounded and separated elevations situated between the internal nostrils. Diameter of tympanum (in the specimen before us) greater than the diameter of the eye. Syn. — Rana pipiens, Latr. Hist. Nat. Rept. II, 1802, 153. Harl. Amer. Jour. Sc. X, 62. Med. & Phys. Res., 1835, 101 ; and Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. V, 1827, 335. Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. IV, 1842, 11. PI. xviii. Eana mugiens, Merr. Tent. Syst. Amph. 1820, 175. Dum. & B. Erp. gen. VIII, 1841, 370. The bullfrog is quite a common animal in the United States, though its northern, western, and southern limits are not yet accurately known. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 215 A large specimen was found in a cold spring near the head of the south fork of Cache creek, in the Witchita mountains. The upper parts of body and limbs are covered with warty eminences, more crowded on the body. These warts .are perfectly smooth, like the skin itself. The ground-color is greenish brown above, with crowded deep brown or blackish spots. Beneath, dull yellow, with clouded bluish patches. The lower surface of the feet has the same marm orated appearance as the back. The jaws and snout are greenish brown, and perfectly smooth. The specimen before us is remarkable for the size of its tympanum, which is much larger than the eye. • 216 APPENDIX F. FISHES. FISHES. • BY S. F. BAIKD AND C. GIRAKD. 1. POMOTIS LONGULUS, B. & G. Zoology, PI. XII. Spec. char. — General form elongated. Opercular flap rather small and entirely black. Twenty seven to twenty-nine rows of scales across the line of greatest depth of body, and about thirteen rows on the tail. Fifty-two scales in the lateral line. Syn. — Fomotis longulus, B, & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1853, 391. Description. — The body is very much compressed, and more elon- gated than usual in the genus Pomotis — so much so, indeed, as to re- semble Grystes even more than CentrarcMis. The head constitutes a little less than the third of the total length, including the caudal fin ; it is subconical, with a little depression upon the middle of the skull. The eyes are large and circular, and their diameter is contained five times in the length of the head, measured from the tip of the snout to the extremity of the opercular flap. The posterior extremity of the maxillary reaches a point opposite the middle of the pupil. The cheeks are densely covered with small and imbricated scales. The largest scales are on the opercular apparatus, (the preopercular excepted,) where they are also imbricated. The opercular is subtriangular ; its upper angles rounded, and the posterior one terminated by a membranous and rather small flap, entirely black. The subopercular extends along the inferior edge of the opercular, tapering slightly upwards. The interopercular forms a regu- lar curve immediately beneath the preopercular, and is covered with one row of scales, there being a double row of these upon the subopercular. The dorsal fin is rather low, especially its spiny portion. Its anterior margin is exactly opposite to the opercular flap. There are ten spiny rays and nine soft ones, the last being double and the shortest. The first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth rays increase gradually in length in the order enumerated ; the eighth is equal to the sixth ; ^he ninth is the APPENDIX F. FISHES. 217 longest. They all (the soft rays) bifurcate from their middle, and then again subdivide from four fifths of their length to the tip. The caudal fin is subcrescentic posteriorly ; its angles are rounded ; its length con- tained five times and a half in that of the body and head together. The central rays bifurcate three times upon their length. There are seventeen rays in all, with a few rudimentary ones. The anal is well developed; its three anterior spiny rays are the shortest, and not very conspicuous. The eight remaining ones are soft and articulated ; similar in structure to tho^ of the dorsal fin. The ventrals are inserted behind the base of the |)ectorals ; their tip, when bent backwards, reaching the anus, which is situated a quarter of an inch in advance of the anterior margin of the anal fin. This is subtriangular, posteriorly subtruncated, composed of an anterior spiny ray, and five soft and articulated ones, which bifurcate twice. The pectoral extends backwards as far as the ventrals. Its rays, fifteen in number, are all soft and very slender, bifurcating twice. Only thirteen of these rays are well developed. The formula of the fins is as follows : DX. 9 + 1; A III. 8; C 2.1.8. 7. 1. 1; VI. 5; P 15, The scales are of medium size, longer than high, truncated anteriorly, rounded posteriorly, and finely denticulated, as seen in fig. 4. The lateral line does not extend beyond the insertion of the rays of the caudal, the base of which is covered with scales irregularly disposed. The smallest scales are observed under the head, upon the throat ; the largest on the peduncle of the tail. The color is not sufiiciently preserved in the single specimen collected to admit of description. Traces of irregular lines are, however, visible upon the cheeks and opercular apparatus. Found in Otter creek, Arkansas. Plate XII, fig. 1. Pomotis longulus^m profile, and of the size of life. Fig. 2. A dorsal scale taken on the middle of the back, above the lateral line. Fig. 3. A scale from the lateral line, exhibiting the mucous tube. Fig. 4. A scale from the sides of the abdomen, below the lateral line. Figs. 2-4 are magnified twelve times. 2. PoMOTIS BREVICEPS, B. & G. Zoology, PI. XIII. Spec. char. — General form short and stout, subelliptical ; opercular flap very much developed, and directed upwards, black with a lighter margin. Twenty-four rows of scales across the line of greatest depth, 218 APPENDIX F. ^FISHES. and twelve rows on the peduncle of the tail. Thirty-seven scales on the lateral line. Syn. — Pomotis hreviceps^ B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. YI, 1853, 309. Description. — The abbreviated head constitutes two-sevenths of the entire length, the caudal fin included. Middle of the cranium slightly- depressed. Nostrils nearer to the eye than to the tip of the snout. Eyes of medium size and circular; their diameter is contained four times only in the length of the head from the snout to the base of inser- tion of the opercular flap, which is longer than a diameter of the eye. The mouth is proportionally small ; the posterior extremity of the max- illary not extending as far back as the middle of the pupil. The teeth are slenderer and more conspicuous than in Pomotis longulus. Cheeks covered with scales, but slightly smaller than those on the opercular apparatus. The opercular bones have the same general shape as in Pomotis longulus ; but the opercular flap is very much developed, longer than broad, and rounded po>-teriorly. The structure of this flap is some- what similar to a fin ; slender and simple rays being distinctly visible through the membrane. The dorsal fin commences in a line above the base of the opercular flap. Its spinous portion is almost as elevated as the soft one. There are eleven spinous rays, the first and second smallest ; and ten articu- lated or soft ones, occupying a little more than half the space as the spines. The structure of the soft rays and their relative length are much as in Pomotis longulus ; they bifurcate from the middle of their length, and subdivide again upon their extremity. The caudal is sub- crescentic posteriorly, and its angles rounded. It is composed of seven- teen well developed rays, and a few rudimentary ones. The central rays bifurcate three times. The anal fin is composed of nine soft rays, one more than in P. longulus, and three spinous ones ; the second and third almost equal in length. They bifurcate and divide in the same manner as the dorsal. The insertion of the ventrals is immediately behind the base of the pectorals. Their shape is triangular, and when bent back- wards their tip extends to the anterior margin of the anal fin, thus over- lapping the anus, which is situated as in P. longulus, about a quarter of an inch in advance of the anterior margin of the anal fin. The ven- trals are composed of one spinous and five articulated rays, which bifur- cate three times. The insertion of the pectorals is subcrescentic ; the tip of these fins reaches about as far back as do the ventrals. The rays, fourteen in number, (thirteen of them well developed,) are slender APPENDIX F. FISHES. 219 and show traces of a bifurcation of the third degree upon their ex- tremity. D XL 10 ; A III. 9 ; C 2. 1. 8. 7. 1. 2 ; V I. 5 ; P 14. The scales are proportionally large, higher than long, subtruncated anteriorly, and rounded posteriorly with minute denticulations. Scales irregularly disposed, exist on the base of the caudal. The largest scales are seen on the middle of the flanks, and the smallest upon the sub- thoracic region. The ground-color appears to have been of a uniform reddish brown. The opercular flap is deep black, margined with a lighter line, the hue of which is not preserved. There are several sinu- ous irregular lines upon the cheeks and opercular apparatus. This species has a general resemblance to Pomotis nietidus, Kirt., but may easily be distinguished by prominent characters. One specimen was caught in Otter creek, Arkansas. Plate XIII, Pomotis brevicejys of natural size. Fig. 2. A dorsal scale. Fig. 3. A scale from the lateral line. Fig. 4. A' scale from the sides of the belly. Figs. 2-4 are enlarged twelve times. 3. Leuciscus vigilax, B. & G.* Zoology, PI. XIV, figs. 1-4, Spec. char. — Subfusiform. Dorsal fin longer than high. Sixteen rows of scales across the line of greatest depth, and eight on the pedun- cle of the tail. Thirty- eight to forty scales in the lateral line, which runs through the middle of the sides, slightly bent downwards on the abdomen. Syn. — Ceratichthys vigilax, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1853, 391. Description. — Body subfusiform, compressed. The head forms one- fifth of the entire length from the snout to the tip of the caudal fin ; it is contained three times in the length of the body, the caudal fin being about one-fifth of the entire length. The head itself has the shape of a truncated cone. The eyes are subelliptical ; their longitudi- * Note. — Owing to the immature state of the specimens, we have preferred returning this species to the genus Leuciscus. Although having a sti'oug resem- blance to Ceratichthys, as also to Pimephales, in the bluntness of the snout, the inferior position of the mouth, and other characters, yet the specimen is almost too small to allow a final detennination as to its generic character. 220 APPENDIX F. — ^FISHES. nal diameter being contained three times and a half in the length of the sides of the head. The mouth is rather small, its angle not extending to a point below the anterior rim of the eyes. The opercular bone is conspicuously large, and almost trapezoidal in shape. The subopercu- lar and preopercular are comparatively small. The isthmus beneath is about three-tenths of an inch wide. The dorsal fin is longer than high, and is composed of nine rays, bi- furcated from about their middle ; some of the median rays showing another subdivision upon their extremity. The caudal fin is forked ; its angles are acute. It contains eighteen well-developed rays, and several rudimentary ones above and below ; the central ones bifurcate twice. The base of the caudal fin is considerably broader (higher) than the central portion of the peduncle of the tail. The anal fin is situated be- hind the dorsal, is higher than long, subtrapezoidal, and composed of eight bifurcated rays ; the central ones subdivided towards their extremity. The ventrals are inserted very little behind the anterior margin of the dorsal ; they are rather slender, posteriorly rounded, composed of eight bifurcated rays, the middle ones bifurcated towards their extremity; and when bent backwards the fin does not reach quite to the anus, which is situated immediately in advance of the anterior margin of the anal fin. The pectorals are slender ; when bent backwards they do not reach the insertion of the ventrals. They are composed of fourteen bifurcated rays, the central ones subdividing at their last third. Formula : D 9 ; A 8 ; C 3. I. 8. 8. I. 3 ; V 8 ; P 14. The scales are proportionally large, a little higher than long, rounded at both extremities, more abruptly posteriorly. The lateral line runs along the middle of the side, slightly bent downwards on the abdomen. The ground-color is yellowish brown ; a blackish stripe composed of crowded dots follows the lateral line on the sides. One specimen (immature) caught in Otter creek, Arkansas. Plate XIV, fig. 1, represents Leuciscus vigilax, size of life. Fig. 2. A dorsal scale. Fig. 3. A scale from the lateral line. Fig. 4. Abdominal scale. Figs. 2—4 are enlarged twelve times. 4. Leuciscus bubalinus, B. & G. Zoology, PI. XIV, figs 5-8. Spec. char. — Compressed. Back arched. Tail slender. Dorsal fin higher than long. Ten rows of scales across the line of greatest depth, APPENDIX F.— -FISHES. 221 and five rows on the tail. The lateral line, which contains about thirty- six scales, runs below the middle of the flanks. Dorsal, caudal, anal, and ventral fins, well developed. Syn. — Leuciscus huhalinus, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1853, 391. Description. — The body much compressed, and rather short in ap- pearance. Back considerably arched in advance of the dorsal, behind which the body tapers quite rapidly posteriorly, rendering the peduncle of the tail comparatively slender. The head is about one-fifth of the entire length. Eyes comparatively large and circular ; their diameter contained three times and a half in the length of the head, one diame- ter intervening between the eye and the snout. The nostrils are nearer to the eyes than to the tip of the snout. The jaws are even, (the figure represents the lower one a little too short.) The opercular apparatus is conspicudusly developed, especially the opercular, which has the shape of an elongated quadrangle, slightly concave posteriorly, and slightly rounded inferiorly. The isthmus is quite ,small. The anterior margin of the dorsal fin corresponds to the middle of the distance between the snout and the base of the caudal fin. It is angular and higher than long, and composed of eight rays. The anal has the same length as the dorsal, but is not quite as high ; it is composed of nine articulated rays and two minute s.pines at the anterior margin. The ventrals when bent backwards reach the anterior margin of the anal fin, consequently overlapping the anus situated close to the anal fin. They contain eight rays, all soft or articulated. The pectorals are comparatively small and slender, reaching the insertion of the ventrals when brought backv^ards. Their posterior margin is rounded ; the rays eleven in number. In all the fins the rays are bifurcated, and the mid- dle ones subdivided upon their length. Formula : D8; AIL 9; C 4. 1. 9. 9. 1. 3; V 8; P 11. The scales are large, higher than long, rounded anteriorly, subtrun- cated posteriorly. The lateral line forms a very open curve, convex downwards, and nearer to the insertion of the ventrals than to the base of dorsal. The ground-color is grayish ; the hue is not preserved on the specimen. Caught, like the preceding, in Otter creek, Arkansas. Fig. 5 represents Leuciscus hubalinus the size of life, and apparently quite mature. Fig. 6. A dorsal scale. Fig. 7. Scale from the lateral line. 222 APPENDIX F. FISHES. Fig. 8. Abdominal scale. Figs. 6-8 are enlarged twelve times. 5. Leuciscxjs lutrensis, B. & Q. Zoology, PI. XIV, figs. 9-12. Spec. char. — Subfusiforra, compressed. Insertion of ventrals in ad- vance of dorsal. Twelve rows of scales across the line of greatest depth; six rows on the tail. About thirty-six in the lateral line, which is bent downwards on the abdomen and slightly broken in advance of the anal fin. Dorsal and anal fins well developed. Syn. — Leuciscus lutrensis, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1853, 391. Description. — The body is much compressed and subfusiforra in gen- eral appearance, somewhat tapering from the posterior margin of the dorsal and anal fins to the caudal, the base of which is broader than the peduncle of the tail. The greatest depth is equal to the -length of the sides of the head, which is contained three times and a half in the total length, the caudal fin included. The greatest thickness is nearly half of the depth. In general aspect it resembles Leuciscus kentucJciensis ofKirtland. The eyes are of medium size, subcircular ; their diameter contained four times in the length of the sides of the head. The nos- trils, situated towards the upper surface of the head, are nearer to the eyes than to the tip of the snout. The posterior extremity of the max- illary does not reach the vertical of the anterior rim of the orbit. The upper and posterior margins of the opercular constitute a uniform curve, whilst the anterior and inferior margins are straight, forming a rather acute angle. The suboperculars and interoperculars are compara- tively small. The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is situated on the middle of the distance between the snout and the base of the caudal ; the fin itself is quadrangular, higher than long, and composed of eight rays, the last double, and the anterior rudimentary in close contact with the next. The anal is shaped somewhat like the dorsal ; it has nine perfect rays and an anterior rudimentary one. The caudal is deeply forked with acute angles, and shorter than the head. It is composed of nineteen well developed rays, and several rudiilientary ones, above and below. The ventrals are posteriorly rounded, (a character not expressed in the figure,) composed of eight rays, and when bent backwards their tips reach the anus, which is situated immediately in advance of the anal fin. The pectorals are elongated, rather slender, rounded, and their tip APPENDIX F. FISHES. 223 not quite reach-ing the insertion of the ventrals. They are composed of eleven slender, bifurcated, but not subdivided, rays. The median rays of the dorsal, caudal, anal, and ventrals, are subdivided for at least one- fourth of their length, the bifurcation beginning sometimes upon their middle. Formula : D 8 + 1 ; A 1. 9 ; C 2. 1. 9. 8. 1. 1 ; V 8 ; P 11. The scales are proportionally large, higher than long ; anterior, supe- rior, and inferior margins, uniformly rounded, posteriorly subtruncated. The lateral line is considerably bent down on the abdomen, and slightly broken in advance of the anal fin. The ground-color, as preserved in alcohol, is dull bluish, brown; the back is bluish ; the dorsal fin yellowish brown ; the caudal, pectorals, and ventrals, are reddish. Several specimens were caught in Otter creek, Arkansas ; the largest of which we have had figured. Plate XIV, fig. 9, Leuciscus lutrensis size of life. Fig. 10. A dorsal scale from the middle of the region between the dorsal fin and the lateral line. Fig. 11. A scale of the lateral line taken beneath the dorsal fin. Fig. 12. An abdominal scale taken beneath the lateral line, half way between the latter and the line of the belly. 224 APPENDIX F. SHELLS. SHELLS. BY PROFESSOR C. B. ADAMS. Amherst, Massachusetts, December 1, 1852. Dear Sir: I transmit herewith a list of the shells which were col> lected in Texas and upon Red river, by Captain Marcy ; And have the honor to remain, your obedient servant, C. B. ADAMS. President Hitchcock. ACEPHAIiA. 1. Unio asperrimus, Lea. The specimens have a great profusion of small tubercles on the umbones. One large specimen was taken May 22d, at the foot of the Witchita mountains ; 3 mature and 6 young shells were taken in Otter creek, July 13th, near the same place; long, about 100° W. ; lat. about 34° 35' K 2. Unio, Sp. indet. This may be a variety of the preceding ; but with only one decaj^ed specimen, we do not venture to describe it as a new species. It differs in having only a few large tubercles in two radiant series, of which one passes down the middle of the disc, and the other is on the posterior angle. A few small curved ridges proceed from this angle to the liga- mentary margin. No label. 3. Unio tuberculatus, Barnes. A single valve of a young specimen; no label. APPENDIX F. SHELLS. 225 4. Unio anodontoides, Lea. Y specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th; one of them is 5 inches long, 2 to 3 inches high, and 1.6 inch wide. 5. Unio parvus, Barnes. 2|- specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th. 6. Unio hydianus, Lea. 2 specimens were taken near Fort Washita July 31st. 7. Unio l^vissimus. Lea. The specimen is for this species remarkably thick; the nacre is deeply colored with reddish-purple, and there are some fine radiating striae behind the umbones. No label, but may have been taken in Otter creek, since it was in the same parcel with the next species. 8. Unio gkacilis, Barnes. Several specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th, and some July 15th, probably in a branch of Cache creek, a few miles west of Otter creek. 9. Ctclas distorta. Prime. 4|- specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th. GASTEROPODA. 10. BuLiMus LiQUABiLis, Eeeve. 4 specimens (dead) were taken in Otter creek July 13th. This is the only terrestrial species in the collection. 11. Phtsa ancillaria, Say. 3 specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th. They are more shouldered than is usual, but not so much as the variety figured by Pro- fessor Haldeman, Monog. Physa, pi. 3, fig. 5. 15 226 APPENDIX F. SHELLS. 12. Physa heterostropha, Say. 12 specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th, 13. Lymn^a caperata, Say. 2 specimens were taken May 16th, one day from Cache creek. 14. Planorbis lentxjs, Say. Several specimens were taken with the preceding; also in Otter creek, July 13th. Geographical Distribution. Nos. 3, 11, 12, and 13 occur also through the western and eastern States. No. 8 has its northeastern limit in Lake Champlain. Although Ohio specimens of this species are easily distinguished from those of Lake Champlain, it is remarkable that these Texan shells cannot be distinguished from them. Nos. 5, 6, and 14 are southern species. No. 10 has hitherto been known only as a Texan shell. The remainder are western and southern species. NOTICES OF ADDITIONAL SPECIES OF SHELLS : BY G. C. SHU- MARD, M. D. 1. Unio anodontoides, Lea. Found in the Little Witchita, and in a small creek between Fort Washita and Fort Arbuckle ; quite abundant, and the specimens very beautiful. 2. Unio rugosus, Barnes. Occurs with the preceding species at all the localities above men- tioued. The specimens are less ventricose than any we have seen from the Ohio basin. They approach more nearly to a variety brought by Prof. Litton from Red river of the north. APPENDIX F. SHELLS. 227 3. Unio siliquoideus, Barnes. Found in a small creek between Fort Arbuckle and Fort Washita. 4. Unio l^vissimus, Lea. A few detached valves of this species were found on the banks of Otter creek. [5. Anodonta imbecilis, Say. Abundant and very beautiful, in Beaver creek ; more sparingly in a small creek between Fort Arbuckle and Fort Washita. 6. Planorbis trivolvis, Say. Abundant in many of the streams from Fort Belknap to the sources of Red river. 7. Physa gyrina, Say. Beaver creek, Choctaw Nation. 8. SucciNEA AVARA, Say. Otter creek, Choctaw Nation. 9. Cyclas partumeia, Say. Otter and Beaver creek. 10. BuLiMus DE alb ATA, Say. Texas. 228 APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. BY CHARLES GIEAED, I. DAIHINIA, Hald. Gen. char. — Body rather short, concave above, without any traces of wings ; provided with short and robust limbs ; second and third joints of tarsi, equal ; antennae long and filifornia A row of spines upon the under surface of the femora, more conspicuous in males than in females, Syn. — Daihinia, Hald. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc. II, 1850, 346 » Obs. — The general aspect of this genus is that of Phaldngopsis, from which it differs by having " shorter antennae, shorter and more robust limbs." It approximates to Stenopelmatus by the structure of its tarsi, in which the second and third joints are equal. Prof. Haldeman, who traced the distinction between Daihinia and Phalangopsis, proposed to consider the former as a mere sub-genus of the latter. But should the above character prove constant, they are sufficient to raise Daihinia to the rank of a genus ; thus simplifying much the nomenclature. Two species of this genus are known^ — the one herein described and figured, and D. robusta, Hald., an inhabitant of New Mexico. 1. Daihinia brevipes, Hald. Zoology, PI. XVj figs. 9-13. Spec. char. — Dark brown, mottled with lighter shades , legs short and robust; tibiae shorter than the femora, and strongly spinous; antennae of medium development. Stn. — Phalangopsis {Daihinia^ hrevipes^ Hald. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sell, 1850, 346. Description. — The lact that in this species the tibiae are shorter than the femora, contributes somewhat to impress upon it more stroiigly that character of the genus which consists in being provided with APPENDIX F. ORfHOPTEROUS INSECTS. 229 shorter limbs than in Phdlangopsis. The surface of the body is gen- erally smooth, but posteriorly, and particularly in the male, there are minute short spines, which give to that region a granulated appearance ; these minute spines are especially crowded upon the margin of the segments or articulations. The femora are provided with spines above and below, stronger below, and more so in the male. The tibial spines are very much developed on the anterior and posterior tibiae, much less on the medial ones ; anteriorly they occupy the outer edge of the limbs, and answer fossorial purposes ; posteriorly they constitute two . rows» directed horizontally backwards, inclining a little downwards, the inner row being the strongest. The anterior and posterior tarsi are trimerous ; the medial ones being tetramerous. The ovipositor is comparatively small ; its length being . less than the half of the length of the body, and provided beneath and towards the tip with from eight to ten small spines. The ground-color is chestnut-brown, mottled above wijh lighter shades. The antennae and spines are blackish. Specimens were collected at the Camp No. 7, recorded as "yellowish- brown ;" others on June 5th and 6th, said to be " yellowish-red." Plate XV, fig. 9, represents the male Daihinia hrevipes size of life. Fig. 10 is the female, also the size of life. Fig. 11, front view of the head of the female. Fig. 12, a tarsus from above. Fig.. 13, a tarsus from below. II. ANABRUS, Hald. Gen. Char. — Body sub-cylindrical, thickest in the middle ; without wings ; antennae almost as long as the body, and filiform ; pronotum selliform, extending over the basal articulation of the abdomen, and con- cealing rudimentary elytra ; ovipositor elongated, nearly straight, sword- shaped ; tarsi broad, soles concave ; third articulation cordate. Syn. — Anabrus, Hald. in Stansb. Expl. ^all. G. Salt Lake, 1852, App. C, 370. Obs. — The general appearance of the genus Anabrus reminds us strongly of Phalangopsis proper, from which it is distinguished by its movable and selliform pronotum and the length and shape of the ovipositor. The general proportions of the body and limbs are more elongated than in Phalangopsis. The structure of the tarsi, which is 230 APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. not apparent upon a first glance, affords other differences not less im- portant, between Anabrus and Phalangopsis, when studied compara- tively. 2. Anabrits haldemanii, Girard. ZooLOSY, PI. XV, figs. 5-8. Spec. char. — Antennae long and filiform, reaching posteriorly the base of the ovipositor; pronotura short, broad; femora smooth. Yellow- ish ; feet and ovipositor reddish purple. Posterior margin of pronotum black, with two parallel black bands on the posterior third of its length. Description. — The abdomen above exhibits ten segments or articula- tions ; the anterior or basal one being, as stated above, covered by the posterior prolongation of the pronotum. Beneath there are seven sub- quadrangular plates, situated opposite to the seven middle upper seg- ments. The posterior segments enclose another piece bearing two spine- like abdominal appendages — one on each side. The ovipositor is as long as the abdomen, and entirely smooth. The base of the antennae is situated above the eyes, and inserted upon an angular movable piece. The joints composing these organs are very short, and provided with minute setae. The tibiae are provided with four rows of spines, two anterior and two posterior ; the internal posterior row being the stoutest. The posterior rows are more densely set with spines, whilst the latter are scattered and alternate with each other in the anterior rows. The first and cordate joint of the tarsi is the longest; the second is the shortest; and from the middle of the third, a fourth slender and long joint arises, slightly convex above, and terminating in two spines or claws curved inwards and outwards. The ground-color above and below is yellowish ; the antennae, limbs, and ovipositor are of a reddish purple. The posterior margin of the pronotum is black. Two parallel black vittae, enclosing a narrow yellow one, are observed on each side of the dorsal line, upon the posterior third of the pronotum. The posterior portion of the upper abdominal segments is occasionally of a deep-brown hue. This species differs from Anabrus simplex^ Hald., by a proportionally much shorter pronotum. - One specimen, caught June 2Vth, is recorded as "green and white." Plate XV, fig. 5, represents Anabrus haldemanii in a profile view and of the size of life. Fig. 6 is a front view of the head. Fig. *?, a tarsus from above. Fig. 8, a tarsus from below. • PPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. 231 in. BRACHYPEPLUS, Charp. Gen, char. — Body acrydoid ; elytra and wings rudimentary; antennae rather short ; pronotum tricarinated ; surface between the carinae granu- lated. Second joint of tarsi very short ; first and third elongated; last one terminating by two curved claws, between which is situated a sub- circular fleshy disk. Syn. — Brachy'pe'plus^ Charp. Orth. descr. et pict. Fasc. IX, 1843, Tab. li. Obs. — This genus, established by Toussaint de Charpentier in his Orthoptera descripta et picta, was not characterized, owing, perhaps, to the fact that one species only was known and described by him under the name of B. virescens, said to inhabit "Mexico." It may easily be distinguished from the one we shall describe by its much shorter antennae and slenderer tarsi; also by its color, which is deep-green, with a few brown spots on the pronotum, and a double series of these along the upper part of the abdomen. 3. Brachypeplus MAGNUS, Glrard. Zoology, PI. XV, fig. 1-4. Spec char. — Reddish brown ; elytra dotted with black ; antennae bluish brown ; femora and tibiae reddish ; tarsi purplish ; spines black towards tip; femora sub fusiform; a carina along the upper and middle region of the abdomen. Description. — The pronotum is one-third of the length of the abdo- men, overlapping posteriorly the anterior abdominal segment entirely and half of the second. The entire number of abdominal segments or articulations is eleven, carinated upon their medial line, and continuing the medial carina of the pronotum all along the middle region of the abdomen above. Antennae a little longer than the pronotum, and com- posed of about twenty short joints. The tibiae are shorter than the femora, and provided, the two anterior pairs internally, and the postei'ior pair externally, with two rows of spines, the inner row the strongest. The. femora are sub-fusiform; the posterior ones a little broader than thick, but never as much compressed as in B, virescens, in which these organs present sharp edges. The tarsi are all tetramerous: the first article is the stoutest and the longest, the second being quite short; 232 APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. the third is more slender, and the fourth the smallest, terminating into two curved spines or claws, between which is a subcircular fleshy disk. The rudimentary elytra are subovoidal, not extending backwards to the posterior margin of the third abdominal segment. The ground-color, as preserved upon specimens in alcohol, is yellowish brown ; black dots and spots are scattered over the rudimentary elytra The antennae are bluish brown ; the femora and tibiae reddish, and the tarsi purplish, whilst the spines are black. This species differs from B. virescens by its proporticfnally longer an- tennae, shorter pronotum, and less compressed femora. The general shape of the body is in every respect proportionally longer than in the latter species. Two specimens were collected on the Vth of July — one " green," the other " reddish brown," Plate XV, fig. 1, represents Brach^/pejylus magnus in natural size. Fig. 2, front view of the head. Fig. 3, a tarsus from above. Fig. 4, same from below. We refer to Brachypeplus virescens two specimens; one collected on the 12th of June, and which was "green above, white beneath, with yellow and black stripes on the back;" another specimen, a little smaller, caught June 21st, was "green and brown." APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. 233 ARACHNIDIANS, BY CHARLES GIRARD. I. ARANEID^. 1. Mtgale hentzii, Girard. Zoology, PI. XVI, 1-3. Spec. char. — Blackish brown; densely studded withhairs. Cepha- lothorax subcircular, with a median and transversely elliptical infundibu- lum upon its posterior half, whence shallow grooves radiate towards the periphery. Abdomen ovoid. Palpi composed of five joints besides the maxillae, a hook in the male. Legs six-jointed. Description. — This species is one of the largest of the genus hitherto found within the limits of the United States. The specimen figured, however, is much below the usual size. The cephalothorax is subcir- cular in shape, a little broader in the male than in the female. The eyes are disposed as in fig. 3, on a little eminence near the anterior margin, and upon the midial line. On the posterior half of the same region, on a line with the eyes, is a transverse infundibulum, some- times subcrescentic, convex posteriorly. Shallow and sometimes irregu- lar grooves radiate from that centre towards the margin of the cephalo- thorax. The abdomen is ovoid ; considerably larger in the female than in the male. The labrum is quite small. The ehelicerse are robust, regularly arched, terminated by a rather slender hook, similarly curved, and movable upon the chelicerae. The palpi are six-jointed ; the basal joint, functioning as maxilla, is robust, and not otherwise distinguished from the following, except that it is provided along its inner margin with a brush-like series of hairs. The second joint is very short ; the third is the longest ; the fourth is a little larger than the second ; the fifth a little shorter than the third ; the fourth shorter than the fifth ; the sixth is the size of the second, but differently shaped, being rounded at its extremity, at the inferior surface of which exists a hook, very stout at the base, tapering into an acut^ point curved downwards and out- wards. In the female the sixth joint of the palpi is as long and of the same shape as the fifth, and deprived of the hook. The fourth pair of legs is the longest ; the first pair comes next ; the second pair is the smallest. They are all six jointed, the first joint short and robust. 234 APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. The second joint is the longest ; the third the smallest ; the fifth is, after the second, the next in length ; then the fourth, and finally the sixth. The external pair of fusi, or spinning apparatus, is slender, and as usual, three-jointed ; the internal pair is very small, and not conspicuous. The whole surface of the body and legs, aboye and below, is densely covered with fine setose hairs. The color is uniform blackish brown. The Mygale hentzii is the large black spider known in the Southwest as the tarantula, where its bite is greatly dreaded. A female specimen was collected on the lYth of May, on an open, barren prairie between Camps 2 and 3. Other specimens of both sexes were taken on the 28th of June, near the head of south fork of Red river. Plate XVI, fig. 1 represents Mygale hentzii seen from above. Fig. 2 is an underview to exhibit the labrum (1), the maxillae (m), the chelicerse (c), and the palpi (p), also to show the fusi (f). Fig. 3 rep- resents the disposition of the ocelli. 2. Ltcosa pilosa, Girard. Zoology, PI. XVI, figs. 4 and 5. Spec. char. — Hairs of a yellowish brown color, covering the upper parts. Beneath black ; cephalothorax subpyriform ; abdomen ovoid. Palpi composed of five joints besides the maxillae ; terminal joint pro- vided beneath with two small spines. Legs very long and slender ; all six-jointed. Description. — Of all the American Lycosa hitherto described the present species is the one in which the legs are the longest and the most slender. The size of the cephalothorax and abdomen is propor- tionally smaller, however, than in L. fatifera, Hentz. The cephalothorax is longer than broad, elevated on its middle region, and anteriorly very prominent ; subpyriform in its general outline ; the narrowest part directed forwards. Its surface, when freed from its fur, exhibits shallow grooves radiating from the centre towards the periphery, pretty much in the same manner as in the Mygale just described, although much less conspicuous. There is no central infundibulum, which is replaced here by a minute longitudinal furrow about a tenth of an inch in length. The abdomen is ovoid, and as usual, larger in the female than in the male. The chelicerjB are stout, with a very slight downwards inflexion, provided with small protuberances upon the inner margin of its anterior extremity, and terminated by a slender hook curved inwardly. The APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. 235 labrum is comparatively small, whilst the maxillae are stout. The palpi are slender, and composed of five joints. The first joint is very small, inconspicuous ; the second is the longest and the most slender of all ; the third is somewhat larger than the first, the fourth larger than the third, and the fifth larger than the fourth, which is swollen and sub- concave beneath, provided with two minute hooks inserted upon two tubercles. In the female the palpi are slenderer than in the male, and the last joint is simple and longer than the third. The legs are long and slender, composed of six joints : the hind pair is the longest ; the first pair is the next in length ; the third pair is the shortest. The third joint is the smallest in the four pairs ; the first joint is the next in length, and the stoutest ; the second pair is the longest in the three anterior pair; the fifth comes next, then the fourth and sixth. In the posterior pair the fifth joint is the longest ; then the second ; then the fourth and sixth. ' The fusi, four in number, are short, intimately grouped, and composed of a single joint. The whole surface of the body and legs, above and below, is densely covered with short 'hairs. The color above is uniform grayish brown. The abdomen, cephalo- thorax, and first joint of legs beneath, are deep black.* The second, third, and fourth joints are of the color of the upper parts upon their middle, and black near their articulations. The fifth and sixth joints are almost entirely black. The extremity of the chelicerae and palpi are black beneath. When the hairy covering is removed, the color is a uniform chestnut-brown. The color may present some variations ; thus in the notes of Captain Marcy, one is described as having "the back brown, belly dirty white, head and legs red." One specimen preserved in alcohol exhibits a reddish band down the middle of the cephalothorax, and two black vittge, one on each side of the abdomen. The cephalothorax beneath is reddish ; and on the abdomen there are two elliptical light spots. Specimens were collected the 16 th of May on the open prairie, between Camps 1 and 2 ; and on the 19th of June, on Canadian river, Arkansas. Plate XVI, fig. 4, represents the trophi, showing the labrum (1), ihe maxillae (m), the palpi (p), and chelicerae (c). Fig. 5 exhibits the disposition of the ocelli. 236 APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. II. TARANTULID^. Thelyphonus excubitor, Girard. Zoology, PI. XVII, fig. 1-4. Spec. char. — ^Blackish brown above, deep chestnut beneath ; upper surface of body and legs minutely granular ; beneath smooth, with scat- tered minute imprinted dots. First and second articles of the palpi very granulai:, remaining ones with a few granules and numerous imprinted dots. Caudal appendage very much developed, and composed of about fifty joints. Description. — There is a very great resemblance between this species and T. giganteus* The only striking difference which exists between them is to be found in the structure of the palpi and in the length of the caudal appendage. The cephalothorax is elongated, narrowest anteriorly, where it assumes almost a triangular shape. Its posterior margin is subtruncated, slightly concave in the middle. The central portion of the anterior third of the cephalothorax presents a perfectly plane surface, with a medial furrow, as it were ; whilst posteriorly it is depressed, and sloping to- wards the margins, the surface showing shallow depressions, one upon the middle line, and more regular than the lateral one. Near the ante- rior extremity, and in a subcircular depression on each side of a medial, smooth, and rounded elevation, are found the ocelli, circular, large and black. In advance of these ocelli, the rostrum is almost abruptly trun- cated, as, seen in the centre of fig. 3. From the anterior ocelli to the lateral ones extends a linear series of granules, terminating upon the tti- berculous elevations, upon which are seen three yellowish ocelli grouped, as exhibited in fig. 2. The chelicerse are robust, but very slightly bent, composed of one large joint and a conical, curved, and acute spine ; to the inner side of which are attached brushes of quite elongated and reddish setae. Palpi long and robust, in the shape of arms, and composed of six joints. The first joint is seen only from below (fig. 4, a), and exhibits a subtriangular and flat surface, terminated anteriorly by a conical point. The second joint is smaller than the first, scarcely to be seen viewed from below, but developed upon its upper surface into a flattened and irregular disk, * See Gu6rins Magazin de Zoologie, 1835, Class VIII, for an illustrated mono graph of the genus Thelyphonus by H. Lucas. APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. 237 provided upon its anterior margin with five conical spines, varying in size: seen in front, (fig. 3, b), it is elevated almost vertically from the horizontal position of the first. The third joint is the longest of all, slightly curved, and provided inwardly with two minute spines — one above, the other below. The fourth joint is somewhat shorter than the third, but is much longer than broad, subcylindrical, slightly bent, and provided at its inner, anterior, and upper edge, with a prominent, conical, and straight spine. The fifth joint is of the length of the fourth, but slenderer, and provided anteriorly with a stout and shorter spine. Fi- nally, the sixth joint is a subconical and spiny processus, moving against the spine of the fifth joint, constituting a forceps, and used as such to seize prey. The thoracic appendages (feet) are long and slender, espe- cially the anterior and posterior pairs. The anterior pair may be readily distinguished from the* three others, in not being provided with hooks upon their extremity. Its function is rather that of a pair of palpi than that of ambulatory organs. The first and second joints are short and stout ; the third, fourth, and fifth long and slender ; the fourth and fifth almost equal in length, and longer than the third. Eight small joints, together equal in length to the third, terminate these appendages. The three others are constructed upon the same plan, all having nine joints and terminal hooks, generally two in number. The first, second, and third joints are similar to those of the anterior pair ; the third, how- ever, is the longest ; the fourth is but a little longer though slenderer than the second, and slightly curved ; the fifth is much slenderer and a little shorter than the third. Next come four small joints, together smaller in length than the fifth, and provided upon their anterior mar- gin with minute spines. The second of these four, or the seventh in the series, is the longest of the four ; the third is the smallest ; the first and fourth are equal in length, the latter much slenderer. Two hook- like and slender spines terminate these organs. The abdomen is longer than the cephalothorax, oval in shape, though depressed, and composed of eight very distinct segments and a half, the anterior one. The stigmatiform bodies are quite conspicuous above (seven pairs), and below (four pairs). The anterior half segment is not seen from below. The seventh segment exhibits laterally a second pair of stigmatiform bodies, less conspicuous, however, than the others. The posterior segment has also faint traces of an analogous paii\ The two first caudal rings are very narrow ; the third is as large as the two others together. The filiform appendage is very long, and composed of about fifty joints. 238. APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. The upper surface of the cephalothorax and abdomen is covered with minute granules extending over the palpi, being particularly dense on the three first articles, and over the three first joints of the thoracic appendages also. Minute impunctures are seen upon the remaining articles and joints, and also scattered upon the inferior surface of the appendages and body. Minute setse are scattered over the appendages of the cephalothorax and abdomen, more densely towards their extremi- ties. The color is uniform blackish brown above, and__deep chestnut beneath. One specimen of this animal was collected. Plate XVII, fig. 1, represents, seen from above, Thelyphonus excubitor the size of life. Fig. 2 gives the position, number, and relative size of the ocelli. Fig. 3 is a front view, exhibiting in the centre the chelicerse and the three first articles (a, b, c) of the palpi. Fig. 4 represents the anterior portion of the cephalothorax from below : a, first article, b, second article, and c, third article of the palpi ; and d, anterior pair of feet. III. SCORPIONID^. Although the collections made in the valley of Red river contained no specimen of this group of arachnides, we have brought them here to notice, satisfied as we are that they exist in that locality. Scorpions are found in the southern Atlantic States, all along the Gulf of Mexico, through Texas and New Mexico to California, and through Louisiana to Arkansas. 1. Scorpio (Tklegonus) boreus, Girard. Zoology, PI. XVIf, figs. 5-7. Spec. char. — Body greenish yellow ; thoracic and caudal appendages yellowish. Lateral ocelli in close contiguity; posterior one the smallest. Median ocelli situated on the sides of an elongated and black elevation. Chelicerse terminated by a serrated claw. Palpi robust, shorter than the body. Caudal appendage as long as the body, the spine excepted. Abdominal comb with eighteen laminae. Description. — The general form of the body is fusiform, anteriorly and posteriorly tapering. The cephalothorax proper is subquadrilateral, APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. 239 longer than broad, narrower anteriorly than posteriorly; both of these extremities linear; lateral margin somewhat undulated. Its surface is carved with a few undulating grooves, giving to the rest an undulated appearance ; and over the whole, minute granules. The median ocelli are black, situated a little in advance of the middle of the length of the thorax, and placed on the sides of an elongated, little, and black emi- nence, divided longitudinallj^ by a groove. The lateral ocelli are set close together, and situated near the anterior margin of the cephalotho- rax ; the posterior oire is much the smallest : they are represented with their relative proporaons in fig. Y. The chelicerse are stout, two- jointed ; the second being the largest, and is terminated by a minutely serrated claw ; the palpi are five-jointed ; the first joint is short and stout, and fulfils the function of jaws without denticulation. The second is the smallest. The third and fourth are more elongated ; the third a little longer than the fourth. They are angular, the angles being margined with dense rows of minute granules. The fifth joint or hand (carpus) is stout and swollen, exhibiting eight undulating ribs, (four above and four below), upon which is a row of minute granules. Two rows above and below are seen extending along the spiny immovable pro- cessus of the hand, constituting, with a movable spine, a slender chela or claw, slightly curved inwards. Scattered setae may be seen on the whole length of the palpi ; and also on the thoracic appendages (feet.) The latter are slender; the fourth pair is the longest; the first pair the smallest, the second and third pairs being of intermediate proportions ; the second longer than the first, and the third longer than the second. They are all flattened, seven-jointed, and terminated by minute hooks. The third joint is in every one the longest and most slender; the fifth, sixth, and seventh are small, the seventh being the smallest of all. There are generally three terminal hooks ; occasionally minute spines may be seen near the articulation of the sixth and seventh joints. The first joint. is the stoutest, and in the first pair of these appendages it has something to do with mastication, functioning perhaps as a lower lip. The abdominal combs are slender and elongated, and composed of a trans- verse triarticulated piece, and of eighteen httle laminae attached to it. The dorso-abdominal shields, seven in number, increase in size from forwards backwards, the anterior one being the narrowest of all. Their surface exhibits minute granules not very conspicuous. There are only five ventral shields, nearly equal in size ; the posterior one somewhat different in shape, and not provided with stigmata. The caudal ap- pendage (tail) is as long as the body, and composed of five joints and a poison bag. The two first joints are the smallest, the fifth being the 240 APPENDIX F.- — ARACHNIDIANS. longest; the poison bag is swollen up and provided with a slightly curved and acute hollow spine. The upper part of each joint is concave or grooved, whilst the inferior part is convex. They are carinated, and rows of conspicuous granules are observed along the carinae. The color of the body above is uniform greenish yellow ; the thoracic appendages (feet) are yellowish, whilst the palpi and caudal appendage (tail) reflect a reddish shade upon the yellow ground. The specimen figured was collected in the valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, by Capt. Howard Stansbury. ^ A much smaller specimen was brought from Eagle Pass, Texas, by Mr. Arthur Schott, of the United States and Mexican boundary. Plate XVI, fig. 5, represents, size of life, S. {Telegonus) horeus seen from above. Fig. 6 is a view from beneath, to show the abdominal combs, first abdominal segment, and origin of fourth and third pairs of feet. Fig. 7 represents the distribution of the ocelli. 2. Scorpio (Atreus) californicus, Girard. General form of body and appendages slender when compared to the preceding species. The tail is almost twice the length of the body ; there is not the same -disproportion of length between the first and second joints and the remaining ones. The carinse and rows of granules are much less conspicuous. The cephalothorax and dorso-abdominal shields exhibit carinse and rows of granules not only on the palpi, but likewise on the feet. Rows of granules may be seen along the angular projections or carinse. The chelae are much slenderer, the hand (carpus) and poison bag much smaller. An exceedingly minute spine may be observed on the poison bag under the sting. The lateral ocelli are situated more anteriorly, more apart from each other, and equal amongst themselves. The abdominal combs are composed of twenty laminae. Color light brown ; palpi and tail deeper ; upper part of abdomen blackish, with a median light vitta. One specimen was collected in California and presented by Dr. Stone to the Smithsonian Institution. 3. Scorpio (Atreus) sayi, Girard. Syn. — Buthus vittatus, Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. II, 1821, 61. APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. 241 Upon a close examination of several specimens of this speeies obtained from western Florida, we satisfied ourselves that it belongs to the sub- genus Atreus instead o{ ButJms, in which it was placed by Thomas Say. It so happens that the specific name of vittatus has since been given by Guerin to another South American species of scorpions ; and if we pro- pose here to replace Say's specific name, against the received law of priority, we would remark that when full grown, the vittse entirely dis- appear, and the color becomes uniform deep reddish brown, the legs and under surface being lighter. In this species the tail is once and a half the length of the body. The palpi are proportionally small, and in the young exiguous. The chelse are slender, slightly curved, with an undu- lation at their base, but without marked denticulations. The upper sur- face is finely granular. There are from thirty to thirty-two laminae to the abdominal combs. " Fuscous, with three fulvous vittse, sides black," applies strictly to the immature state. Specimens of this species were sent from Pensacola, Florida, to the Smithsonian Institution, by Dr. Jeffrey, U. S. JSF., and Dr. J. F. Ham- mond, U. S. A. A species very closely allied, if not identical with Scorjno [Atreus) sayi, is not uncommon in Texas, where several specimens were collected by Lieut. D. N. Couch, U. S. A. IV. PSEUDOSCORPIOIVID^. Observations upon Galeodes subulata of Thomas Say. Two species of this genus are described by the same author in Major Long's Expedition ; * one under the name of Galeodes 2^'^mpcs, the other under that of G. subulata^ the only difterence between them con- sisting in the structure of the chelicerae, which in G. palUpes are termi- nated by arcuated claws, armed within with many robust teeth, whilst in G. subulata the upper claw is nearly rectilinear, and the lower one alone possessed with two robust teeth. Having but one individual of this genus at our command, we are not jirepared to decide upon the question of the validity of both species. The specimen before us answers to Say's characters of G. subulata; and being perfectly satisfied that it belongs to the latter species, we propose to describe it a little more at length than was done by its discoverer. * Account of an expedition from Pittsburg to the Eocky Mountains, performed in the years 1819 and '20. Vol. II, 1823, p. 3. 16 242 APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. The entire length, from the tip of the chelicerse to the end of the abdomen, is one inch and a quarter, the abdomen itself forming about one-half of that length. The cephalothorax is composed of three dis- tinct segments; the anterior one much the largest, giving points of attachment to the parts of the mouth, to the palpi, and the two anterior pairs of legs ; to the second thoracic segment is attached the third pair of legs, and to the third segment the fourth pair. The anterior segment of cephalothorax, seen from above, is subrhomboidal and smooth. At its anterior margin are situated the two ocelli, separated from each other by a deep groove. The chelicerae are very stout, and composed of one single joint densely covered with setose hairs, and terminated each by two spines, one above (finger of some authors,) rigid, and another below (the thumb,) moving vertically against the upper. The latter is compressed, acute, almost rectilinear, and smooth ; the inferior one is subcorneal, curved upwards, acute towards the point, and pro- vided at its base inwardly with two spiny small processes. The palpi are proportionally robust, stouter and longer than the three anterior pairs of legs ; somewhat shorter than the fourth pair, but of a stouter appearance, as all the joints, four in number (the maxillae excepted) preserve the same diameter. They are covered on their whole length with hairs similar to those on the chelicerae. The maxillae are subtri- angular, provided only with brushes of hairs. The next joint (the joint of the palpi) is very small and triangular; the second is the longest; the third is the next in length ; then the fourth, the tip of which ex- hibits a minute smooth tuberculiform knob. The first pair of legs is the most slender of the thoracic appendages, and about the length of the third pair ; the basal joint is quite short ; the second is the shortest of all ; the third is the longest ; the fourth, fifth, and sixth smaller in the order enumerated. The last joint terminates like the palpi, bluntly. This anterior pair of legs is called by some second pair of palpi^ upon the ground that their structure is most alike. The three I'emaining pairs of thoracic appendages are seven-jointed, thus composed of one joint more than in the first pair and palpi, and furthermore terminated by two minute curved claws. The first, second, and third joints are short, stoutish, and subequal ; the remaining are longer and slenderer, the fourth being the longest, and the other diminishing gradually. They are covered upon their whole length with hairs similar to those which cover the palpi, but perhaps less densely so. The abdomen is subovoid, being a little depressed ; it is densely hairy above and below, and com- posed, as usual, of nine segments or annuli. Collected on June the 10th. APPENDIX F. MYRIAPODS. 243 MYBIAPODS. BY CHAELES GIRARD, 1. ScoLOPENDRA HERDS, Girard, Zoology, PI. XVIII. Spec. char. — Twenty-one pairs of grallatory appendages, composed of five segments or articulations, and a conical terminal spine, more or less curved. Back bicarinated ; beneath, flat and grooved. Antennae composed of twenty-five joints; color uniform dark-reddish brown; lighter beneath. Description. — The general form of the body is depressed, subcon- cave above, flat beneath. It is composed of twenty-one annuli, segments or rings, each of which bears one pair of locomotory appendages, (feet.) The middle region of the back presents a slight double carina and last segment. The intermediate area is rather flattened, whilst each running parallel the whole length of the body, very faint on the first side, is gently sloping towards the exterior margin. At the inferior surface, two longitudinal furrows or grooves may be seen extending the whole length of the body, and dividing the abdominal disk into three almost equal parts. The stigmata are transversely elongated, and situated immediately beneath the latei'al margin of the dorsal shields of each segment. The insertion of the locomotory appendages takes place immediately above the lateral margin of the abdominal shields of each segTnent. The locomotory aj^pendages are as numerous as the segments of the body — twenty-one pairs constructed alike ; that is to say, composed of five joints and a curved terminal spine. A minute spine may occasionally be seen at the anterior margin of the fourth and fifth joints. The third and fourth joints are longer than the first and second ; the fifth is always the smallest : these organs are tapering rapidly towards their extremity. In the caudal pair, the first and second articles or joints are longer than the third and fourth ; the first one is, moreover, provided with a spiny process along its inner margin. Its general shape and directing distinguishes it, likewise, from all the other pairs. 244 APPENDIX F. MTRIAPODS. The second segment is quite short, the shortest of all, and contrasts strangely with the others, which preserve regular proportions, gradually diminishing from the middle of the length towards both extremities, with but few exceptions. The first segment or ring is one of these, being the shortest after the second ; its anterior margin is subcrescentic, the concavity of which receives the cephalic shield or disk (head.) Besides the anterior pair of locomotory appendages, it gives a point of attachment to a pair of robust and two-jointed forceps, functioning as a pair of jaws for seizing and holding the prey. The central piece is large and subtriangular, the anterior margin of which is denticulated, (the second lip of some authors.) That second or external lip (labrum) is formed by the union of two pieces, which are separate in the young, where they constitute a third joint to the forceps-jaws, the second lip then being also separate, and existing as a limina already denticulated anteriorly. The next joint is short and stout ; the second is a conical and tapering spine, curved inwardly and perforated, as it is well known, for the passage of a venomous fluid, not otherwise dangerous. The cephalic disk itself, seen from above, is subcircular in shape, pro- jecting slightly between the antennae, and showing upon its surface traces of the dorsal carinse alluded to above. To its inferior surface we find attached two pah's of mandibles and one pair of palpi. In proceeding from outwards inwards, we will find immediately behind the forceps- jaws the palpi, (little feet, sometimes called,) composed of four flattened joints and a minute, curved, and terminal hook. They are united at their base by the means of two additional central pieces. The second joint is the longest, and slightly bent. The exterior pair of mandibles, the one next to the palpi, is composed of four joints, the first being almost as long as the three remaining ones ; the fourth is rounded, pre- senting an inner concave surface with a sharp terminal margin. They are united upon their middle by a lanceolated ligula. The inner pair of mandibles is composed of two pieces ; the fii-st irregularly shaped, the second subcircular concave, subcircular and margined anteriorly by small spines, four or five in number, constituting a denticulated margin. In the anterior margin of the cephalic disk are inserted the antennae, composed of twenty-five joints gradually diminishing in thickness, and increasing in length towards the extremity, which is filiform. Exteri- orly to the antennje, and close to the margin of the disk, are situated the ocelli, four on each side, as usual in the genus, and disposed as rep- resented in figure 5. APPENDIX F. MYRIAPODS. 245 The inferior surface of the last ring differs from the others in having a much smaller shield, and in being provided on'-each side with a stout, subconical spine, directed backwards. An immature .specimen, one-third of the length of the one figured, has the same number of segments or annuli, the same number of feet, and the same general structure. One individual of this species was collected, on the 15th of June, at Sweet- water creek ; others were found in July, between the south fork of Red river and Otter creek. Plate XVIII, fig. 1, represents Scolopmdra heros size of life, seen from above. . Fig. 2, The head from below. Fig. 3. Posterior extremity from below. Fig. 4. A medial segment to show the attachment of feet. Fig. 5. Disposition of ocelli on left side. 2. JuLus ORNATus, Girard. Spec. chah. — Ground-color bluish black ; segments narrowly mar- gined posteriorly with reddish ; anterior margin of segments rather blue, whilst the middle is rather black, thus giving the appearance of three rings of color. The anterior portion, which is covered by the articula- tion, is fulvous. Feet deep chestnut-brown. Antennae rufous at base, blackish at tip. Stigmata not conspicuous ; marked by a series of small, obsolete blackish spots. Remarks. — This species is allied to Julus marginatus of Say, but its body is proportionally much stouter. The ocelli are disposed upon a subtriangular space quite different in shape. The antennae themselves are slenderer in proportions. The labrum (upper lip) is also less emar- ginated than in Julus marginatus^ and the marginal punctures much less conspicuous. One specimen was collected on the 27th of June. 3. Julus atratus, Girard. Spec. char. — Body, feet, and antennae, uniform deep blackish brown ; antennae and feet occasionally reddish, as also the labrum and anterior margin of first segment. Posterior third of each segment of a shining black. Stigmata and lateral striae beneath quite conspicuous. 246 APPENDIX F. MYRIAPODS. Remarks. — Resembles more Julus ornatus than Julus marginatus in the general proportions of the body, but in the structure of the antennae and labrum comes nearer to Julus marginatus. Specimens of this species were collected at Prairie Mer Rouge, Xouisi- ana, by James Fairie, Esql, and sent to the Smithsonian Institution. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLANTS COLLECTED DUEING THE EXPE- DITION: BY DR. JOHN TOEREY. No. 96, St. Mark's Place, New York, August 10, 1853. Dear Sir : I have examined the collection of plants that you brought from the headwaters of the Red river, towai'ds the Rocky mountains. The flora of this region greatly resembles that of the upper portion of the Canadian. It is remarkable that there occur among your plants several species that were first discovered by Dr. James, in Long's Ex- pedition, and have not been found since until now. Your collection is an interesting addition to the geography of North American plants, and serves to mark more clearly the range of many western species. For particular remarks on the rarer plants, and descriptions of the new species, I refer you to the accompanying list. At your request I have had some of the rarer plants drawn and en- gi-aved, to illustrate your report to Congress. I am, dear sir, Yours truly, JOHN TORREY. Captain R. B. Marcy. 248 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. RANUNCULACE^. Clematis Pitcheri, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 10. Witcliita Mountains; fl. and fr. July lY. Anemone Caroliniana, Walt. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 12. Sources of the Trinity River ; May 3, Delphinium azureum, Michx.; Torr. andGr., Fl. 1, p. 32. Main Fork of the Red River; fl. May 8— June 16. PAPAVERACE^. Argemone'Mexicana, Linn.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 61. Common on the upper waters of the Red River; May — June 16. CRUCIFER^. Vesicaria angustifolia, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 101; Gray, PI. Lindh. 2, p. 145. Sources of the Trinity River ; fl. and fr. May 3. V. STENOPHYLLA, Gray, PI. Lindh. 2, p. 149; and PI. Wright. 1, p. 10, and 2, p. 13. North Fork of the Red River ; fr. June 14. I'lTHYR^A WisLizENi, Engelm., in Wisliz. N. Mex., p. 95 ; Gray, PI. Wright. 1, p. 10, and 2, p. 14. Abundant on the headwaters of the Red River ; June 23 — July 14. The specimens of this plant collected by Captain Marcy vary con- siderably in the leaves, which are often nearly entire. The flowers also vary in size; the petals being sometimes nearly one-third of an inch in length. The silicles are larger than in specimens collected in New Mexico by Mr. Wright and Dr. Edwards. They are by no means always deeply emarginate at the base, and sometimes they are slightly notched at the summit. Streptanthus hyacinthoides, Hook., in Bot. Mag., t. 3516 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 78; Gray, Gen. 111., t. 61. Witchita Mountains to the boundary of the Choctaw Nation ; fl. May 31 — June 4. CAPPARIDACE^. PoLANisiA GRAVEOLENs, Raf. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 123, and Suppl., p. 669. Witchita Mountains ; fl. and fr. July 16. The pods are on a short stipe, and the seeds are more or less rough. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 249 CARYOPHYLLACE^ SiLENE Antirrhina, Linii., Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 191. On the Main Fork of the Red River ; fl. May 8. Paronychia Jamesii, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 11 ; Gray, PL Fendl., p. 14. Middle Fork of Red River; fl. May 22. PORTULACACEtE. Talinum teretifolium, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 365 ; Gray, Gen. Ill, t. 98. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. May 22, fr. July 5. MALVACEAE. Malvastrum coccineum, Gray, Gen. 111., t. 121 ; PI. Fendl., p. 24. Malva coccinea, Nutt. Sida coccinea, DC; Torr. and Gr., Fl. l,p. 235. North Fork of Red River, &c. Callirrhce involucrata, Gray, PI. Fendl., p. 15, and Gen. 111., t. 117. Malva involucrata, Torr. and Gr., FL, p. 226. Middle Fork of Red River; fl. May 22. C. DiGiTATA, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 181 ; Gray, 1. c. Fort Belknap. LINACEJS. LiNUM Berlandieri, Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3480; Engelm. in Gray, PL Wright. 2, p. 25. Cache creek, and Cross-Timbers of the Red River; May. L. BooTTii, Plauch.,un Lond. Jour. Bot. Y, p. 475 ; Engelm^ 1. c. "Witchita Mountains; fl. and fr. July 17. OXALIDACEJE. Osalis violacea, Linn.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 211. Headwaters of the Trinity River; April 25. 0. STRiCTA, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1. c. With the preceding. 250 APPENDIX G.— ^BOTANY. GERANIACE^. Geranium Carolinianum, Linn.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. l,p. 20*7. Head- waters of the Trinity, and on Cache Creek ; April — May. ZANTHOXYLACEJE. Ptelka TRiFOLiATA, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 215; /3 mollis. Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, Suppl., p. 680. Common on the headwaters of the Eed River; fr. June 16. ANACARDIACE^. Rhus TRiLOBATA, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 218; Gray PI. Fendl, p. 28. On the Middle and North Forks of the Red River; in fruit June 1-16. R. Toxicodendron, Linn.; Torr. and Gr., 1. c. With the preceding in fruit only. VITACE^. ViTis RUPERTRis, Scheelc, in Liunsea, 21, p. 591 ; Gray, PI. Lindh., 2, p. 165. Witchita Mountains; abundant. The fruit was immature, but had attained nearly its full size in the middle of July. They are said to be ripe in August, when they are about the size of large peas, of a deep purple color, and agreeable to the taste. This species much resembles the summer grape of the Atlantic States. SAPINDACE^E. Sapindus marginatus, Willd.; Torr. and Gray, Fl. 1,255; Gray, Gen. 111., 2, t. 180. Main Fork of Red river. This is generally known in Texas and Arkansas by the name of Wild China. It is a tree, and attains the height of 20 feet, with a trunk 10 inches in diameter. The wood is of a yellow color. POLYGALACE^. PoLYGAiA ALBA, Nutt. Gen. 2, p. 87; Gray, PI. Wright. 1, p. 38. P. Btyricliii, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 670. On Suydam Creek, North Fork of Red River; fl. June 6. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 251 P. iNCARNATA, Linn ; Torr. and Gr., 1, p. 129. Tributaries of the Washita River ; fl. and fr. July 23. This species has not hitherto been found so far west. KRAMERTACE^. Krameria lanceolata, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p, 168; Gray, Gen. 111., 2, t. 185. Headwaters of the Trinity, and on the Mid- dle Fork of the Red River ; fl. May 4-22. LEGUMINOS^. ' ViciA MicRANTHA, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr,, Fl. 1, p. 2Yl. Cache Creek and Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. and fr. May 16-22, Rhynchosia tomentosa, var. volubiUs, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 285. Tributaries of the Washita River ; fl. July 26. . Tephrosia Virginian a, Pers. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 295. Witchita Mountains and upper waters of Red River ; fl. June 4, fr. July 23. Gltcyrrhiza lepidota, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 186 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 298. Main and North Forks of the Red River ; fl. June 6, fr. June 26. Indigofera leptosepala, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 298. With the preceding ; fl. May 2 6- June 6. PsoRALEA esculenta, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 475, t. 22. Mouth of Cache Creek and Witchita Mountains ; May. P. Argophtlla, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 475 ; Hook. Fl. Bor.— Am. 2, p. 136, t. 53. North and Middle Forks of Red River ; fl. May 26-31. P. FLORiBUNDA, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr,, Fl. 1, p. 300. Sources of the Red River ; fl. June 2-9. Petalostemon violaceum, Michx,, Fl. 2, p. 50, t. 37, f. 2; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 310. With the preceding; June 2-7. Petalostemon gracile, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Phil. 7, p. 92 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 309. Cache Creek ; May 18. P. MULTiFLORUM, Nutt., 1. c; Torr. and Gr., 1. c. On the Witchita Mountains; fl. and fr. July 15. 252 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. Petalostemon villosum, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 85 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 310. Cache Creek; June 14 ; flowers not yet expanded. Dalea atjrea, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 101 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 308 ; Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 41. Main Fork of Red River ; fl. July 5. D. lanata, Spreng. Syst. 3, p. 32*7. D. lanuginosa, Nutt, in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 307. Big Witchita and on the Main Fork of the Red River; fl. June 27. D. LAxiFLORA, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 741 ; Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 101 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 307. D. pencillata, Moricand, PI. Nouv. Amer., t. 45. Common on all the upper waters of the Red River ; May-July. Amorpha canescens, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 92 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 306. Witchita Mountains ; fl. May 30. Astragalus Nuttallianus, DC. Prodr. 2, p. 289 ; Torr. and Gr. 2, p. 234. Upper waters of the Red River ; fl. and fr. May 5. The flowers ai'e larger than usual in this species. A. cARTOCARPUS, Ker. Bot. Reg., t. 176; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 831. Headwaters of the Trinity. May 2 ; in flower only. OxTTROPis Lamberti, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 740 ; Torr. and Gr. Fl. 1, p. 339. With the preceding ; fl. in May. Desmodium sessilifoxium, Torr. and Gr. 1, p. 363. Witchita Mount- ains. The specimens of this plant collected by Captain Marcy are in a state of remarkable fasciation. The branches of the panicle are coa- lesced (sometimes almost to the summit) into a broad flat mass, which is covered with sessile flowers and fruit. Clitoria Mariana, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 290 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 1, p. 163, t. 24. On the Washita ; fl. July 27. Baptisia australis, R. Br.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 385. Sources of the Red River; fl. and fr. June 6-10. B. LEucoPH^A, Nutt., Gen. 1, p. 282 ; Torr. and Gr. 1. c. Common on the upper tributaries of the Red River ; fl. April, fr. May. HoFFMANSEGGiA Jamesii, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 293 ; Gray, PI. Lindh. 2, p. 178. With the preceding ; fl. and fr. June 14-24. APPENDIX 6. ^BOTANY. 253 Cassia Cham^crista, Linn.; Torr. and Gr. Fl. 1, p. 395. Tribu- taries of the Wasliita ; fl. July 22. ScHRANKiA 0NCINATA, WiUd. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 400. Mouth of Medicine River, &c. ; fl. April. Acacia lutea, Leavenv/.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 403. On the Witchita Mountains; fl. and fr. July 14. The leaves are remarkably sensitive. EOSAGE^. Sanguisorba annua, JSTutt, in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 429. PoU' rium annuuniy Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 1, p. 198. ONAGRACE^. (Enothera rhombipbtala, Nutt, in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 493 ; Kunze, in Linneea, 20, p. 67. Main Fork of Red River; fl. June 24. (E. siNUATA, Linn.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 294. Witchita Mountains and upper tributaries of Red River ; May— June. CK. spEciosA, Nutt., in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 119; Torr. and Gr., FL 1. c. Big Witchita ; fl. May 8. Middle Fork of the Red River ; fr. June 21. ' CE. LAVANDUL^FOLiA, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 501 ; Hook. Loud. Jour. Bot. 6, p. 223 ; Gray, PL Wright. 1, p. 72. Big Witchita and North Fork of Red River ; fl. May 8, fr. June 6. The leaves in all our speci- mens of this rare species are nearly glabrous, about one inch and a half long, and 2-3 lines wide, with the ap6x rather aoute. The fruit is well described by Hooker, (1. c.) ffi. SERRULATA, Nutt. Gcu. 1, p. 246; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 501. Common on the upper tributaries of the Red River ; May-June. Gaura cocciiTEA, Nutt. Geu. 1, p. 249 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 518. North Fork of Red River ; fl. June 6. G. viLLosA, Torr. Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 200; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 518 ; Gray, PL Wright. 1, p. 73. Witchita Mountains ; fr. July 14. The ripe fruit is not always reflexed. It is (including the stripe) about 254 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 7 lines long, ovate, strongly tetraquetrous, abruptly contracted at the base, and 2-4-seeded ; the seeds more or less imbricated. LOASACE^. Mentzelia nuda, Torr. and G-r,, Fi. 1, p. 535 ; Gray, PL Fendl., p. 47, and PL Wright. 1, p. 73 ; Bartonia nuclei, ISTutt. Gen. 1, p. 297. Witchita Mountains ; fl. June 22. CUCURBITACEJ5. CucuRBiTA PERENNis, Gray, PL Lindh. 2, p. 193 ; and Wright. PI. 2, p. 60. Cfoetidissima, H. B. and Kunth ? Cucumis pe^ennis, James, in Long's Exped. 2, p. 20 ; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 543. North Fork of the Platte; fl. June 6. Although the cultivated plant seems to be dioecious not unpleasant to the smell, Mr. Wright says, (^vide Gray, I. c.) that in a wild state it is " certainly monoecious, and exhales an un- pleasant smell when bruised ;" so that it does not dififer from the descrip- tion of C.fcetidissima, except that the latter is said by Kunth to be an annual, which may be a mistake. The flowers are as large as those of the common pumpkin. SiCYDiuM, sp. nov ? Fruit 1-|- inch in diameter, globose, sessile. Seeds -J larger than in S. Lindheimeri, and more turgid. On the Main Fork of Red River; fr. July 11. GROSSULACE^. RiBEs AUREUM, Pursh, FL 1, p. 164; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 552. Worth Fork of Red River ; fr. June 4. UMBELLIFER^. Ertngium diefusum, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 207 ; Torr. and Gr., FI. 1, p. 603. Witchita Mountains; fl. June 14. This rare species has not been found before, since it was first discovered by Dr. James, more than thirty years ago. It is rather doubtful whether it is diff'use, except, perhaps, when it is old. The specimens of Captain Marcy are less branched than the original one from which the description in the Flora of North America was drawn. Leptocaulis echinatus, Nutt., in DC. Prodr. 4, p. 107 ; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 609. Headwaters of the Trinity; April 2. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 255 PoLYT^NiA NuTTALLii, DC. Umb., p. 53, t. 13, and Prodr. 4, p, 196 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 533. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. June 1. Witchita Mountains ; fr. July 16. EuRYT^NiA Texana, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 633. Main Fork of Red River; fr. June 11. This plant lias liitlierto been found only by the late Mr. Drummond, who discovered it in Texas more than twenty years ago. It is an annual, about two feet high ; the fine striae of the stem and branches are roughened upward, with minute points. The umbels are compound and spreading. Flowers minute. Petals white, broadly orbicular, waved on the margin, deeply emarginate, with an in- flextd point. Fruit about one-third larger than in Drummond's Texan specimen. RUBIACEyE. Oldenlandia angustifolia. Gray, PL Wright. 2, p. 68. Houstonia angustifolia, Mich. FJ. 1, p. 85 ; Hedyotls stenophylla^ Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 41. Tributaries oi the Main Fork of Red River; fl. May — June. VALERIANACE^. Fedia radiata, /S. leiocarpa, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 52. Upper Red River. COMPOSIT^E. LiATRis squarrosa, Willd. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 68 ; Sweet Fl. Gard., t. 44. Tributaries of the Washita River ; fl. July 22 — 24. » L. AciDOTA, Engelm. and Gray, PI. Lindh., p. 10 ; Gray PI. Wright. 1, p. 83. L. mucronata, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 70 ; not of D. C. On the Washita ; July 27. SoLiDAGo ODORA, Nutt. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 219. Witchita Mountains; July 16. S. MissouRiENsis, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 32, and Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 327 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 222. With the preceding. Artehisia filifolia, Torr. in Ann. Lye. ISJ". York, 2, p. 211 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 417. Upper tributaries of the Red River; May. Aq 256 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. abundant sl^rub, of a grayish white aspect, with numerous branches, and crowded, slender leaves. This is one of the numerous species called sage by the hunters. It is found from the plains of the Upper Missouri to the Valley of the Rio Grande, and west to the Colorado. Achillea millefolium, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fi. 2, p. 409. With the preceding. It is the woolly form that almost exclusively occurs west of the Mississippi. Zinnia grandielora, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) V, p. 348 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 298 ; Torr. in Emory's Rep.,t. 4, Gray, PL Fendl., p. 81. Main Fork of Red River ; fl. July 2. RiDDELLiA TAGETiNA, Nutt. 1, c, p. 371 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 3€'2-; Torr. in Emory's Rep., t. 5 ; Gray, PI. Fendl, p. 93. Main Fork of Red River ; June 25 — July 8. The pappus is m^ore hyaline and acute than in specimens from other localities in my herbarium. It is also sHghtly lacerate at the tip, showing something of a transition to R. arachnoidea. The leaves, too, are more woolly and broader than in the more common form of the plant. RuDBECKiA HiKTA, Liuu. ; ToiT. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. SOY. Witchita Mountains; fl. June 1. Is i2. bicolor dislmct from this species ? Dr. Gray remarks, (Plant. Lindh. 2, p. 227,) that in cultivation, the purple brown of the rays is commonly obsolete or wanting in all the later heads. Echinacea angustifolia, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 554 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 306. Witchita Mountains; June 1. Lepachys columnaris, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 815. Rudheckha columnaris, Pursh, Fi. 2, p. 575. Common on all the tributaries of the Red River ; June. Helianthus petiolaris, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 2, p. 115; Svreet Brit. Fl. Gard. (n. ser.) t. 75. With the preceding. Gaillardia pctlchella, Foug. ; DC Prodr. 5, p. 652 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 366. Common on the upper tributaries of the Red River ; May — June. Palafoxia callosa, Toit. and Gr., Fl. 2, p, 869. Stevia calhsa, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 2, p. 121 ; Bart. Fl. Amer. Sept., t. 46. ^.foliis latioribus. Tributaries of the Washita; June. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 257 HTMEiiTOPAPPUs coRYMBOsus, Torr. and Gr., FI. 2, p. 372. H. En- gelmannianus^ Kunth. AcTiNELLA LiNEARiFOLiA, ToiT. and Gi'., Fl. 2, p. 383. Hymenoxys linearifolia, Hook. Witchita mountains ; May 30. Marshallia caespitosa, Nutt. in DC. Prodr. 5, p. 680 ; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 3,704; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 391. Headwaters of the Trinity river ; May. Aphanostephus ramosissimtts, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 310 ; Gray, PI. Wright. 1, p. 93. ,A. Riddellii, Torr. and Gr., Fh 2, p. 189. Egletes ramosissima, Gray, PL Fendl., p. 71. Little Witchita and upper tribu- taries of Red River; May — June. The tube of the disk flowers is indu- rated in all the specimens. Engelmannia pinnatifida, Torr. and Gr., in Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 343; and Fl. 2, p. 283. Witchita Mountains; May 30. Melampodium cinereum, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 518; Gray, PI. Fendl., p. 78; M. ramosissimum, DC. 1. c, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 271. M. lencanthum, Torr. and Gr. 1. c. Cache Creek; June 21. A. variable species. Chrysopsis canescens, Torr. and Gr , Fl. 2, p. 256; Gray, PL Fend!., p. 77. Main Fork of Red River; July 8. C. HispiDA, Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 22, (under Diplopappus ;) DC. Prodr. 7, p. 279 ; Torr. and Gr. 1. c. Centaurea Americana, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 117 ; Bart. FL Amer.— Sept., t. 50 ; Torr. and Gray, Fl. 2, p. 453. Tributaries of the upper Red River ; June — July. CiRSiUM UNDULATUM, Spreng.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 456. With the preceding. Pyrreiopappus Carolinianus, DC Prodr. 7, p. 144; Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 430. Headwaters of the Trinity and on Cache Creek; May. Lygodesmia juncea, Don.; Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 295, t. 103; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 484. Upper tributaries of the Red River; June. 17 ^58 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. The lower brancbes are covered at the base with tubers or galls, about the size of cherry-stones, produced by the stings of insects, L. APHYLLA, DC. Prodr. 7, p. 198; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 485. jg. Texana, Torr. and Gr. 1. c. North Fork of Red River ; June 16. The numerous radical leaves are 3-4 inches long, runcinately pinnatifid. Achenia angular, distinctly tapering upward. ASCLEPIADACEJE. AscLEPiAS TUBEROSA, Linn.; Michx. Fl. 1, p. 117 ; Sweet. Brit. FI. Gard., (ser. 2,) t. 24 ; Decaisne, in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 667. Torr. FL N. York, 2, p. 123. Upper tributaries of Red River ; May — June. The leaves vary from ovate and amplexicaul to narrowly linear. A. SPECiosA, Torr., in Ann. Lye. 2, p. 218, and in Fremont's First Rep., p. 95. A. Douc/lasii, Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 63, t. 142 ; De- caisne, 1. c. Witchita Mountains to the upper tributaries of the Red River ; fl. June — July ; flowers larger than in any other North American species of Asclepias. AcERATES PANicuLATA, Deoaisne, 1. c, p. 521; Asclepias viridis, "Walt., Fl. Carol, p. 107 ? Anantherix paniculatus, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 202. Cache Creek and Middle Fork of Red River, fl. May 16, fr. June. A. DECUMBENS, Dccaisue, 1. c. Anantherix decumhens, Nutt. 1. c. Cache Creek ; fl. May 17. The follicles oblong, not muricate. A. ANGUSTiFOLiA, Decaisne, 1. c. Polyotus angustifolius^ Nutt. 1. c. Branch of Cache Creek ; fl. May 17. A. viRiDiFLORA, Ell. sk. 1, p. 317 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 124 ; De- caisne, 1. c. Asclepias viridi/lora, Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 181; Hook. Fl. Bor.- Am. 2, p. 53, t. 143. North Fork of Red River ; fl. June 4. The speci- mens collected by Captain Marcy belong to the broad-leaved forms of the plant. Enslenia albida, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 164, and in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 203; Decaisne, in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 518. Main Fork of Red River ; not in flower. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 259 APOCYNACEJE. Apocynum cannabinum, Linn. ; Hook. Fl. Bor. — Amer. 2, p. 51, t. 139 ; Decaisne, in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 439 ; Torr. Fl. New York, 2, p. — . Common on the upper tributaries of Red River ; May — June. Amsonia salicifolia, Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 184 i Decaisne, in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 385. WitcMta Mountains; fr. July 16. This is perhaps only a variety of A. angiistifolia, Michx., and both may not be specifically dis- tinct from A. taberncemontana. GENTIANACE^. Sabbatia campestris, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 167 ; Griseb., in DC. Prodr. 9, p. 50 ; Engelm. and Gr., PL Lindh. 1, p. 15. On the Washita; fl. and fr. July 27. Ertthr^a Beyrichii, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, ined. E. trichantha ^. angustifoUa, Giiseb. 1. c. With the preceding ; fl. and fr. July 26. EusTOMA RussELiANUM, Don. ; Griseb. in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 51. Lismntlms glaucifolius, Nutt. 1. c. L. Musselianus, Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3626. Washita River to the upper tributaries of the Red River ; July. CONVOLVULACEJE. EvoLvuLus PiLosus, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 174, (as a synonym) ; Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 195. £J. argenteus, Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 187 ; Choisy, in DC. Prodr. 9, p. 443 ; not of R. Br. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. May 22. Choisy doubtingly refers Brown's plant to E. hinutus, Lam., and therefore has adopted Pursh's name. Convolvulus lobatus, Engelm., and Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 44 (in a note.) C. hastatus, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 194; not of Thunb. C. Nuttallii, Torr. in Emory's Rep., p. 149. Middle Fork of Red River; May 22 — June 6. This species has much the appearance of C. althmoides, Boss. C. (Ipomoea) leptophyllus, Torr., in Frem. First Report, p. 94, and in Emory's Report, p. 148, t. 11. With the preceding. C, (Ipomcea) shumardianus, (sp. nov. ;) caule gracih subpubescente ; foliis ovato-lanceolatis sursum angustatis basi acutis ; pedunculis petiolas 260 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. longioribus 2-4-floris ; sepalis ovatis obtusis. Witchita Mountains ; fl. July 1*7 ; flowers as large as in C. panduratus, which, the plant much resembles, but differs in the form of the leaves, and in the broader and more obtuse sepals. Named in honor of Dr. G. C. Shumard, the botan- ical collector of the expedition. SOLANACE^. SoLANUM FLAviDUM, Torr. Ann. Lye. New York, 2, p. 227 ; Dunal in DO. Prodr. 13, p. 375. Cache Creek; May. This species is not suffrutescent, as is stated in the original description, but probably annual. Mr. "Wright found it on the Rio Grande. The prickles are sometimes almost wanting. S. Carolinense, Linn. ; Torr., Fl. N. York 2, p. 105 ; Dunal, 1. c, p. 305. "Witchita Mountains and upper tributaries of the Red River; May-June. Physalis pumila, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 193. With the preceding; May-June. This species has been over- looked by Dunal in DC. Prodr. SCROPHULARIACEvE. Castilleja purpurea, G. Don. ; Benth., in DC. Prodr. 10, p. 531. Euchroma purpurea, Nutt,, 1. c, p. 180. Sources of the Trinity River ; May. Pentstemon grandiflorus, Nutt., in Fras. Cat. 1813, and Gen. 2, p. 53 ; Benth., 1. c, p. 322. P. Bradburii, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 738. North Fork of Red River ; fl. June 3. The pedicels vary from three lines to nearly an inch in length. P. ambiguus, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 228; Benth., 1. c, p. 321. YVitchita Mountains; June. This rare and well characterized species has lately been found by Mr. "Wright on the upper Rio Grande. P. Cob^a, Nutt., 1. c. ; Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3465 ; Benth., 1. c, p. 326. Upper tributaries of the Red River ; May-June. P. pubescens, Soland. ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 35 ; Benth., 1. c. Headwaters of the Trinity. Smoothish, with narrower and more entire leaves than usual. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 261 Gerardia CtRAndiflora, Benth., Comp. Bot. Mag., 1, p. 206. Da- systoma Drummondi, Benth., in DC. Prodr. 10, p. 521. On the Wa- shita; fl. July 27. LABIATE. MoNARDA aristata, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil.' Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 186 ; Benth., in DC. Prodr. 12, p. 363. Main Fork of Red River; May 24-25. Nuttall says that this species is sometimes perennial ; but all our specimens seem to be annual. A variety was found on Cache Creek, in which the teeth of the calyx are aristate from a broad base, and strongly hispid-ciliate. The corolla is not spotted, as in the ordinary form. M. PUNCTATA, Linn.; Benth., 1. c; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 59. M. Z^^ea, Michx., Fl. 1, p. 16. North and Middle Forks of Red River; May-June. A dwarfish and annual form, in which the corolla is scarcely spotted, was found in the same region. Teucrium Cubekse, Linn.; Benth., in DC. Prodr. 12, p. 6*78. T. laciniatum, Torr., in Ann. Lye. New York, 2, p. 231. Cache Creek and Middle Fork of Red River ; May. This species was incorrectly described by me as "fruticulose" in the work quoted. Scutellaria resinosa, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 232 ; Benth., in DC Prodr. 12, p. 427. Cache Creek and Sweetwater Creek; May 18- June 9. ; S. PARvuLA, Michx., Fl. l,p. 12; Benth., 1. c: Torr.,Fl. N. York, 2. p. 71. S. amhigua, ']^uii., Gen. 2, p. 37. VERBENACEJE. LippiA cuneifolia, Torr., in Aim. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 234, (under Zapania.) Witchita Mountains, and on the Washita; June 1-27. Schauer has overlooked this species, in his revision of Verbenacece for DC. Prodr. Verbena bipinnatifida, Engelm. and Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 49 ; Schauer, in DC. Prodr. 11, p. 553. Glandularia bipinnatifida, Nutt., in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 123, and in Amer. Phil. Trans, (n. ser.) 5, p. 184. Sources of the Trinity and upper tributaries of Red River ; May- June. 262 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. BORAGINACE^. EuPLOCA CONVOLVULACEA, Nutt., in Amer. Phil. Trans, (n. ser.) 5, p. 190 ; DC. Prodr. 9, p. 559. Middle Fork of Red River ; 13. June 23. I am now convinced that my E. grandijlora (Emory's Report, p. 147) is an unusually large-flowered state of the present species. The plant is abundant on the Upper Rio Grande. Eritrichium Jamesii. Myosotis suffruticosa, Torr,, in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 225; DC. Prodr. 10, p. 114. North Fork of Red River; fl., and fr. June 14. This plant had not been found, till Captain Marcy collected it, since it was discovered by Dr. James, in Long's Expedition. It is a genuine Eritrichium, but can hardly be referred to any one of De Candolle's sections of that genus. My description (1. c.) was drawn from old and imperfect specimens, the stems of which were indurated at the base so as to appear suffrutescent. As more complete specimens show the plant to be herbaceous, the former specific name is not appro- priate. The allied Fendlerian species No. 636 {E, multicaule Torr. Mss.) is very hispid and canescent, with spreading hairs, and throws up several stems from a thick root or caudex. Leaves linea-spatulate and obtuse. Flowers on conspicuous pedicels. Fructiferous calyx broadly ovate, nearly erect ; the segments ovate-lanceolate and closed over the fruit. Nutlets truncate at the summit, very smooth and shining. POLEMONIACE^. Phlox pilosa, Linn.; Benth., in DO. Prodr. 9, p. 305. Sources of the Trinity; May. PRIMULACEJE. DoDECATHEON Meadia, Linn.; Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 136 ; DC. Prodr. 8, p. 56. Sources of the Trinity ; fl. May. SANTALACE^. CoMANDRA UMBELLATA, Nutt. Geu. 1, p. 15Y ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 139, t. 79, f. A; Torr, Fl. N. York, 2, p. 160. Thesium umhella- turn, Linn. Tributaries of the Red River ; May. There are few plants that have a wider range in latitude and longitude than this. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 263 EUPHORBIACEiE. Euphorbia corollata, Linn.; Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 607 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 175, t. 99. On the Washita ; July. E. MARGiNATA, Puish, Fl. 2, p. 607 ; Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 224. Main Fork of Red River; July 8. Upper part of the stem hairy. E. HELioscopiA, Linn.; Torr. Fl. K York, 2, p. 174, (excl. syn. Pursh ;) Gray, Bot. N. States, p. 405. Headwaters of the Trinity ; fl. May. Stillingia lanceolata, Nutt. in Trans. Amer, Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 176. S. sylvatica /g. salicifolia, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2 p. 245. Middle Fork of Red River; fl. June 4. Hendecandra Texensis, Klotsch in Erich. Areh. (1841) 1, p. 252 ; Engel. and Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 53. Croton muricatum, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 153. IT. multijlora^ Torr. in Frem. First Rep., p. 96. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. and fr. June 22, Gynamblosis monanthogyna. Engelmannia Nuttalliana, Klotsch, ^, 1. c. Croton monanthogynum, Micbx. Fl. 2, p. 215. C. ellipticum, Nutt. Gen. 2, p. 235, (excl. syn.;) Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 245. Main Fork of Red River; June 24. The Engelmannia of Klotsch, which is based on Croton elli2}ticum of Nuttall, must give place to the earlier genus of the same name of Torr. and Gray. I propose for it a manu- script name given to the plant many years ago, when revising the Euphorhiacece of the United States. Klotsch is wrong in referring Cro- ton monanthogynum to Hendecandra maritima. In the young specimens of Captain Marcy all the staminate flowers are 8-10 androus : and the later flowers are not unfrequently hexandrous. The petals and sepals vary from three to five. Tragia ramosa, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 245. T. angus- tifolia, Nutt, in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 172. T. brevispica, Engel. and Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 54. North Fork of the Red River ; June. 2644' APPENDIX G. BOTANY. Cnidoscolus stimulosus, Engel. and Gray, PL Lindh. 1, p. 26. ■^ Jatro2)ha sti7nu!osa, Michx. Fl 2, p. 216; EH. Sk, 2, p. 649. Cache Creek; May 17. PLANTAGENACEtE. Plantago Virginica, Linn.; Torr. Fl. New York, 2, p. 16. Head- waters of the Trinity , fl. May. P. GNAPHALoiDEs, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 100 ; Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 124 ; Decaisne in DC. Prodr. 13, (Sact. 1,) p. TlS. Mouth of the Big Medicine Ptiver. POLYGONACE^. Eriogonum longifolium, Nutt, in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 6, p. 164 ; Benth. Eriog. in Linn. Trans, IV, page 406. Witchita Moun- tains ; June. CHENOPODTACEiE. Chenopodium subspicatum, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 199 ? Middle Fork of Red River. The specimens are without either flowers or fruit. An- nual, diffuse, and much branched ; clothed with whitish furfuraceous scales. Leaves conspicuously petiolate, broadly rhombic ovate, with one or two coarse teeth on each side. Obione canescens, Moq, Chenop., p, 74; and DC. Prodr. 13, (pars 2,) p. 113 ; Torr., in Stansbury's Report, p. 395. O.occidentalis, Moq. 1. c. GalUgonium canescens, Pursh, FL 2, p, 370. Ati-iplex cane- scens, Nutt. Gen, 1, p, 197. Common on the upper tributary of the Red River. NYCTAGINACE^. OxYBAPHUs ANGtJSTiFOLius, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 237 ; Choisy, in DC. Prodr. 13, (pars 2,) p. 433. Calymenia angustifolia, Nutt., in Fras. Cat. 1813, and Gen. 1, p. 26. Upper tributaries of Red River; June. O. NYCTAGiNEUs, Totr. 1. c. ; Choisy, 1. c. Allionia nyctaginea, Michx., Fl. 1, p, 100. Calymeyiia corymhosa^ Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 178; not Mirabilis corymbosa, Cav., in which the involucrum is one- flowered. With the preceding; May 28. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 265 0. HiRSUTUs, Sweet; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Amer. 2, p. 124; Choisy, 1. c. Allionia kirsuta, Pursh, FI. 2, p. 728. With the preceding. U. Stem erect, 2-3 feet high, sparingly branched ; viscously pubescent ; leaves 2-3 inches long, and l-l-g- inch wide, on very short petioles, nearly entire. Flowers in a long, loose terminal and naked panicle ; involucre 3-flowered, rotate-companulate. Fruit fusiform, oblong, 5 -angled. As in most of the Nyctaginacem^ this plant abounds in cells filled with raphides. These are so abundant in the diber of the root, that they form a layer of a silvery white color. Abronia mellifera, Dougl., in Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 2879 ; Choisy, 1. c. Cache Creek; fl. and fr. May 18. The specimens in the collection agree exactly with Qouglas's plant collected in California, and named by Sir William Hooker. CUPULIFER^. QuERCus UNDULATA, Torr., in Ann. Lye, 2, p. 248, t. 4. ^Abundant on the upper tributaries of the Red River. Stems 1-2 feet long, from a thick woody base, sparingly branched above. Leaves oblong, two inches or more in length, undulate, and furnished with 1-3 rather obtuse and scarcely mucronate teeth on each side, densely and softly pubescent underneath, nearly smooth above, thick and somewhat coria- ceous. CONIFERS. JuNiPERus ViRGiNiANA, Linn.; Michx. f. Sylv. 2, p. 353, t. 155; Torr., Fl. N. Yorky 2, p. 235. J. sahina, Hook., Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 166. Middle Fork of Red River. HIPOXIDACE^. Hypoxis erecta, Linn. ; Bart., Fl. IST. Amer., 1, t. 35, f. 1 ; Torr., FI. N. York, 2, p. 289. Headwaters of the Trinity River ; May. COMMELYNACE^. CoMMELYNA ANGUSTiFOLiA, Linn. ; Kuuth, Enum. 4, p. 53 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 332. North Fork of Red River ; May-June. Tradescantia Virginica, Linn.; Bot. Mag., t. 105 ; Bart. 1. c., t. 41; Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 81 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 383. Abundant on 266 APPENDIX a. BOTANir. the upper tributaries of Red River ; May-June ; extremely variable in pubescence, and in the breadth of the leaves. TRIDACE^. SiSYRiNCHiuM Bermudiana, Linn.; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 290. Headwaters of the Trinity ; May. Nemastylis acuta ; with the preceding, LILIACEJE. SciLLA EScxjLENTA, Ker. Bot, Mag., t. 1574. Phalangium esculen- tum, Nutt., in Fras. Cat. 1813, Gen. 1, p. 219. F. Quamash, Pursh,Fl. 1, p. 226, Headwaters of the Trinity; May. Allium Canadense, Kalm; Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 223 ; Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 450 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 308. On Cache Creek ; fl. May 14. A. ocHROLEucuM. Nutt. Traus. Amer. Phil. Soc. (h. ser.) 5, p. 156; not of Waldst. and Kit. Headwaters of the Trinity; May. A. RECTicuLATUM, Fras ? Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 435. A. angulosum, (3. lenchorhizum, Nutt. 1. c.? Common on the tributaries of Red River. Bulb usually covejed with dark reticulated coats, but sometimes naked. MELANTHACE.E. Amianthium Nuttalii, Gray, in Ann. Lye. N. York, 4, p. 123. Helonias angustifolia^ Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 154. Amiantanthus, Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 181. Headwaters of the Trinity; May. CYPERACE^. Cyperus Schweinitzii, Torr. Cyp., p. 276 ; Fl. N. York, 2, p. 343. C. alterniforus, Schweiu., in Long's 2d Exped., 2, p. 381, (not of R. Br.) Middle and North Forks of Red River ; May-June. C. Strigosus, Linn. ; Torr. Cyp., p. 261 ; Fl. N. York, 2, p. 340, t. 136. Witchita Mountains ; July. Cyperus acuminatus, Torr. and Hook., in Torr. Cyp. Suppl. Wit- chita Mountains ; July 15. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 267 FiMBRisTYLis sPADicEA, VaW, Enum. 2, p. 294 ; Torr. Cyp., p. 346 ; Kunth, Enum. 2, p. 23Y ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 360. Headwaters of the Trinity ; May. ^ Garex Muhlenbergii, Schk. Car. 2, p. 12, f. 178 ; Schwein. and Torr. Car., p. 304 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 374. Headwaters of the Trinity, and on Cache Creek ; May-June. C. FESTUCACEA, Schk. Car. f. 173 ; Carey, in Gray's Bot. N. States, p. 545. C. straminea, yav.festucacea, Torr. 1. o. With the preceding. GRAMINEvE. Phalaris angusta, Nees; Trin, Tc. Gram. t. 78; Kunth, Gram. 2, p. 32. P. occidentalism Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 144. On Cache Creek; May 16. This plant is certainly P. angusta of Trinius, of which I have specimens named by that distinguished botanist. It appears, however, scarcely to differ from P. microstaclya, DC. Paspalum l^ve, Michx. Fl. 1, p. 44; Trin. Panic. Gen., p. 160; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 421. Main Fork of Red River; June. Panicum pauciflorum. Ell. Sk. 1, p. 120; Gray, Bot. N. States, p. 613. Headwaters of the Trinity ; May. P. RETicuLATUM, (n. sp.;) culmo geniculato erecto subsimplici ; foliis vaginisque laxe pilosis ; panicula oblonga contracta, ramulis racemosis paucifloris; spiculis obovatis acutiusculis glabris breviter pedicellatis muticis; glumis valde inaequalibus; flore neutro bivalvi ; palea inferiore (ut in gluma superiora) 7-costulata reticulata, flore hermaphrodito transverse ruguloso. On the Main Fork of Red River; July. Nos. 2090 and 2091, Wright's Coll. N. Mex. 1851-52, are glabrous and more robust forms of this species. P. OBTUSUM, (H. B. K. ?) spicis 5-7 racemosim dispositis erectis ; spicuHs geminis subimbricatis unilateralibus muticis obovatis obtusis glabris; glumis sequaHbus multinervosis ; flore inferiore triandro bipa- leaceo ; flore hermaphrodito subtilissime longitudinaliter striate subni- tido. — H. B. and Kunth, Nov. Gen. 1, p. 98 1 Tributaries of the Washita. Plant glabrous and glaucous, about 18 inches long. Rachis narrowly linear, very flexuous ; nerves of the glumes green. Near P. obtusum, 268 APPENDIX G. ^B0T4.Ni:. H. B. K., but differs in the nearly equal glumes. &c.. No. 209'2 Wriglit's Coll. N. Mex. 1851-52, is exactly gur plant. ■ ' ' , .■ ♦■ Akistida fasciculata, Torr., in Ann. Lye. IS". York, 2, p. 154; Kunth, Enum. 2, p. 196. A. picrpurea, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n, ser.) 5, p. 145. Middle Fork of Red River; May — June. Agrostis (Spobobolus) aieoides, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 151. With the preceding. The axils of the panicle are nearly glabrous in Captain Marcy's specimens. ^ "i; Calamagrostis gigantea, Nutt. 1. c, p. 143. Middle Fork of Red River ; June 23. Chloris verticillata, Nutt. 1. c. With the preceding ; June 25. An elegant grass, near C. alba, Presl. and Torr. in Emory's Rep., p. 153. BouTELGUA RACEMOSA, Lag. Var. Cienc. (1805) p. 141 ; Torr. in Emory's Rep., p. 154 ; not of Torr. Fl. N. York. Dinebra curtipendula, DC? Kunth, Syn. PI. Eq. 1, p. 281; excl. syn. Michx. Eutriana curti2Jendula, Trin. Fund, p. 161 (in part); Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 280, and Suppl. p. 233 ; excl. syn. Michx. and Willd. Main Fork of Red River ; July. The detailed description of this species by Kunth, 1. c, (drawn from a Mexican specimen collected by Humboldt)..shows that the Chloris curtipendula of Michaux {Bouteloua curtipendula, Torr.) is a distinct species, as indicated in Emory's Report, 1. c. Chondrosium oligostachyum. Atheropogon oligostachyum, Nut. Gen. 1, p. 7.8; Torr. in Sill. Jour. 4, p. 58. Eutriana? oligostachya^ Kunth, Gram. 1, p. 96, ex. Enum. 2, p. 282. Main Fork of Red River; July 2. C. PAPILLOSUM. Atheropogon papillosum, Engelm. in Sill. Jour. 46, p. 104. With the preceding, of which it is perhaps only a variety. The species of Chondrosium and Bouteloua are known by the name of Grama Grasses in New Mexico and Texas. Pleuraphis Jamesii, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 1, p. 148, t. 10; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 285. Main Fork of Red River ; July. Kunth (1. c.) asks whether this is not Hyvienothecium quinqucsetum of Lagasca ; but the brief description of that author (in Gen. et. Sp^ PI. Nov. 1816) does not agree with our plant. APPENDIX G. — BOTANY. 269 Sesleria dacttloides, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 65; Kuntli, Enum. 1, p. 323 ; Tcprr. in Emory's Report, p. 323, t. 10. Upper tributaries of the Red River ; July. This is the well known Buffalo-grass of the western prai- ries. It is remarkable that neither the grain nor the fertile flowers of this grass are known. PoA (Eragrostis) oxylepis. p. interrupta, Nutt.. in Trans, Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 146; not of Lam. Witchita Mountains; JuLy. A very neat grass. The specimens of Captain Marcy are only about 18 inches high. , P. ERAGROSTIS, LiBn. : Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 333 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 458. North Fork of Red River ; July. P. ARACHNiFERA ; pauicula oblonga contracta, ramulis semiverticillatis; spicis subquinquefloris, lato-ovatis, floribus laxis basi et racheos longe lanoso-arachnoideis ; glumis inequalibus anguste-lanceolatis, in carina scabris ; palea inferiore lineari-lanceolata acutissima obscure 3-5-nervata, carina interne ciliata. 5? spiculis 9-10 floris, rachi sparsa lanosa. Headwaters of the Trin- ity; May. Melica GLABRA, Michx. Fl. 1, p. 62. Witchita Mountains ; May 30. KoELERiA CRiSTATA, Pers. Syn. 1, p. 97 ; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 381. K. nitida, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 74. IT. tuber osa, Nutt. in Amer. Phil. Trans, (n. ser.) 5, p. 148. Headwaters of the Trinity. Festuca nutans, Willd., Enum. 1, p. 116 ; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 407 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 471, t. 158. Witchita Mountains ; June. F. TENELLA, Willd. 1. c. ; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 397 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 470, t. 154. Headwaters of the Trinity ; taller than the plant of the Atlantic States. Uniola latifolia, Michx., Fl. 1, p. 71 ; Ell. Sk. 1, p. 167 ; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 425. Witchita Mountains; July. A tall showy grass, with very large nmch compressed spikelets. U. stricta, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 1, p. 155. U. mulhjlora, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 148. Washita River to the upper tributaries of. the Red River; June-July. No. 2033 Wright's Coll. N. Mex. 1851-52 'is the same. 270 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. Triticum repens, Linn. ; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 440 ; Torr., Fl. N, York, 2, p. 474. Common on the tributaries of Red River ; May-June. All the specimens are awnless. Elymus Canadensis, Linn. ; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 451 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 476. E c/laucifolius, Willd. Cache Creek, &c. ; June. HoRDEUM JUBATUM, Linn.; Torr., Fl. Mid. and N. States, 1, p. 158 ; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 457. Tributaries of Red River. H. pusiLLUM, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 87, and Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 151 ; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 457. Tripsacum DACiyLOiDES, Linn; Michx. Fl. 1, p. 61; Nutt. 1. c; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 469. North Fork of Red River ; June. Andropogon Jamesii. a. glaucum, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 1, p. 153 ; not of Muhl. With the preceding. EQUISETACE^. Equisetum hyemale, Linn. ; Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 652 ; Torr., Fl. New York, 2, p. 482. Main Fork of Red River. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 271 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate I Anemone Caroliniana. Fig. 1, a stamen, magnified; fig. 2, a head of piatils; fig. 3, a head of ripe achenia, both magnified ; fig. 4, a single achenium, more enlarged. Plate II. DlTHYR^A WiSLIZENI. Fig 1, a flower, magnified ; fig. 2, the pistil, more enlarged; fig. 3, a ripe pod, with one cell opened, to show the seed — also magnified ; fig. 4, the embryo, more magnified. Plate III. Geranium Fremontu.* Plate IV. Hoffmanseggia Jamesii. Fig. 1, a flower; fig. 2, a pod; fig. 3, seed — all moderately magnified. Plate V. Sanguisorba annua. Fig. 1, a flower; fig. 2, the fruit — both magnified. Plate VI. Eryngium diffusum. Fig. 1, a separate leaf; fig. 2, a flower; fig. 3, a petal; fig. 4, the ovary, with the styles and three of the sepals ; fig. 5, front view of a stamen and sepal ; fig. 6, side view of the same — all but fig. 1 more or less magnified, Plate VII. EURYT/ENIA Texana. Fig. 1, a mericarp, magnified; fig. 2, transverse section of the same, more Plate VIII. LiATRis acidota. Fig. 1, head of flowers, moderately magnified; fig. 2, a single flower, more enlarged ; fig. 3, a single bristle of the pappus, still more enlarged. Plate IX. Aphanostephus ramosissimus. Fig. 1, a ray-flower; fig. 2, a disk-flower; fig. 3, style of the same; fig. 4, achenium, with its coroniform pappus — all magnified. Plate X. Xanthisma Texana. Fig. 1-3, scales of the involucre; fig. 4, a disk-flower; fig. 5, achenium and pappus of the same; fig. (5, ray-flower; fig. 7, style of the disk-flower — all magnified * This species was not found by Captain Marcy, but it grows in the region that he explored. The plate was prepared for another government report, which was never published. S72 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. Plate XI. Engelmannia pinnatifida. Fig. 1, a I'ay-flower, with an inner inrolucral scale; fig. 2, style of the same; fig. 3, a disk-flower ; fig. 4, style of the same ; fig. 5, an achenium — all magnified. Plate XII. Artimesia filifolia. Fig. 1, portion of a flowering branch, moderately enlarged; fig. 2, a single head, more magnified; fig. 3, the same, longitudinally cut and equally mag- nified ; fig. 4, a disk-flowei", and fig. 5, a ray-flower, both more magnified. Plate XIII. Erythema Beyriciiii. Fig. 1, a flower, magnified; fig. 2, a capsule. Plate XIV. Heliotropium tenellum. Fig. 1, the calyx; fig. 2, corolla, showing its aestivation; fig. 3, the same, expanded; fig. 4, the same, laid open; fig. 5, fruit; fig. 6, longitudinal ' section of the seed — all magnified. Plate XV. EuPLOCA convolvulacea. Fig. 1, a flower, moderately magnified ; fig. 2, the same, laid open and equally magnified ; fig. 3, the stamens, more magnified ; fig. 4, a single stamen, still more magnified; fig. 5, the pistil, equally magnified; fig. 6, fruit, with the persistent style ; fig. 7, transverse section of the same, equally enlarged ; fig. 8, longitudinal section of a seed, more magnified. Plate XVI. Pentstemon ambiguus. Fig. 1, a flower, moderately magnified ; fig. 2, the stamens and a portion of the corolla, more enlarged; fig. 3, the pistil, equally magnified ; fig. 4, capsule twice the natural size, and dehiscent. Plate XVII. LippiA cuneifojlia. Fig. 1, a bract; fig. 2, a flower; fig. 3, the calyx; fig. 4, the corolla, cut longitudinally, showing the stamens and pistil — all moderately magnified ; fig. 5, the pistil, longitudinally cut, more enlarged. Plate XVIII. Abronia cycloptera. Fig. 1, involucre, somewhat magnified ; fig. 2, fruit of the natural size ; fig. 3 transverse section of the fruit, magnified; fig. 4, an achenium, magnified; fig. 5, transverse section of the same, also magnified ; fig. 6, the embryo. Plate XIX. PoA interrupta. Fig. 1, a spikelet; fig. 2, a single flower; fig. 3, a caryopsis — all magnified^ Plate XX. Uniola stricta. Fig. 1, a spikelet, magnified. APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY. VOCABULAEIES OF WORDS IN THE LANGUAGES OF THE COMAN- CHES AND WITCHITAS: BY CAPT. E. B. MARCY. ENGLISH. COMANCHE, VS^ITCHITA. Man, To-e-bitch-e, Two-bear-e-^^-^s-ah. Woman, Wy-e-pe, J^ah-haak. ■ White roan, To-e titch e, E-^a-rish. Mexican, Tack-o-<2-bo, Es-to-he. Negro, Toosh ah-^y-bo. Es-tah he-e^-co-rash. Indian, ^A-hos. Delaware, Nar-woA-ro. Kickapoo, Shake-^aA-quah. Cherokee, SJian-uaok. Osage, Wash-sashe, TFa^Asashe. Comanche, i\^o taw. Chief, Taak-quin-nOj A-ra-oh. Friend, Hartch, Hartch. Enemy, To ho-Ja-kah, Now-^a-wah. One, Cha osth. Two, Witch. Three, Taw-y^aj. Four, TaaZAr-witch. Five, Es-§'Ma*«'-etch. Six, , iTe-hash. Seven, Ke-q^-itch. Eight, Ke-o-taitf-wah. Nine, Sa O'kin-te. Ten, Es-kir-i'i-a/t-wash. Horse, Pooke, Ca wah-ra. Mule, Jl/bo-rur, Moo-rur. Bear, Whee-lahj Wee rah. Dog, Ckarl lee, Keetch-ah., Prairie-dog, ^ee-chee, Keeche n'ah. Sun, TaA-arpe, ^eeshaw. Moon, Mushe, Moir (like French.) Stars, Ta-arche, Eck qua de-co. AVater, Pah, Keetche. « Fire, Koo-o-nah, ^s-tore. Koad, To yah-a^cA-co. 18 274 APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY. ENGLISH. COMANCHE. WITCHITA. Smoke, Cook-toe, Etch-qua-as^' co. River, Ho-no, Hat. Mountain, Tb-yah-vees-tah, Ne-yaw-caw-tee. Corn, Hah-ne-6e-tah, Tais. Grass, Me-cheese-ka, Ec-yoc^-cod. Tree, Oho-Y>ee, Cawk. Blanket, TFaA-nopp, Ah-waier-cotsh. Mirror, JVah-ho-ne, Atch-e o-wash. Paint, Pees-ah-pee, Tah-rah-o-way. Tobacco, Fah-mo, Way CO. Powder, iVoA-co-chee, Eteh-co([. Gun, Te-i-it, Kah-to-kash. Bow, Ho-a-a-te, Kee-5i^ its. Arrow, Pa-ark, iVay-quats. Yes, Hah, Wash. IS^o, Kay, Kea/i-re. To hear, i\^a^-gut. To-oicA-kash. To sleep, Ithe--pe, A-shotch-a-s/iOz^ bick. To come, Keem-mah, Toiaos. Togo, Me ah lo. Totch-e^ch. Fight, Naw-bah-cfa kah, Ta-a-chots. Understand, J^oc^-kun-nee, Wah-tah-chow-ofcA- kash. Talk, Ta-quaw, Wash-talk-^e shaw. Look here, Cab boon, Esh sAa-esh. I see, Un-sAa esh. Tell them, Marry-e-ah-whit-to, jE'-shock. He says, ^aZ^-kash. How much ? Atch-\xnch.. How far ? Ah-she-ka-atch-e-a- wah. Good, Chaat, Atch-isih. Bad, Tahe-chit, Naw-owMa. Great, Pe-opp, Totch tab. Small, ^er-titche; Kee-eicA-tah. Black, Too -hoip. (7o-rash. Dead, Ta-jeh, Wah-ra-tash. God, Tar-a-pe. My father, Ner-ac^-pee. My mother. Ner-6e ar. My brother, Ner-to-ma. My sister, Ner-/>a-cher. My son, Ner-too-ar. My daughter, Ner-j?a-tar. My husband, Ner-co-wac^ pe. APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY. 275 ENGLISH. COMANCHE. WiTCHITA, My wife, Ner-quer. Child, To-a-chee. Boy, To-amc^-pe. Girl, Wy-ah-pee-chee. Face, ^oo-veh. Body, WahJc-cheT. Head, Pa-aft. Heart, Pe-hee. Breast, To-koo. Hair, Par-pe. Hand, Moo--wa}i. Leg, Ah-ioo-koo. Foot, iVa A-hap. Neck, Tbo-yock. %e, JVaw chiche. Mouth, Tep-pa. Tongue, Ar-aA-ko. Back, ^Ma-hee. Bone, >^o-nip. Blood, Feeshe--pah.. Ear, JVah-kavke. Scalp, PaA-pee. Buffalo, CooJc-chow. Ox, Pe-mo-ro. Herd of horses, Tah-Aeyeh. Deer, Ul-leek-kah. Turkey, Ko-jo-nit-tah. Day, Tah-arp. Summer, Ta-arch. "Winter, T'o-han, Spring, Tane-hah-ro. Night, Too-kah-ra. Morning, Tua-arth-co. Darkness, Teir. Rain, Er-mar. Snow, Tar-kau. Sea, Par-hap-hia. Prairie, Fe-he-wale-tQ. Spring, (fountain,) Pah-hap -pea. Bread, Ta-e-sAaw-tar. Melon, Pe-Ae-na. Wood, Koo-oA-nee. Forest, Hoo-oA-carte. Bird, jSToo-choo. Fish, Fa-qae. 276 APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY. ENGLISH. COMANCHE. WITCHITA. Snake, Noo-5e-er. Stone, Terp. Lead, JVup'-parke. Pipe, Toh-ish. Corn, Hah-ne-5e-teh. Tent, Kah-Aa^-me. Wampum, Tshenip. Kettle, Way-he- to-wah. Boat, Wo-we-poJce, Axe, Uo-him-nah. Spear, Cheak. Knife, Weith. Flint, iWi-da-curte, Shoe, Ma-a-pee. Kettle, Wit'wah. Town, Kee-?ZM-kie. Warrior, Too-a-vitche. Hot, Ur-ate. Cold, Urtch-ate. White, Too-shop. Bed, A-kop-tee. Handsome, Char-nar-bo-my. Live, iVay-ure. Salt, 0-nae-biter. Near, May-titch. Far off, Ma-nar-kee. To-morrow, Pa-arcA-quee. To kill. May-tcay-kun. To eat, Tu-kar-voo. To walk, ^e?'-mumsh. To run. No-^a-ark. To drink. He-bet-to. To laugh, Ta-AoA-net. To cry, Tah-kay. To love. Kum-«iar-pee. To trade. Te-me-aA-row. To see, Nah-6o-ne. To sing, Ho-bee-er. To dance, Nt-^r-ker. Me, Ne. You, ^er-che. He, Sho-ku. They, Punche. Very well. 0-shus-she. Perhaps, Wo-har-A;e-ne. APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY. 277 EEMARKS ON THE PEECEDING VOCABULARIES, BY PEOFESSOK W. W. TURNER. Of the two vocabularies liere given, the Comanche agrees very closely ■with that obtained by Mr. Robert S. N'eighbors, Indian agent in Texas, and published by H. S. Schoolcraft, in his History, Condition, and Pros- pects of the Indian Tribes, vol. II, p. 494, et seq.; the slight discrepan- cies which present themselves between the two being nearly all owing to the different manner in which the same sounds are caught and represented by different persons. The ethnological affinities of the Comanches are well known. They are the most important tribe of Indians in Texas, and constitute a portion of the great Shoshonee or Snake family, which have been led in pursuit of the buffalo far to the south of their congeners. The vocabulary of the Witchitas, though less complete, is more interesting, as being the first ever published, as far as I am aware. A pretty extended examination, however, has not enabled me to discover an analogy between it and any other aboriginal tongue with which we have the means of comparison. It is true, that in Captain Marcy's lists the words for Osage, friend, mule, hear, prairie-dog, are the same in this language as in the Comanche ; but the entire dissimilarity of the two vocabularies in other respects, shows that the words in question must have been adopted, from one language into the other, or from a common foreign source. Thus it is evident that the Comanche name for prairie-dog is borrowed from the "Witchita, while the name for mule has been taken by both from the Spanish. The ethnological position of the Witchitas, then, remains still to be determined. ALPHABETICAL INDEX.* Page. A. A^ironia 265,272 Abundance of water and grass... 40 Acacia 253 Acephala 224 Acerates 258 Adair bay 117 Achillea 256 Actinella 257 Agama 205,206 Agassizocrinus 173 Agricultural capabilities 69 Agrostis 260 Albuquerque, altitude of 112 Alecran (scorpion) 238 Alkaline character of water 8 Allionia 264, 265 Allium 266 Allium 266 Amianthium 266 Amiantanthus 266 Ammonites 183 Amorpha 252 Amsonia 259 Amsonia 259 Anabrus 229, 230 Anacardiacese 250 Analysis of gypsum spring 52 Analysis of gypsum water 91 Analysis of Marcylite 9 Analysis of subsoil 8,23 Ananchytes 185 Anantherix 258 Anemone 248, 271 Andropogon 270 Andropogon... 270 Anodonta 227 Antelopes 14, 49, 50, 62 Antilocapra 187 Antiscorbutics 36 Aphanostephus 257, 271 Aphanostephus 257 Apocynum 259 Page. Arachnidians 233 Araneidee 233 Arcliimedipora 175 Argemone 248 Aristida 268 Aristida 268 Arkansas, geology of 1 56 Artemisiia ^255, 272 Asclepiadacese 258 Asclepias 958 Asclepias 258 Astarte ISO Astragalus 252 Atacamite 9, 135 Athcropogon 268 Atmospheric refraction 41 Atreus 240 Atriplex 264 B. Baptisia 252 Barometer broken 14 Bassaris 136 Battle between Indians 43 Batrachians 213 Bear, instinct of 57 Beaver creek 64 Beavers, habits of 33 Big "Witchita 9 Birds seen 12 Bituminous coal 113 Bor agiaaceae 282 Bos-... 187 Bottle buried 38 Bottom lands 85 Boulders 28, 163,165 Boundary between Texas and Choc- taw Nation 20 Bouteloua 268 Bouteloua 268 Bow, its use and material 98 Buffaloes ...15,25,27,65,71 Synonyms are italicised. 280 INDEX. Page. Buifaloes, diminution of their num- bers 105 Buffalo grass 40 Buffaloes, range of 104 Buffaloes, relation of, to Indians.. 103 Bufo 213 Bulimus 225 Buthus 240 Brachiopoda 175 Brachypeplus 231 Brackish water 64 Brown coal 144 Brush fence 37 Bryozoa 175 C. Cache creek 7 Calamagrostis :. 268 Calligonium 264 Callirrhoe 249 Calymenia 264 Canadian 39 Canaje-Hexie 17 Canis 186 Cafions 154 Capparidacese 248 Carex 267 Carex 267 Caryophyllaceae 249 Cardium 181 Cassia 253 Castilleja 260 Castor 186 Cattle-stealing 97 Centaarea 257 Centipede 243 Ceratichthijs 219 Cervus 187 Chastity of prisoners, violation of. . 1 03 Chenopodiacese 264 Chenopodium 264 Chickasaw plum 19 Chiefliood of Indians 97 Chloris 268 Choctaw reservation, boundary of. 74 Chloris 268 Chloris 268 Chondrosiura 268 Chondrosium 268 Chrysopsis 257 Cirsium 257 Clematis 248 Clitoria 252 Cnemidophorus 210 Coal 157 Cnidoscolus 264 Page. Coal basin in west 143 Coal of Brazos 142 Cold weather 30 Coal west of Mississippi 142 Colorado, confusion of the name. . 4 Coluber 199 Comanches 86 Comanches, i^hysical features of... 93 Comanches, subdivisions of 94 Comanche trail 25 Comandi'a 262 Commelyna 265 Commelynaceae 265 Compositee 255 Coniferee 265 Convolvulus 259 Convolvulus 259, 260 Convolvulacese - 259 Copper 151 Copper, carbonate of 165 Copper ore 7,9,20, 135 Coronella 199 Courses and distances 130 Cretaceous fossils 158, 178 Cretaceous rocks 158 Crinoidea 173 Crotalus 188 Crotaphy tus 205 Croton ■ 263 Cross Timbers 70,81,84 Cruciferse 248 Cucumis 254 Cucurbita 254 Cucurhita 254 Cucurbitaceae 254 Cupuliferse 265 Cyathrocrinus 173 Cyclas 225 Cyperaceae 266 Cyperus 266 Cyperus 266 D. Daihinia 223 Dalea 252 Dalca 252 Dasystoma 261 Deer 62, 66 Deer-bleat 50,66 Delphinium 243 Desmodium 252 Dews 43 Didelphys 187 Ltineb ra 268 Diplopappus 257 INDEX. 281 Page. Distances from Fort Belknap to SantaFe 89 Dithyraea 248, SfM Divide 12, 13, 41, 48 Dodecatheon 262 Dona Ana 113 Drift 145,152,162 Drift-hiUs 168 Drought . 37 E. Early explorations of Ked river. . . 2 Echinacea - 256 Echinodermata 184 Egletes 257 Elevations above sea 43, 56 Elk creek 20 Elymus 270 Elymus 270 Encampment, mode of 30 Engelmannia 257, 272 Evgelmannia 263 Enslenia 258 Equisetacese 270 Equisetum 270 Eragrostis 269 Eriogonum 264 Evitrichium 262 Eritrichium - 262 Eryngium 254, 271 Erythrifia 259, 272 Erythraa 259 I'Etage Senonien 158 Euchroma 260 Eulima 1*2 Euphorbia 263 Euphorbiacece 263 Euploca 262,272 Euploca 262 Eurytajnia 255, 271 Eustoma 259 Euteenia 190, 191 Eutriana 268 Evolvulus 259 Evolvulus 259 Exogyra 178,179 Explorations by Gregg 4 " " James 3 " " Long 3 « " Pike 2 « " Sparks 2 False rumors 77 Page. False scoi-pions 241 Fedia 255 Felis 186 Ferruginous sand 170 Fertility of soil 72 Festuca 269 Fimbristylis 267 Fish 24, 216 Flies, annoyance from 68, 71 Fort Arbuckle, arrival at 82 Fort Belknap 5, 11 Fort Smith, altitude of 112 Fort Smith, arrival at 5 Fossils 45 Fossil-wood 164 French explorations of Red river. 2 Fresh water 37, 40 G. Gaillardia 256 Galeodes 241 Garter snake 190 Gasteropoda 225 Gaura 253 Gentianacese 259 Geraniaceae 250 Geranium 250,271 Gerardia 261 Geology of Arkansas 156 Geology of country 140 Glandularia 261 Globiconcha ..*- 182 Glycyrrhiza 251 Gnats, annoyance from 68 Gold 162 Gold-bearing formation 19 Gold-bearing rocks 147 Gold deposites 14 Gold diggings of Colorado 148 Grama grass 28, 43, 50 Grama 268 Graminese 267 Granite 14, 15, 158 Grapes 35 Grasses, native 73 Grazing, best time for 31 Gregg's expedition 4 Greyhounds, use of, in chase 25 Grossulaceae 254 Grotto in gj^psum 51 Grove of timber 21 Gryphsea 179 Guides, sagacity of 76 Gynamblosis 263 Gypsum 22, 46 Gypsum beds, extent of 91 282 INDEX. Page. Gypsum deposite 149 Gypsum formation 145 Gypsum in South America 150 Gypsum water, analysis of. 52, 91 H. Head of navigation of Eed river.. 89 Head spring of Red river 55 Hedyotis 255 Heterodon 193 Helianthus » - 256 Helix plebeium — 28 Heliotropium 272 Helonias 266 Hemiaster 184 Hendecandra 263 Hendecandra . . 263 Herpetodryas 199 Hoffmanseggia 252, 271 Holaster 184 Holbrookia 206,207 Holectypus 185 Homeward march 58 Hordeum 270 Hospitality, rights of 100 Houstonia 255 Hundredth degree of longitude .. 18, ]9 Hymenopapi^us 257 Hymenopappus 257 Hymenothccium 268 Hymcnoxys 257 Hypoxidacese 265 Hypoxis 265 Ignorance of power of whites 99 Incredulity of Indians 99 Indians 76 Indians and Tartars compared 96 Indian camps 31 , 33, 36 Indian forays 87 Indian horsemanship 95 Indians, mode of checking 88 Indians of Red river, general de- scription of. 93 Indian tracks 63 Indian villages 72 Indigofera 251 Inoceramus 180 Iporaaea 259 Iridaceae 266 Iron sands 137 James, Dr., journal of 3 Janira 178 Jasper 147 Jatropha 264 Julus 245 June rise 15, 84, 91 Juniperus 265 Juniperus 265 Junip erus Virginiaaa 53 K. Kaskia Indians 3 Ke-che-a-qui-ho-no 49 Keechies 93 Kickapoos 81 Kioways 37,43,86 Kioway creek 36 Koeleria 269 Koeleria 269 Krameria 251 Krameriaceae 251 L. LabiataB 261 Latitudes 38, 56, 59, 63 Lakes of Red river 84 Laguna Colorado Ill Labradorite 137 Leguminosce 25 1 Lepachy s 256 Lephrosia 251 Leptocaulis.. 254 Leptophis 203 Lepus 186 Leuciscus 219, 220,222 Liatris 255, 271 Liatris 255 Lies told by the Indians 18 Lightning 13 Lignite 144 Liliacese 266 Lime 22 Linacese 249 Linum 249 Lippia 261,272 Liquor, use of, among Indians 102 Lisianthus 259 Little Witchita 5 Lizards described 204 Llano Estacado 33, 38, 39, 41, 42, 45, 49, 50, 56, 92, 114 INDEX. 283 Page. Llano Estacado impracticable for a railroad 110 Llano Estacado, geology of 167, 168 Loasacese 254 Lodges, Witchita, town of 76 Loess creek 28 Longitudes 38 Long's exploration 3 Long's peak 115 Lost member of party 39 Liitra 186 Lycosa 234 Lygodesmia 257,258 Lygosoma 211 Lymneea 226 Lynx 186 M. Magnetic needle, variation of. 64 Malva 249 Malvastrum 249 Malvaceae 249 Mammals 186 Manganese ore 137 Marcylite 9,135 Marshallia 257 Masticophis 201 McClellan's creek 40 Medicine lodges 107 Melampodium 257 Melampodium 257 Melanthacese 266 Melica 269 Mentzelia 254 Mephitis 186 Meteorological observations 1J8 Mezquite grass 6 Mezquite wood 28, 40, 59, 66, 114 Middle Comancbes 79 Military post, new one advised . . 87, 88 Mineralogy 135 Mirabilis 264 Mirage 41 Mollusca 178 Monarda 261 Monarda 261 Mount Scott 70 Mount "Webster 21 Mountains, physical features of 65 Mulberry creek 60 Mule lost 74 Mygale 233 Myosotis 262 Myriapods 243 N. Page. Navigation of Big Witchita 6 Negroes, hostility to 101 Nemastylis 266 North Fork 24 Nyctaginacese 264 O. Oaks, dwarf 25 Obione 264 Ohione 264 (Enothera 253 Oldenlandia 255 Onagracese 253 Ophibolus ? 198, 199,200 Order for expedition 1 Orthopterous insects 228 Ostrea 179 Otter creek 14 Over cup oak 8 Oxalidacese ^ 249 Oxalis 249 Oxybaphus 264, 265. Oxytropis 252 Pah-hah-en-ka 79 Palaeontology 173 Palafoxia 256 Panicum 267 Panicum 267 Panopoea 181 Panther 11,50,59,66 Papaveraceee 248 Paronychia 249 Paspalum 267 Pass in the mountains 70 Patent Office, letter from 60 Peak of Guadalupe 112 Pecten 178 Fentatrematltes . 174 Pentremites 174 Pentstemon 260,272 Pentstemon ^ 260 Petalostemon 251, 252 Petrified wood 42 Phalangium 266 Phalangopsis 228 Phalaris 267 Phalaris 267 Phengites 150 Phlox 262 Phrynosoma 204 284 INDEX. Page. Physa 225 Physalis 261) Pike's expedition 2 Pituophys 196 Planorbis 226, 227 Plantagenaceae 264 Plantago 264 Pleurapliis 268 Poa 269,272 Poa 269 Polanisia 248 Polemoniaceas 262 Polygala 250,251 PolygalacesB 250 Polygonaceas 264 Polyotus 258 Poly tasnia -' 255 Pomotis 216 Porphyritic greenstone 146 Portulacacese 249 Poterium 253 Prairie dogs 43, 46, 59^ Prairie-dog towns 46 Presents distributed 18 Preston 89 Preston, arrival at 5 Primulaceee 262 Prisoners, release of. 79 Prisoners, Mexican 79 Procyon 186 Productus 175, 176 Prunus chicasa 19 Psammophis 201 Pseudoscorpionidse 24 1 Psoralea 251 Ptelea 250 Pteromys 186 Pupa rauscorum 28 Pure water 64 Pyrrhopappus 257 Q. Quapaws 93 Quercus 265 Quercus macrocarpa 8 Quicksand 7, 29 E. Eaft of Red river 84 Eaikoad, best route for ...110, 112 Eailroad, general considerations respecting 109 Eain 13,14, 15,65 Eains, times of occurrence 42 Eana 214 Page. Eanunculacese 248 Rattlesnake 217 Eed clay formation 168 Red river 13 Red river, early explorations of 2 Red river, its physical characters. 83 Red river, position of sources 84 Reptiles 188 Reptiles collected 61 Religious belief 107 Retepora 175 Rhus 250 Ehynchosia 251 Ribes 254 Riddellia. 256 Riddellia 256 Rio Raijo of Humboldt 4 Rise of river 44 River terraces 90 Rock bed of river 54 Rock salt 91 Rosacese 253 Rubiacese 255 Rudbeckia 256 Rudbeckia 256 Rush creek.. 80 S. Sabbatia 259 Safe return 82 Sagacity of Indians 32 San Diego 116 Sand-hills 16,90 Sandy creek 39 Salt Fork 21 Salt, incrustation of 35 Salt springs 181 Salt plains not at head of Red river 42 Sanguisorba 253,271 SantalaccEe 262 Sapindaceas 250 Sapindus 250 Sceleporus 207 Scenery, magnificent 55 Schrankia 253 Schrankia angustata 44 Scilla 266 Scincus 212 Sciurus 186 Scolopendra 243 Scoria 146 Scorpio 238 Scorpions 238 Scorpionidaj 238 Scotophis 197 Scrophulariaceae 260 INDEX. 285 Page. Scutellaria 261 Scurvy 36, 44,68 Scyphia 145 Sections, geological 159 Selenite 164 Septaria 138 Serpents 188 Sesleria 269 Shells 224 Shepard, Pi-of. C. U., letter from. 135 Shortest route to Pacific 115 Sicydium 254 Sicydium 254 Sida 249 Sidell's route 115 Sierra Waco 113 Signs, use of 103 Silene .--. 249 Sisyrinchium 266 Smoke of Indians 62 Snows, little obstruction from 114 Soils, analysis of 138 Solanaceee 260 Solanum 260 Solidago 255 Sparks's expedition 2 Spermophilus 187 Spiders 233 Spirifer 177 Sporobolus 268 Staked Plain 56 Staked Plain, etymology of 92 Stevia ^. 256 Stillingia 263 StiUingia 263 Streptanthus 248 Subsoils 153 Subsoil, analysis of. 8 Succinea 227 Succinea elongata 28 Sulphate of lime 45 Sulphur river 113 Sulphuret of lead 80 Superstitions 107 Suydam creek 25 Sweetwater creek 29 Swiftness of wild animals .62, 63 Talinum 249 Talk with the Indians 17 Tamias 186 Tarantula 233 Tarantulidae 236 Tartars and Indians compared 96 Telegonus 238 Page. Temperature of water 8, 162 Terebratula 176, 177, 181 Terraces of river 35 Tertiary coal 144 Teucrium 261 Teucrium 261 Thelyphonus 236 Thesium 262 Thirst 53,54 Tiliqua 212 Tillable land on Eed river 86 Timber 65,70,73 Timber, large size of 40 Timber, varieties of 8, 12 Titanian sands 137 Tobacco, use of 102 To-se-quash 79 Tradescantia „... 265 Traffic of Indians, illegal. 105 Tragla 263 Tragia 263 Transportation of stores, route for 89 Trigonia 180 Trinity river 113 Tripsacum 270 Triticum 270 Tylostoma 182 U. Umbelliferse 254 Unio 224,226,227 Uniola 269,272 Uniola 269 Ursus 186 Valerianaceee 255 Valley, fertile 70 Verbena 261 Verbenacese 261 Vermillion, use of 99 Vesicaria 248 Vicia 251 Vinaigron ( Thelyphonus) 236 Vitaceae 250 Vitis 250 Volcanic rocks 146 Vulpes 106 W. Wacos 77, 78,93 War-club 98 Warparties 97 286 INDEX. Page. War parties, how distinguislied... 25 Warner's pass — 116 Water basin 59 Water of Ked river, analysis of... 153 Water, sudden rise of 12 Wild cat -...61, 101 Wild-horse creek 80 Winds, prevailing.. 30 Winters of Red river 86 Witchitas 17, 77, 93 Witchita mountains 10, 15,62, 64 Witchita mountains, agricultural capabilities of country about... 73 Page. Witchitas, extent of their country. 69 Witchita mountains, structure of.. 163 Women, condition of 102 X. Xanthisma 271 Z. Zanthoxylacese 250 Zapmiia 261 Zinnia 256 Zoology 186 -_-y H to i2j ■ » w t W.UL XLrtiL"bySJicCW3ie2Lce 80 JolrTLOc l' VIEW NEAR THE Ji£AD OJ THE ZE-CHE-jlil-QUE-HO-J^O 12; FIO. # -^ Lx-ti-bj-L a-wi-gaaee 86 JoliE.StlJ' Y HEAP OF KE:CHEA]t5"UE-H0-¥0 ORTHEmWBMKCH OP HE D -RIVE K, o • o 1—1 Geology »?\.SHIi\(iTO]V COUNTY <^RAA\'p. IMxlll.Mlln.V lol.VTV GEOLOGICAL SECTION SHOWING THE ORDER AND SUCCESSION OFTHE STRATA FROM WASHINGTON COUNIV ARKANSAS TO FORT BELKNAP TEXAS BY GEORGE G SHUMARD M D. I'lirliiiilirvrnnii T.iniMlii ■^^^■^^- S' I; % 1 ^R-' o H o o O >- CO o z: o H a: o o o o UJ C/9 O O o UJ C9 o a: < CO o d UJ O >- DO < > oc: o o < a: CO en o I-- o o o o UJ O y\ — ---c / ~x'' - ■-, v^ - JD >-- /^, ""0- ^A- f^' ■^ ^ ^ 2 pi nS ''-;< I- o •p <0 d d UJ O >- OQ O I I I > LLl < a: CO fit: o z z o =3 b o UJ (/) < o 2 o UJ o o X O Q Z OC < < m 3 i 2 o q: < >- ■ ■■ on < ey I- < *** I- 3 O u ^ < O I- o Ld O 1 r 1 1 1 1 lllljllM s ' ° 1 c 1 s 1 a t 5 -7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 'l § s % _pqo- \13: in o ^ "^ d j; rn o v:; '^ ^ =s ,0; =1 < --d -1:1 0^ f= VJ n: r^ ^' E^ O -^ ^ Q < IE Z3 X CO 6 d o >- CD en o X o < o o o o r^'-LZ' e cxLtolo cn- Pll 4 .t. 1" . 4t i. -^^ ""J15 ie>5. UM$^' Liii.Il-La-wxeji:e 8b JoIlh otH"! ^I#r^3 . '^»«^.. I ■>* -,*'*.^t'*%»(fei^ .1' li. 'n- H. !„-jwreiioe PalaeoxL-tolo' PLJIL LxteJ'i P al ae oirtolo g^. ^ Ji r\r W 6 ?e86JQ3raStis"Y ^„i«SK^jj||K xt; \il •s I I^ooiooy. PH. i^i (V-> \ rw^ m. -~m IW4 ^ ^ "^^ T^ ' ^ 'l!y) ^i y i I 1 1 •- MTiL-ivvijuu .- if: Join .StlTli: y^''ooly. pi.n ^.."^ I X.. ■sci-^few"^""- .^ ■^' ^^^ ■«&«,• -'■^*v?s_;-<:.- _ *^ Mifi3S»^ ;ViS^'»'"^- '■■«»a>^^:>$^h -m^c ^ -. . 'W fi.'^r <^/ 2 >' ytl msv;oMffi»-/ ^'■^f^-'/' li tli.H. Lawrence 86 JbTm Stl^.Y OPHIBOLUS GENTILIS.B.^.G. ZooJoiSi,- V\ [X, K^.^^ ''> ,*Wi''^' LiLh.H-XawreBce 86 JoTmSt.Tf.Y lEPTOPHlS MAJALIS B.& G. oology- PI L__ z^- BYj >jNATUS, Say. ^n-iif-Af /v A^ 4- N ;oic-:;jv ...^^ •^ ^^? U . n =1///'/'' '^ ^^m^t^J) '% i .,.':v;:?^5&?- 1- ® .3 P '^^«: Lia.H-lam'eiioe 86 Jolm St 'K.T ISOUS VIGLLAX,B.&.G. ftss.5-8.LEiJ01SCUS BT]BALIM^ O - 1 =1 7 TTiT.'-T^'CrTP T.UTRENSTS.B. &.. G. Pl.zv^ ^-w -^ u fy-^ t^ ^f j'/v^ -™^, r 'N. r" ^> Hi Xith.JT.lawrence 86 John St.lT.T Ti^s. 1-3. MYG-i^-,E HENTZIJ , G. 7x^s 4-5. LYGOSA PILOSA a. Zo olo 6y pi.xyii. ftt '% a. u^ litlil^y H.Lawi-eace, 8 6 JoIytl S t.1^^Y Fi6s.l-4. THELIPHONUS EXCUBITOR. G 5 -7. SCORPIO [TELEGOI^IUS iBOBE.US.G. Zoology '_^^^, ,.^' o. o ,^^ >^^^: ^^^^r^ Y^. > r Si ^•-,. ,(5..X. 7 7 ) .^^-^., •^ i— ^ .^^^ ,>='tj, ^. } ';3c4*»-" ^.. ^ iF-1 •'>^ 1.1 ''^ n Jiith.H ;go; "^:'jRA i\ PI], L-3H-L.I[.Ia\\n:ence 86 Jolm Sc.N.Y. ANEMONE GAROLINJi^J^A. E o tany. ■'1. n. 'iJ^^ .^ / I \ ^ k \ ' III , -r lipli.H.I.cwrencc 86 TotaLSKN D T THYRjS: A ~Wi SLI ZITNI . IBotany PLIIl GEUAMUM FREMOIITJI • JdhxiSt.l^X B'^ciir PI. lY liiiLHXawre-nce 66 JoTm St.l^.T. IfOFPMANSE aaiA JASME SII PLV. Iirh.H.Ldwmr--8G Joli-n Si.N.Y 3 AN GUI S RB A AN N II A. Pl.VL. '\:^^ i I Lfe '/'A I ^^) ir" ^ "^mij/y ^-%\m; V\vi\^V|,li^| ^' ^ •■\..-' I, I, / •\ V-' 'IV. Mwxrpr : v^ I " i\\ ' > \f i#^ V M / »*--=^ I ^^Wmy %P i ^"i B'-lfJTlV- in^ViA.lvllA TEXANA PI.VIII "Lith H.LawreJice 86 Jolui. Sf.N.Y LIATRIS ACIDOTA, Eotanj^ P1.IX lafli. H Ibwi-eiice 8€ Joiin S r N T APHANOSTEPHUS FAMOSISSIMUS. JifotanY PIX N^w Xith.H. Lawi'ei'icG 6 6 Jala ^S "i ! ^i . xanthis:ma texana TlXI ^ (I V ■pi.xu. Lit]i.1[.LaYin.-eiice BG-JoTitj. St.lT.Y: AB,TEMISIA FILIFOLIA PI XIII. I' '\W^:M^rl'M lith H. Idwrence 86 John St 'N.X EP^YlTTRiSA BEYPJCHir 30 cany. Pi. XIY L-itii.H L:,^ v.n-. I - '^ Li J Ini Ztl^ ""^ HELIOTEOPTUM TENELLIJM PI xv Boxaxty. ri.xvr ILL.a-wxmceXiaL86 Jdhm StMT. PE'NTS TE MOli AMB I GU U M. L, Cjt^,Tl_V T-'l yjDL VC L xmxencs LitiL.86 JoTm. Sell X LIPPIA CUNETFOLIA. PI III IitlL.I!.. LawTSioe 8(9 JoTxn Sh.U .Y. P'^A JWTF.PRUPTA. Lii-.I^Ll^ UNlOLi^. oTF ® Deacidified using the Bookkeeper proc Neutralizing Agent: Magnesium Oxide Treatment Date: 1 1 i i ^^ IBBbbukectri PRESERVATION TECHNOLOGIES, L 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive